Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutCity Council - 2024-22 Specific Plan (SP 14) (Zoning Text Amendment No. 23-002) RESOLUTION NO. 2024-22 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH APPROVING AN AMENDMENT TO THE BEACH AND EDINGER CORRIDORS SPECIFIC PLAN (SP 14) (ZONING TEXT AMENDMENT NO. 23-002) WHEREAS, Zoning Text Amendment No. 21-007 is a request to amend Specific Plan No. 14 —Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan (BECSP) to amend Section 2.5, Street Regulations, to provide flexibility for certain street improvements to property and businesses owners; and The proposed amendment to the BECSP is consistent with the adopted Land Use Element of the General Plan, and other applicable policies, and is compatible with surrounding development; and The amended BECSP will continue to enhance the potential for superior urban design in comparison with the development standards under the base district provisions that would apply if the Plan had not been adopted and amended; and The proposed amendments to the BECSP are justified by the compensating benefits of improved urban design; and Pursuant to the California State Planning and Zoning Law, the Huntington Beach Planning Commission and City Council have held separate, duly noticed public hearings to consider Zoning Text Amendment No. 23-002; and After due consideration of the findings and recommendations of the Planning Commission and all other evidence presented, the City Council has determined that the aforesaid amendment is proper and consistent with the General Plan. NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Huntington Beach does hereby find, determine and resolve as follows: SECTION 1: The foregoing recitals are all true and correct. SECTION 2: Zoning Text Amendment No. 23-002, amending the BECSP as set forth in and attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated by this reference as though fully set forth herein, is hereby adopted and approved. SECTION 3: This resolution shall become effective immediately after its adoption. RESOLUTION NO. 2024-22 PASSED AND ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Huntington Beach at a regular meeting thereof held on the 71day of_ k , 2024. ayor REVIEWED AN APPROV APPROVED AS TO FORM: (_.- 1-------- City Manager rty orneyfr ITIATED AND APPROVED: .la ...... it r of Community Development ATTACHMENTS Exhibit A: ZTA No. 23-002 Specific Plan No. 14 - Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan 2 Resolution No. 2024-22 Exhibit 'A' .. 1. / BFACF1 AND I .1 I. CORRIDORS ;,. • r- im ...., ky 1 Tri:04,1 11 - ;, ....-- • fe air MIME i i I i L. I • a al ea i i */ • .. . . I il. ,. lis011.41 la Oa % ..”. i aa - 00 al •01 I a.13 16 32 •--....•-....„, I ,.ossron •,...... _,.,. ....... i *41(E41.30034*•._, •-..... SPECIrle PLAN ..._. _., •._, 1 F crrit 0 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH , CALIFORNIA BEACH AND EDINGER CORRIDORS SPECIFIC PLAN ADOPTED March 2010 AMENDED June 2015 Resolution No.2015-20 AMENDED February 2020 Resolution No. 2020-07 AMENDED April 2021 Resolution No.2021-15 AMENDED April 2022 Resolution No.2022-08 AMENDED February 2023 Resolution No. 2023-02 AMENDED May 2024 Resolution No.2024-22 __ . t F R TEX,ACO Is IOW - Irti • OP 7 it i - - 4' L $ i �; .. - A 419 _, ( r ,c �a ....it.' 111. LOOKING NORTH ON BEACH BOULEVARD FROM 1 5 0 FEET SOUTH OF T A L B E R T AVENUE C . 1931 TABL OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION I i.1 Purpose i.2 Authority and Procedure i.3 Specific Plan Area ii i.4 Document Organization ii BOOK I: COMMUNITY INTENT 1 1.1 Community Objectives 2 1.2 Starting Point: Summary of Plan Inputs 2 1.3 Revitalization Strategy 3 1.4 The Development Concept 4 BOOK II: DEVELOPMENT CODE 7 2.0 Orientation 7 Development Standards 2.1 Development Standards 10 2.1.1. Maximum Amount of New Development(MAND) 10 2.1.2. Establishment of Corridor Centers and Segments 10 2.1.3. Town Center- Core 12 2.1.4. Town Center-Neighborhood 14 2.1.5. Neighborhood Center 16 2.1.6. Town Center Boulevard Segment 18 2.1.7. Neighborhood Boulevard Segment 20 2.1.8. Neighborhood Parkway Segment 22 2.1.9. Residential Parkway Segment 24 • 2.1.10 Residential Transition Zone 26 Development Regulations 2.2 Building Use Regulations 28 2.3 Building Scale Regulations 31 2.4 Frontage & Building Placement Regulations 35 2.5 Street Regulations 45 2.6 Open Space Regulations 57 Z 2.7 Parking Regulations 66 W 2.8 Architecture Regulations 70 F z 2.9 Signage Regulations 85 0 O oa F BOOK III: PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS 97 3.1 Circulation Plan 98 3.2 Public Facilities 107 3.3 Infrastructure and Public Facilities Improvement Responsibilities .116 APPENDIX A: MITIGATION MEASURES 125 APPENDIX B: LEGAL DESCRIPTION 133 GLOSSARY 141 PROJECT PARTICIPANTS 145 SEPARATELY BOUND REFERENCE VOLUME The Envisioned Future Corridors Appendix A: Existing Conditions Appendix B: Workshop Summary Appendix C: Character Workshop Summary Appendix D:Economic Analysis INTRODUCT 1 1/ .\ 1.1 PURPOSE 1) CEQA Compliance Adoption or amendment of a Specific Plan constitutes a project under the California The Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan is established to orchestrate private and Environmental Quality Act(CEQA). If the initial environmental review shows public investment activities along the Beach Boulevard and Edinger Avenue Corridors,and that the proposed or amended plan could significantly affect the environment,the to support and promote investment that will enhance the beauty and vitality of these,the jurisdiction must prepare an environmental impact report(EIR). City's primary commercial corridors.This Specific Plan presents the community's vision Pursuant to CEQA,an Study was prepared as part of the Specific Plan approval Initial for the evolution and continued growth of the two corridors,and it establishes the primary Q means of regulating land use and development within the Specific Plan Area(see section process. Based on the results of the Initial Study,the City of ve Huntington Beach i.3-Specific Plan Area). Finally,the Plan contains a program of planned actions and determined that a Program EIR would be the appropriate level of environmental investments that the community intends to implement to stimulate and complement private review for the SpecificPlan. As part of the Specific Plan Program EIR a traffic investment along the corridors. study,noise study,airrq quality study and utilities analysis,including a Water Supply Assessment,was completed. The Program EIR also evaluated land use,aesthetics, biological resources,cultural resources,hydrology and water quality,public services, i.2 AUTHORITY AND PROCEDURE recreation and hazards and hazardous materials. Mitigation measures included as part of the Program EIR have been incorporated in Appendix D and will be included The Specific Plan is established by the Huntington Beach City Council in accordance with as requirements on development projects within the Specific Plan area. Chapter 215 of the Huntington Beach Zoning&Subdivision Ordinance,which establishes All subsequent approvals necessary to develop property within the Specific Plan Specific Plans as an authorized mechanism for regulating land use and development in the City;and as enabled by the State of California Government Code Title 7,Division 1, Area must be consistent with the Specific Plan,the Maximum Amount of New Development established in section 2.1.1 of this Specific Plan and be within the Chapter 3,Article 8,Sections 65450 through 65457. scope of the Program EIR. Additional environmental documentation may be This Specific Plan implements the broad policies established in The City of Huntington required in the future if significant changes are found to have occurred pursuant to Beach General Plan to guide growth and change along the Beach Boulevard and Edinger CEQA guidelines. Avenue Corridors and is consistent with the General Plan.The Development Code contained within the Specific Plan replaces previous land use and development regulations contained 2) Specific Plan Amendments within the Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance for these portions of the Specific Plan Amendments shall be made through the Zoning Text Amendment City. process;subject to consideration and approval of the Planning Commission and The specific plan document is based on community input resulting from six community City Council in accordance with the provisions of the Huntington Beach Zoning meetings,several study sessions with City Council and the public hearing process with and Subdivision Ordinance. the Planning Commission and City Council. A specific plan may either be adopted by ordinance or resolution(Government Code Section 65507). Should the legislative body 3) Severability wish to change a proposed Specific Plan recommended by the Planning Commission,the If any section, subsection,sentence,clause,phrase,or portion of this title,or change must first be referred back to the Commission for consideration,if not previously any future amendments or additions hereto,is for any reason held to be invalid considered(Government Code Section 65504). or unconstitutional by the decision of any court or competent jurisdiction,such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this title,or any future amendments or additions hereto. The City hereby declares that it would have adopted these titles and each sentence,subsection,clause,phrase,or portion or any future amendments or additions thereto,irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections,subsections,clauses,phrases,portions or any future amendments or additions thereto may be declared invalid or unconstitutional. 0 U O OG F z pertaining to properties in the Edinger Avenue corridor and Environs that are cit L ; i.3 SPECIFIC PLAN AREA outside of the Specific Plan area presented in Figure i.l,refer to The Crossings at g i'--I Pf]}ti} MMEiI d,_ The Specific Plan refers to all private and public properties that come under the Huntington Beach Specific Plan(SP 13),as well as to the Huntington Beach Zoning _ r'i of the Specific Plan as indicated in the Specific Plan Area Map &Subdivision Ordinance. Fi i.2 illustrates the location of properties that are a Coldcnwur5 1•.__z7 L purview .-------- pe ' pee' presented regulated by The Crossings at Huntington Beach Specific Plan. P P .I f 1 in Figure i.1.The total acreage of the Area is approximately 459 acres. The Beacht &Edinger Specific Plan Area is composed of portions of two primary development The Beach Boulevard Corridor Plan Area. The Beach Boulevard Corridor portion corridors,the Beach Boulevard Corridor,and the Edinger Avenue Corridor,as of this Specific Plan extends from Edinger Avenue to the north,to the northern ° : ---i follows: edge of the Coastal Zone,which is located south of Atlanta Avenue(see Figure i.l I -.coma.d St t- The Edinger Corridor Plan Area. The portion of the Specific Plan centering on Specific Plan Area). [Aid Edinger Avenue extends westward from the Beach Boulevard intersection to the i I west of Goldenwest Street intersection.Development Standards contained in this 1.4 DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION : { Specific Plan will apply solely to properties formally located in the Specific Plan �'`iiy '' Area. The properties that will be included in that formal Specific Plan Area are The Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan is organized into three mutually W illustrated in Figure i.l-Specific Plan Area. reinforcing"Books"or primary sections,"as follows: ,tolortl Notwithstanding these formal policy-area boundaries,the primary developments Book I: Community Intent describes the community objectives that the Specific influencing the optimum potential future for all properties in this portion of the Plan is intended to achieve and the primary means by which the community intends Beach Blvd. . y�' City are Bella Terra shopping center,Golden West College,Goldenwest Transit to support the emergence of those desired outcomes. a ti?_- Center,and the properties adjacent to these three located between Edinger Avenue Book II: Development Code establishes the primary means of regulating land use + and Interstate 405. Although these properties are outside of the formal Beach and development on properties located within the Plan Area. :3 /7 N and Edinger Specific Plan Area for regulatory purposes,the first section of this Specific Plan-Book I,Community Intent reflects the interconnectedness of the Book III:Public Improvements describes the planned investment of City resources FIG.i.2.EDINGER AVENUE area. The Specific Plan refers to this cohesive portion of the City as the Edinger and infrastructure needs to stimulate,promote and support the desired growth and CORRIDOR AND ENVIRONS Avenue Corridor and Environs. The Edinger Corridor and Environs includes all change in the Plan Area. —• Edinger Avenue Corridor and properties lining Edinger Avenue between the intersection of Goldenwest Street In addition to these three primary sections,additional information upon which the Environs Boundary and Beach Boulevard,as well as the triangle of properties formed by the eastern Specific Plan is founded is located in the Beach and Edinger Corridors Reference The Crossings Specific Plan edge of Golden West College,Interstate 405,and Edinger Avenue-see Figure i.2- Volume. Area Boundary The Edinger Avenue Corridor and Environs. For specific development regulations North Huntington Center Specific Plan Area Boundary 'tf.ia:7' j���� �'Q�A® . ✓ "'W,tEi� i .... 1- - ll- 1 kF Iflijh4HICF71'ih7 r'.4F�-' I _\ LC` , < j.d(N F�' t"+ 11 l l I f I'1111' _ ......_ pzc c m s ti .. ..... e r liIE ar wi r -., 1 ...r, T i I €i - e ir ������_ LtIflll (.J'{_, 1 L-.. - -1Lt�wtasv_ f _. 1 _ coma.a sc '.i L / ��sn'ranJl's" a m: L+l 1 ri i _— — _ _ 1/j„. , 1-1 111: uirbqksH7 i!i: E:::,:&71_ tl i I ,- ,�14 1s I..... I t �.' t �Ig%InitI®Ifl! IUNAtiN@ t7C' , � rrI 17. / >44:1! ‘1-.1____r_______ _ Z / __/. ■■ _ A — — — rJ L 211 :3;:',./7-- 44 E-- �I C -91: 7._ OT r__—_--L- —X7 Beach Blvd. _ ' —. Blvd. ::_ F -w r f ` t pair I I :11 l,fri:41'\':447:144m,,,i141:21:,._I''' —=w i I I � I N a.�, l.i�(i= \�' 1 � / c _ 9.{ M - 'E J I: I I �E3IFI ía : f t a $P fd i\ K.,. i 3 r 1rr, --• a } p 1 H5 �H6IHII 9 tea_'r rr IDl�: t -�11F 1, /,�; v H —_�1 ',...;sj, `i ..gf€3!a! =.,A` 'nr,:;.,,: ,.'c�(ff rmzTs,,:.,, :t'.'i2 u.i.'�.t?I ._k:ll ...;.r R r z Coastal Zone Boundary N' 'oa 500 0 i.000 ►r FIG I I LAN AREA MAP — Feet.. Specific Plan Area Boundary ii ' BOOK I : CO1MIMUNITY INTENT This Specific Plan establishes a planning and design framework to enhance the economic performance, functionality and beauty of the Beach and Edinger Corridors in accordance with the forces of the free market and the community's vision for its primary commercial corridors. This first of the three "Books" that contain the primary contents of this Specific Plan, describes the community objectives that the Plan is intended to achieve as new investment creates change in the Plan Area and its environs. This section of the Specific Plan also describes the overall development concept to instigate new investment and to guide the form of that investment to the mutual benefit of private and public interests. These intended outcomes and revitalization strategies form the basis of the regulations and planned public actions contained in the two subsequent Books of this Plan. By making the community's intent clear, Book I is also intended to provide supplementary guidance for instances or opportunities not specifically covered by the development regulations or public improvements contained in Books ll and III U p�q 1 1.1 COMMUNITY OBJECTIVES 1.2 STARTING POINT: SUMMARY OF Enhance the overall economic performance, physical beauty and PLAN INPUTS functionality of the Corridors. More specifically: The primary conditioning factors in the determination of the optimum achievable 1) Orchestrate new public and private investment toward the establishment of future for the Corridors are the physical and economic conditions present at the a more lasting framework for growth and development-a framework of inception of the Plan.More specifically,the development concept and revitalization clearly defined districts,centers,street patterns,and local architectural and strategy described in the subsequent sections of Book I,and the regulations and landscape identity-upon which new development can reliably respond to, public improvements that follow in Books II and III to implement the community's build upon and draw value from. intent for the corridors,are conditioned by the following factors:Existing Pattern of Development,Market Trends,Infrastructure Capacity,Principles of Sustainability, 2) Re-position disinvested corridor properties to capture value in the and Established Principles of Good Place-Making(see Figure 1.1-Conditioning contemporary marketplace. Factors of the Specific Plan). 3) Begin the transformation of the visual character of Beach Boulevard from Existing conditions along the Beach Boulevard and Edinger Avenue Corridors at "anywhere strip"to its proper role as the iconic gateway to and from the the time of adoption of this Specific Plan are detailed in the Beach and Edinger beach,and as the city's most visible north-south thoroughfare. Corridors Reference volume, in combination with separately bound technical 4) Promote new investment that supports the growth and success of Bella reports.Ultimately,the implementation of the planning framework contained herein Tetra and Golden West College will result in cumulative modifications to these conditions. As change occurs,the community intends to monitor changes in the Specific Plan Area and amend the 5) Build on the presence of Golden West College,Bella Terra,and the Specific Plan document the degree to which it remains sufficiently current. existing transit infrastructure to instigate the emergence of a vital and attractive urban district characterized by a synergistic mix of students, customers,residents,pedestrians,transit-riders,office workers,and visitors. 6) Instigate the development of a network of pedestrian-oriented streets, promenades and other public open spaces that encourage walking,and ultimately,walking in combination with transit ridership. 7) Enhance pedestrian,bicycle and vehicular connections between Golden West College,Bella Terra,Golden West Transportation Center,and CONDITIONING COMMUNITY TOOLS development along Edinger Avenue. FACTORS INTENT 8) Balance mobility and community development objectives:enable \ continued market-driven growth and development while 1)maintaining Existing 1 (\ Height I minimum community mobility standards,and 2)furthering patterns of Conditions/ if —1 u.. I land use and development that contribute toward long-term regional I Development _� F,, mobility and livability. — Code —{ Architecture l 9) Make the most of each increment of new development to build toward a Market4 (Book In l more environmentally sustainable future city and region. Trends H Open Space 1 E. 10)Insure that new buildings and landscaping contribute to the emergence of E. an increasinzgly visible and memorable visual identity appropriate to the unique history and character of the City. Traffic Development Prioritized 11)Incorporate Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design(CPTED) Plan Concept Strategies 6 guidelines into designs to reduce the incidence and fear of crime and (section 1.3) icreate an environment to maximize public safety. Place- Vri (section 1.4) O U Making City .-ad wt Inproveets WI Actions —1 Programsi 0 Sustain- I./ Iti ,y (Book III) Incentives 0 Xi ability / 2� FIG . 1 . 1 . CONDITIONING FACTORS OF THE SPECIFIC PLAN 1.3 REVITALIZATION STRATEGY 2) Kick off Revitalization by Enabling Most Promising 5) Support the Continued Presence and Expansion of Opportunities First. Auto-Dealerships along Beach Boulevard. To orchestrate growth and change in the Plan Area in in with the community's Place highest priority on leveraging the large-scale assembled vacant properties i Permit existingauto dealerships to expand anywhere on the corridor. g g ty located between Bella Terra and Golden West College to:I)kick off the revitalization ) P P vision for the two corridors,the City leadership intends to promote and guide new of the corridor and its environs;2 to bolster and enhance the success of Bella Terra; investment and change by employing municipal policies and resources strategically. ii) Encourage new auto sales dealership development along segments closer Keeping in mind that strategy must always remain sufficiently nimble to respond 3)to stimulate pioneering residential development in a sufficiently large increment to 405,particularly north of Five Points. to unexpected opportunities and to make best use of resources as they become to establish the beginnings of a unique new urban neighborhood;and 4)to exemplify available,the strategic priorities that the City leadership intends to pursue are the the desired character and scale of the"Town Center District"area. iii) Work with existing auto dealerships to investigate the potential for off-site following: overflow fleet storage,and to support the retention,expansion and eventual 3) Make the Most of Value Already In Place:Attune clustering of the auto dealership offerings along Beach Boulevard. 1) Harness Market Demand: Policies and Strategic Actions to Existing Conditions: Realign development policies and planned public investments to capitalize on Implement a variable approach to corridor revitalization(see Figure 1.2-A Variable 6) Integrate Interdependent Specific Plan Areas to the primary market trends most likely to condition the types and formats of new Approach to Corridor Revitalization) Achieve of a Unified,Mutually Beneficial Community investment in the Plan Area,which are the following: Vision. i) Restructuring-In areas with severe disinvestment,vacancy and/or Coordinate land use policies contained in the Beach-Edinger Corridors Specific i) The shopping industry's accelerating abandonment of exclusively auto- dominant redevelopment opportunities,establish policies that support fairly Plan and the Bella Terra II Specific Plan to implement a singular community vision oriented shopping centers in favor of more open air and amenity-driven sweeping corridor restructuring. and market-focused strategy for new investment and city benefit. Subsume the formats clustered at primary crossroads; Pacifica Community Plan into this Specific Plan as well. ii) Transition-In areas with some disinvestment and a moderate level of ii) Rapid population growth and the associated growth in demand opportunity,establish policies to encourage a transition to the most viable 7) Leverage Golden West College and Transportation particularly for housing,(and the associated escalation in the value of future restructured condition,but that support the retention of existing value Center. property)in the built-out portions of Orange County; already in place. Leverage the proximity of Golden West College as well as the Golden West Transit iii) Preserve-In areas with little current disinvestment,establishpolicies that Center and the railroad tracks and right-of-way to stimulate investment in high iii) Rapidly growing demand for walkable urban environments for living, density residential development in a pattern that builds on the greater propensity working and shopping,in close proximity to existing or planned transit primarily preserve existing value of student populations to walk and take transit when provided the opportunity to service; 4) Promote A Range of New Housing Choices. do so. iv) Increasing regional commitment to transit,driven by traffic congestion, Promote the addition of new housing in a wide variety of formats and densities to 8) Implement"Center and Segment"Policies and concern about global warming,and escalating gasoline prices. support corridor retail and services.Along Edinger Avenue in particular,promote the Strategies. development of dense,high quality housing formats that are responsive to college- related housing demand,that position customers close in to Bella Terra and nearby Assist the transition from linear strip to a pattern of centers and segments,each with corridor retail and services,and that provide the key ingredient to the creation of a enhanced visual character and market focus,and with supportive(and differentiated) more round-the-clock activity center in this evolving portion of the City. land use and development policies. 9) Relieve the Monotony;Enhance Corridor Identity _I. SHORT TERM POTENTIAL ` _ Promote a varied visual structure along Beach Boulevard between I-405 and -- FOR CHANGE � y� -�1 ,-Zr i �l ' __ U[_� �_ the beach. Focus capital improvements in coordination with Caltrans and new illMEDIUM TERM POTENTIAL {. l fii ■ I�I'; ! �� :'L construction on fostering the emergence of greater structural differentiation that FOR CHANGE f `i N - -I is immediately obvious to motorists and pedestrians,and that enhances ease of [---1 LONG TERM POTENTIAL _ _I I� Fiii-; �_ I y orientation as well as the visual character and appeal of the long corridor. —..SPECIFIC PLAN AREA BOUNDARY ��s r l Tvim"-i R_ i T'\ ? 10) Provide an investment-friendly planning environment as eBeeeeeeee a BBDB®�� �i r,l'I �eril z i) Streamline the development process by 1)providing clarified Z ease rt� mii tom- IP development standards that spell out municipal requirements in sufficient v �t®�Be B L���� ��f i i�� I■'nil ��,�' ,i I '! i is■ detail to take the guesswork out of proposal preparation;and by 2)simplifying a z El_ _ e. _ �, — the development review process for proposals that adhere to Specific Plan 0 1 t�Mili ' 1,��- � OIl,lllli ll pi -.,-ludo i 11�-, 1I -�I IltiE:,, 1K standards and guidelines. U �_�� E mill ~T __ ,,� 1 -�� u ,% ii) Employ municipal development policy tools to provide a reliable ;; DM IJP1 1 -.1:CIi ra c c; rf. -i` elm'�t :� TRANSITION I environment for investors to invest in a mixed use environment that provides RI PRESERVATION I TRANSITION ' TRANSON enhanced clarity and reliability as to the character of future adjacent C development. C1 FIG . I . 2 . A VARIABLE APPROACH TO CORRIDOR REVITALIZATION 3 1.4 THE DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT The Beach and Edinger Corridors are composed of 550 individual privately held properties,and six and a half miles of public rights-of-way owned by the City of Huntington Beach(in the case of Edinger Avenue)and the State of California(in A. I' .� �� . � the case of Beach Boulevard).The overarching purpose of the Specific Plan is to j '� :1 e`. _, "' orchestrate individual public and private investments to produce greater value than �' any separate project could practically achieve by providing a common purpose that all • `1� I ' t I ' i I investors can rely upon,contribute to,and derive value from.This section describes the common purpose to which all investments shall be directed: the realization of 1' Beach ( ) a vision of the future that is sufficiently specific to provide a common purpose,yet h' = 1 loose enough to respond to opportunities and changes in the marketplace that will j . inevitably arise. r ,1 v ( t ,,a During the period of time in which development is guided by this Specific Plan, + 7. 7 ± the Corridors will begin their transformation from commercial strip to a pattern of Centers and Segments(see Figure 1.3 developed during the community workshop CITY LANDMARK A 3 ■ e05 RESIDENTIAL PARKWAY B POINTS MIXED-USE BOULEVARD 1 EDIN6ERINTERCHANGE CORRIDORZONE/ ■CORRIDOR STREETSCAPE visioning process). Whereas the commercial strip is undifferentiated—a linear Exxrtrd rain ilu urd v lap- Focus dramatic visual atten- Lever the medical/office Im�lement short-turn im- tiara on the role of 5 points anchorrtto promote additional Enable short-term re- em of exclusivelycommercial buildings,typicallylow-rise(with some very 'meets to demonstrate po,ntr as a major community crass- non-retail investment g �he Ci s commitment to roads investment opportunities N as a a de d far housing visible exceptions),surface parking lots,and monument signs,the future corridor corridor revitalization as an a ne on ed strip Promote the continued sac- Orchestrate public and pri- Promote the continued ex- ment rt isinvested strip es pf this yote ppn4t d intensify Lion will be increasingly characterized by an emerging structural differentiation: there Match Phase I improvements properties focR 107,community •ori- nvestment to<r to an at- bf mature Center into to stimulate mi rent in ented s oppmg tractive boulevar�segment a nature Town Center dis- will be clusters of shops,activity,mix,and intensity-Centers;and there will be the most promising segments su rt li. to hbor- tract hag eto r. r way cen- E ble investme t in a vis- Support continued neigh longer linear portions distinguished by cohesive building types,frontage landscaping, Extend Surf Cite character ens alo g 1 e par way b�e,mixed- a c�usier at hood Leverage demand f r Iaus- alo Beach vd.to the ih s centraMcation s rag retail cent mg as an engine'oT new and emerging market focus-Segments. Whereas the commercial strip caters to a 4�5 cry(arcwayct investment oca narrow segment of market demand(the demand for motorist-oriented commercial 1io� I�t i to Iinnkkaaooes betw«n BEACH 6 EDINGER CORRIDORS Belk ,61den west goods and services),the emerging Centers and Segments will have a much wider ❑ CommunitVro ou'ge,and Re-a�� corridor properties with contemporary ties idor f rating proper appeal. Town Centers will offer community services as well as commercial goods mareemond Trvnsition from commercial strip to a pattern of and services that cater to the entire City in a setting of comfortable walking streets centers and segments and transit service,amidst a mix of homes,offices and hotel rooms above the lively Estabhoh o Tanning framework that enables near ground level shopping and entertainment venues; Neighborhood Centers will vision oP >Y es to contribute to a long term specialize in serving the needs of neighborhoods within a short drive;mixed-use Implement capitol improvements that Neighborhood Boulevard and Town Center Boulevard segments will focus on a promote/support desired forms of investment synergistic mix of workplace,commercial and high density residential uses. infill development on underutilized properties responding to the broad framework of the Fin. 1 .3. CONCEPTUAL REVITALIZATION & URBAN DESIGN FRAMEWORK Specific Plan will contribute to an emerging pattern of coherent arrangements of buildings,streets,and blocks that were formerly lacking. New public and private investment will complement many of the offerings that were already in place prior to the adoption of the plan. New shops and entertainment venues will add to the overall draw of the corridors,new and expanded auto t dealerships will widen the already wide range of auto sales venues on offer,new 4.1 residents will bring a larger"captive audience"to augment the drive-by traffic,and Z new street improvements will enhance the walking and driving environment as well lr as the visual identity of the corridors. ii The implementation of this Specific Plan is intended to begin this transformation 5 from the linear commercial strip that has fallen out of favor with market trends ito a pattern of centers,boulevard and parkway segments more in keeping with C contemporary consumer and investor preferences and with value already in place i;,U along the corridors. The particular characteristics envisioned for each of the 4; Centers and Segments that will define the revitalized corridor are as outlined in the "W following sections. 0 0 ni 4 1.4.1 BEACH BOULEVARD CORRIDOR Parkway to the south,all development would be required to provide front setbacks This segment also includes six neighborhood centers.The first three arc located at and landscaping,as well as streetscape improvements. the intersection of Beach Boulevard and Talbert Avenue(the northeast corner is not Along Beach Boulevard,the proposed Specific Plan would be divided into five included in the project boundaries).Two more are located at the southern corners geographic transition areas(also referred to as segments): This segment also includes two designated Neighborhood Centers.One occupies the generalg grap Residential majority of the eastern frontage of Beach Boulevard between Adams and Yorktown at the intersection of Beach Boulevard and Slater Avenue.The last is located at the Parkway,Neighborhood Parkway,Five Points District,Neighborhood Boulevard, Avenues,and the other occupies the southwest quadrant of the intersection of Beach southwest corner of Beach Boulevard and Warner Avenue. and the Town Center Boulevard.These segments are shown in Figure 2.1 Corridor Boulevard and Garfield Avenue. Centers and Segments Map,and described below.In addition,a separate land use 6) Town Center Boulevard Segment: designation(neighborhood centers)is identified on specific parcels throughout three 4) Five Points District Segment: The Town Center Boulevard segment encompasses uses along Beach Boulevard of the segments. from Warner Avenue to Edinger Avenue.Within this segment,Beach Boulevard The Five Points area occupies the halfway point between the beachfront and I 405, 1) Neighborhood Centers: and is organized around the confluence of Beach Boulevard and Main Street/Ellis is primarily characterized by small and shallow properties that currently limit Avenue.It contains the 160,000 sf Five Points Shopping Center,which includes a redevelopment potential. The planning approach for this area is to encourage Neighborhood Centers are existing shopping centers that would retain their overall mix of national and regional retailers.The area south of Main Street is characterized gradual transition to a more pedestrian-oriented development using distinctive function and encourage eventual transition of the properties to achieve greater land building types and site treatments. use efficiency and a mixtureofcomplementaryuses.Toencourageeventualmaximum by a more diverse mix of uses(e.g.,office,medical services,multi-family,and efficiency of land use and a less exclusively auto-oriented type of development senior housing)and building types.The planning approach to this area is two- A wide range of City-oriented retail and service uses would be supported.New fold:(1)retain the Five Points community retail center and support its eventual investment would be directed away from purely auto-oriented formats towards the Specific Plan allows for intensification with upper level housing,office,and/ intensification and mix and(2)encourage the restructuring and revitalization of formats more supportive of pedestrian activity. While auto dealerships are or lodging.New development on these sites may continue to provide exclusively surrounding areas to enhance market focus and district appeal. encouraged to remain and expand,future development adjacent to dealerships would shopping center uses with surface parking,or may also feature a wider mixture of uses and structured parking.In either case,ground level uses would continue This area of the Specific Plan would be designated as a potential City center promote the addition of housing and supporting retail and services to create a more to provide convenient neighborhood-serving retail uses such as supermarkets and characterized by convenience and urban vitality.This area is envisioned to have walkable environment.Entitlements would be provided for mixed-use development specialty grocery stores,pharmacies and banks,as well as small-scale restaurants greater development intensity than surrounding segments.The greatest development to encourage a gradual increase in land use efficiency.New development would be and cafes,personal and business services.Upper level uses may include apartments, intensities would be provided in the core retail area. Infill development on required to contribute to the emergence of a more attractive street environment by condominiums,offices,or hotel rooms. underutilized properties would be composed of the types of coherent arrangements extending new and required improvements to the existing back-of-curb. Neighborhood Centers are identified within three segments, including (1) of building,streets,and blocks that are presently lacking in this centrally located Physically,a greater proportion of buildings would be positioned closer to the Residential Parkway,(2)Neighborhood Parkway,and(3)Neighborhood Boulevard. district. New apartments, condominiums, and professional and medical office street.The transformation of the Beach Boulevard portion of this segment would be The Neighborhood Centers would be distinguished from other uses in the various buildings would face public sidewalks with lobby entrances, shop fronts, and supported by frontage improvements that include planting strips between the curb attractively detailed facades.Parking would be screened from view along primary and sidewalk to help buffer pedestrians from traffic.Decorative boulevard-scale segments by their enhanced visibility from the roadway.A portion of the new street frontages.Buildings would be taller and development more compact in this streetlights would replace utilitarian poles,which would contribute to an increasingly buildings would be built up to the back of the sidewalk,and the sidewalk would segment compared to other City neighborhoods,providing the intensity and activity vivid corridor identity without restricting visibility of shop fronts.Modest setbacks extend to the curb.Landscaping improvements would extend from the right-of-way expected in a vibrant urban district. between the buildings and sidewalk would contribute to the planting areas designed line to the existing back-of-curb. to soften and add color to the existing unbroken expanse of concrete and asphalt. 2) Residential Parkway Segment: 5) Neighborhood Boulevard Segment: In the southern-most portion of the Specific Plan,this area is located along Beach This segment along Beach Boulevard is generally located between the Five Points 1.4.2 EDINGER AVENUE CORRIDOR Boulevard between Adams Avenue to the southern Specific Plan boundary.The Center and Warner Avenue.The area is characterized by a significant amount Edinger Avenue Corridor generally represents a continuation of the Town Center general planningapproach to thisparticular area ispreservation,as the majority of ageing commercial strip development,including auto oriented uses,such as Boulevard Segment.The consistency and stability of commercial uses alongthis PP n car dealerships. Development types are dominated by one-story, single-loaded of development along this segment is composed of existing residential uses.Infill segment is similar to the Town Center Boulevard segment of Beach Boulevard, and replacement development would be directed by plan regulations to primarily commercial buildings surrounded by surface parking lots with little landscaping or which is equally proximate to the I 405 interchange. But whereas the Beach pedestrian amenities.The planning approach to this area is to facilitate long-term • replicate and very subtly improve upon the best features of the existing pattern, Boulevard segment is characterized by small and shallow property configurations including the buffering of residential uses from the street and increased landscaping. transition from strip retail to uses more focused on nearby populations,featuring that limit redevelopment potential,the Edinger Avenue Corridor segment features a development types that retain visibility to motorists on Beach Boulevard,while wide range large and medium scale properties.The larger scale of the One Neighborhood Center is located in this segment,which is on the southeast 8 B P peproperties providing a more visually attractive and comfortable pedestrian environment. combined with theirproximity importantZ corner of Beach Boulevard and Atlanta Avenue. to two destinations—Bella Terra Mall and Neighborhood-serving and hospital-serving retail and services,comer/crossroads Golden West College—is likely to result in ongoing investment and intensification w 3) Neighborhood Parkway Segment: located retail,and office and office medical would be encouraged to take advantage of this portion of the City. r1 of the proximity to the Huntington Beach Hospital and its related cluster of medical i+ Transitioning north along Beach Boulevard, this segment is located between services.Infill residential uses would also be permitted throughout this segment. New infill development on properties lining Edinger Avenue would be directed Adams Avenue and the Five Points Center(south of Ellis Avenue).Due to the aging Landscape improvements would be required by new developments that extend from toward the augmentation of the existing pattern of isolated, low-intensity, 2 commercial strip development that characterizes this segment,the overall planning the right-of-way line to the existing back-of-curb. single use,surface-parked development,with development that provides added approach for this area includes restructuring and revitalization.A wider range of connectivity,synergy,and mix.New uses would generally feature a mixture of 51 land uses would be permitted for this segment compared to the primarily residential As new investment replaces ageing strip development,the exclusively auto-oriented ground-level shops and services,with upper-level homes,offices,or hotel rooms. segment to the south(e.g.,the Residential Parkway segment).It is envisioned that and zero-amenity pattern(i.e.,land uses that people exclusively drive to,such as An increasing number of buildings would feature multiple levels,incrementally U strip development would gradually be replaced by primarily residential development grocery stores)would be replaced by development oriented both to motorists and adding spatial definition and reducing the featureparent width of the thoroughfare.The "" oriented away from Beach Boulevard and toward perpendicular side streets.In pedestrians.A portion of new buildings would be built close to the sidewalk with future development pattern would make walking and bicycling viable choices and - doors and windows opening out toward Beach Boulevard Planting strips between C addition to residential development, office, lodging, and neighborhood-serving would ultimately make transit riding an appealing alternative to automobile use. retail would also be permitted.In order to mimic the imagery of the Residential the curb and sidewalk would help buffer pedestrians from traffic moving along the CC thoroughfare. 5 The area is intended to become a central City district characterized by emerging up to the sidewalk edge would decrease.The buildings may even become more 4) Town Center Core Edge: structural differentiation,vitality,and activity. low-rise,providing a transition from the district's most urban core to its less urban The Town Center Core Edge includes the linear portion at the edge of the Town edges.Over time,the amount of ground-level retail may likewise increase as one Bella Terra,while not included within the Specific Plan boundaries,will continue Center Neighborhood along Edinger Avenue(between Gothard Street and the to grow in terms of retail offerings,mixture of uses,and intensity of development, travels toward the Town Center Core and decrease in the other direction. recently approved Village at Bella Terra immediately east of the UPRR ROW). ultimately evolving from a stand-alone shopping mall to become the core of a The transformation of the Edinger Corridor would be supported by frontage New development would feature ground-level retail,restaurant,and entertainment vital City district.It is envisioned that infill development on properties between improvements,converting the existing large expanses of pavement into deep,tree- uses contiguous with those planned for The Village at Bella Terra. Golden West College and the existing Bella Terra Mall,which is considered the lined landscaping or protected parking access lanes between Goldenwest Avenue Town Center Core,would form a new Town Center Neighborhood.The recently and Parkside Lane.Each block of new development within this area of the Specific 5) Residential Transition Areas: approved Village at Bella Terra(also not part of the proposed Specific Plan)would Plan would feature a unique protected parking access lane with slow moving traffic New investment on large properties along Edinger Avenue would be configured to contribute to the infill envisioned for the Town Center Neighborhood.The Town and amenities that buffer the sidewalk from the central fast-moving center of provide a significantly improved transition to the residential development that it Center Neighborhood,which is part of the Town Center District along with the Edinger Avenue.This Main Street-like environment along Edinger Avenue would abuts to the south.Where residential development to the south is characterized by Town Center Boulevard segment,would provide housing,office and lodging,while also create a comfortable"buffer zone"for upper stories of housing,lodging,and/ rear lot conditions,new development would"complete the block,"matching rear lot simultaneously providing a market to help support the Town Center Core shops and or offices. to rear lot.New residential streets would be constructed to knit new development services.The Town Center Boulevard segment would include new development With the wide thoroughfare in the center accommodating relatively high traffic back into the fabric of existing neighborhoods and to provide an appropriate lining Edinger Avenue,which would ultimately transform the character of the volumes,the sidewalks buffered by rows of street trees and curbside parking and transition to denser housing or commercial development lining Edinger Avenue. corridor from a commercial strip to a Town Center Boulevard,with development the cohesive buildingoriented toward the street,the intended vision of the increasingly reflecting the vitality and pedestrian friendly qualities of this central types New streets required for new development along large properties would help district Together,the Town Center Core,Town Center Neighborhood,and Town proposed Specific Plan would gradually create an identifiable civic boulevard.The establish an expanded medium-sized block and street network parallel to Edinger Center Boulevard are the primary structural elements envisioned for Edinger Town Center Boulevard would provide the central spine and iconic identity of the Avenue.New streets would provide the proper means by which portions of deep emergent Town Center District. parcels currently occupied by low-intensity development could infill with a mix of Avenue. office and medium density housing.This infill development would assist with the 3) Town Center Neighborhood: 1) Town Center District: improvement im of the transition from Edinger Avenue's mixed-use environment to g Edinger Avenue is generally referred to within the Specific Plan as the Town Center Overall,the Town Center Neighborhood is envisioned to encompass the areas the existing housing beyond. District.More specifically,the Town Center District collectively refers to Golden surrounding the Town Center Core to the west and north;those areas that are West College,which is not included within the Specific Plan boundaries,the new included within the Specific Plan boundaries specifically include the parcels north 6) Connections to Golden West College&Goldenwest neighborhoods that are envisioned along Edinger Avenue,the Goldenwest Transit of the Town Center Core Edge along Edinger Avenue,between Gothard Street and Transit Center Center,and the shopping and entertaining core(i.e.,Bella Terra,which is also not the Union Pacific Railroad right-of-way(UPRR ROW).Existing uses within this As the Town Center District grows,it would provide connections to and from Golden part of the Specific Plan).Overall,the district would be compact and clustered area include the Goldenwest Transit Center and the vacant Levitz site. West College and the Goldenwest Transit Center.Improved pedestrian connections with a variety of land uses including retail,entertainment,civic,residential,office, The Amstar/Red Oak Project(formerly known as The Ripcurl Project)has been created by the Town Center Neighborhood development would allow the student and lodging.Walking and bicycling would be made more convenient through the approved for a 385-unit mixed-use project. The site is currently occupied by and faculty population to benefit from the variety of retail and entertainment in the district's mixture of uses and concentrated development pattern.Along the street an approximately 60,000 sq.ft.shopping/office center. Near-term development nearby Town Center Core.Visitors throughout the City and region could utilize the network,attractive mixed-use structures would be built right up to the sidewalk, activities would take advantage of the large areas of vacant and underutilized land Transit Center's central location to arrive by bus and/or train to patronize the Town forming a consistent"street wall." in this area to provide the investment opportunities that would begin the formation Center Core.Li kewise,transit would provide Town Center residents and students Although surrounding land uses are an integral part of the concept for overall of the urban neighborhood surrounding and supporting the Town Center Core.This with the opportunity to travel to other workplace or activity centers without relying neighborhood would feature the City's widest range of contemporary housing types on their car. description ofthe Town Center District,the following discussion provides information and possibly a wide mixture of uses,all concentrated within walking distance of on the particular land uses changes that would be governed by implementation of the Town Center Core's theater,shops,restaurants,cafes,nightlife,and amenities. 7) Connection between Town Center Neighborhood and the Specific Plan.Therefore,the Town Center Core(Bella Terra)as well as the As infill proceeds and the region continues to invest in transit infrastructure,the Village at Bella Terra recently approved Village at Bella Terra(both of which are contained in The Bella neighborhood would benefit from the presence of the Goldenwest Transit Center. As a supplement to an on-site pedestrian walkway system,potential future pedestrian Terra Specific Plan[SP13])are not included within this discussion. The vitalityand identityof the neighborhood would primarilystem from the gh and bicycle access such as an at-grade crossing or an above-ground crossing shall nF. 2) Town Center Boulevard: new development pattern.Buildings would be built close to the sidewalks with be pursued across the existing rail line between the former Levitz and Montgomery I„ entrances facing the public thoroughfares. Streets and pedestrian ways would Ward(Village at Bella Term)sites. Funding mechanisms,including a fair share Fz The Town Center Boulevard segment generally covers the properties located along provide connectivity between the college,the shopping core,and the Goldenwest analysis for the Edinger Corridors,shall be pursued by the City of Huntington >, Edinger Avenue itself(excepting the Town Center Neighborhood and Core Edge Transit Center.The pattern of pedestrian-scaled blocks that would be created by Beach in conjunction with affected property owners. parcels described below).New development would be configured in a pattern that these streets and ways would be distinguished by the public spaces distributed would make walking a viable option and would also accommodate a wider range among them.Building massing and facade composition would emphasize variety Xof uses. and street-side interest. O Physically,a greater proportion of buildings would be positioned between the For comparison,the Town Center Neighborhood designation on these particular cl street and parking facilities(or on top of some of the parking facilities),re-uniting parcels would have the same development standards as those envisioned for the - activity-generating uses with public sidewalks.New development on properties neighborhood areas that surround the core retail area in the Five Points District,as 0 lining Edinger Avenue would typically feature a mixture of ground-level shops and described in Section 1.4.1 Beach Boulevard Corridor. C services,with upper-level homes,offices,or hotel rooms.As one travels out and 01 away from the Town Center Core,development would become less compact:the spaces between buildings would expand,and the proportion of the buildings built 6 BOOK II : DEVELOPMENT CODE 2.0 ORIENTATION To review requirements for new development for any given property: i) Locate that property on the Fig.2.1-Corridor Centers and Segments Map,and This section contains the Development Code that will govern all future private note which Corridor Center or Segment the Property is in; development actions in the Beach Boulevard/Edinger Avenue Corridors. The ii) to section 2.1 Development Development Code is used to evaluate development projects or improvement plans Turn — Standards to find the portion of that proposed for properties within the Plan Area(see Fig.2.1.Corridor Centers and section containing the Development Standards that apply to that Condor Segments Map). Center or Segment area,and hence to the property in question. Review all the Development Standards for the applicable Corridor Center or Segment. 2.0.1 Applicability iii)To understand the specific Regulations that correspond to any of the Development Standards in the Development Standards charts, turn to the The policies contained within this chapter shall apply as follows: corresponding Regulation number and name(the Regulation numbers and names are the same in the Development Standards charts as they are in the 1) New Construction,Additions and Exterior Renovations Development Regulations sections-sections 2.2 thru 2.9-of Book II. i) The policies contained within this section shall apply to new construction,as iv)Review Guidelines. Guidelines common to all properties in the Plan Area can well as to significant additions(addition greater than 20%of the buildings be found in most sections of the Development Regulations. floor area)or exterior renovations to existing structures,as further specified below. v) All development projects shall also consult and comply with the city specification including but not limited to Huntington Beach Fire Code and ii) Where significant additions are made to existing buildings,requirements for Huntington Beach Fire Department city specifications,Municipal('.n4 and renovation or enlargements shall apply only to new floor area. Public Works Standards.Where there is a conflict between these specifications iii)Where exterior improvements or renovations(not additions or replacement) and the Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan,the Specific Plan shall are made to existing buildings,architectural and sign regulations shall apply apply as determined by the Planning and Building Director. to that portion of the building being renovated. No other Specific Plan 2.0.3 Development Code Categories requirements shall be required. iv)Improvements and additions to existing buildings that increase nonconformities Three primary types of Development Code are contained within the policy text of Book are not permitted. II,as follows: 0 2) Use Changes _ 1) Development Standards. ; F i) The policies contained within this section shall apply to new land uses Development standards are specifications for new development that the community W proposed for existing facilities. considers essential to the creation and preservation of a high quality, sustainable U and coherent city. Conformance with Development Standards is mandatory. Such 0 3) Right of Continued Use provisions are indicated by the use of the words"shall,""must,""is required," "is/is o not permitted." esi i) Nothing contained in this section shall require any change in any existing building or structure for which an entitlement application has been previously 2) Development Regulations issued,or in any proposed building or structure for which a building permit application was deemed complete prior to the effective date of this ordinance. Development Regulations are the detailed municipal policies that establish the specific Changes in the property's ownership or tenants of existing uses shall require rules and performance measures upon which community Development Standards are no change in any existing building or structure. kJ based. Development Regulations do not vary from one plan area to another. 0 4) New Signs 3) Guidelines F i) The regulations contained in section 2.9 shall apply to all new signs. Guidelines provide additional information to assist the designers of new development to conform with the intent of the Specific Plan. Guidelines pertain to issues of visual a ii) Any permanent signs made non-conforming as a result of the adoption of this character and aesthetics. Conformance with Guidelines is recommended,especially j Development Code may be repaired,but not structurally altered or made more to insure the swiftest possible approval. Although conformance with Guidelines is > non-conforming in any way. recommended,developers are permitted to propose alternative design solutions to these A aspects of the development if they are able to show that such design solutions meet the 2.0.2 How to Use the Development Code overall objectives of the Specific Plan.Guidelines are indicated by the use of the words 1:71 Requirements for new development are contained in section 2.1 -"Development "should,""may,""is/are encouraged." Standards."The specific municipal Regulations governing the Development Standards 0 are defined in detail in the subsequent eight sections that make up Book II. 0 I 7 2.0.4 Development Code Organization does not commence within the approval or extension period,the entitlement shall comply with State and Federal Law. be terminated. The Development Code contained in Book II is organized into the sections as 4) Transfers Between Corridors displayed in the diagram on the following page. 2 Environmental Determination ,w. The Specific Plan sets forth a Maximum Amount of Net New Development The extent and intensity of all anticipated development activity for the Beach and (MAND)for each development type that can be built within each corridor and 2.0.5 How to get your Project Approved Edinger Corridors Specific Plan area has been identified in the Specific Plan and for each development type(See section 2.1.1).Dwelling Units,commercial square l Site Plan Review q: analyzed at a programmatic level in Program Environmental Impact Report No. footage and hotel rooms may be transferred between the two corridors.Entitlement 0g-008. applications involving a transfer request will require the following: Development projects within the Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan area Developmentproject r nests consistent with the Specific Plan maybe to shall be subject to Site Plan Review,unless a conditional use permit is required P e4 Pec subjecti) An Infrastructure Analysis documenting that the transfer does not exceed pursuant to sections 2.1.4,2.1.8 and 2.2.1. A Site Plan Review shall be required additional environmental review as required by CEQA. Environmental mitigation proposed infrastructure capacity. If capacity will be exceeded based on asures,as specified in the EIR may apply to individual Site Plan Reviews. As the required analysis, recommendations for additional infrastructure for all new development,with the exception of interior improvements,general me maintenance and repair or other minor construction activities that do not result in an noted above,a mitigation measure matrix identifying how a project will comply improvements must also be submitted. Required infrastructure intensification of the use.These exceptions may be subject to other City permits and with/incorporate the Program EIR mitigation measures is required as part of the modifications shall be the responsibility of the party requesting the approvals prior to commencement. submittal application.Additional mitigation measures may also apply to the project, transfer,and shall be placed as conditions of approval on the appropriate should further environmental review indicate as such. development entitlement. A Site Plan Review request shall be submitted to the City on a standard City application form and include standard submittal requirements as set forth on the 3) Request for Deviation ii) An Environmental Analysis in the form of the City's Initial Study application form. The application shall include any request for a subdivision documentation that the proposed transfer will not affect the conclusions pursuant to the Subdivision Map Act.The application shall also include a completed Deviations from the Development Standards of the Specific Plan may be granted at of the environmental analysis contained in Certified EIR No.08-008. If assessment form and mitigation monitoring matrix, showing the the time of Site Plan Review for special circumstances and/or unique architectural the conclusions are affected,additional environmental analysis may be environmentalt's consistency with the Specific Plan Program EIR. This informationx, showing will features. Requests for Deviation may include but are not limited to building required subject to processing requirements of section 2.0.5 projecheight,setbacks,open space,parking and landscaping. Deviation requests,up to be used to determine if any further environmental analysis will be required for the 10 percent of any single standard,may be considered by the Director of Planning iii)A policy analysis documenting that the transfers are consistent with the project. goals,policies,and programs of the City of Huntington Beach General and Building. Requests for deviations greater than 10 percent shall be subject to Plan and this Specific Plan. A Site Plan Review application,tentative map and environmental assessment may approval of a Variance application by the Zoning Administrator,pursuant to the Transfer requests,up to 20 percent of an individual development type,e.g.,hotel also require analysis and comments from various department of the City. In order to procedures outlined in the City's Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance.Development rooms,may be considered by the Director of Planning and Building. Transfer approve a Site Plan Review application,the Director of Planning and Building shall and construction phasing of selected project components may be approved by the make the following findings: Director and shall not require a Request for Deviation or Variance to the Specific requests greater than 20 percent shall be considered the Planning Commission. P. Plan A transfer request shall not constitute a Zoning Text Amendment and will be i) The project is consistent with the City's General Plan and all applicable processed in conjunction with a Site Plan Review. requirements of the Municipal Code;and Deviations may be allowed when,in the opinion of the Director of Planning and 1Building,significantly greater benefits from the project can be provided than would 5) Appeals ii) The project will not be detrimental to the general welfare of persons working or residing in the vicinity nor detrimental to the value of the property and occur if all the minimum requirements were met. Some additional benefits that The action of the Director of Planning and Building shall be final unless appealed 0 improvements in the neighborhood;and may make a project eligible for consideration include:greater open space,greater to the Planning Commission by the applicant or a member of City Council within C setbacks,unique or innovative designs,public open space,and the use of energy 10 calendar days of action of written notification by the Planning and Building eV iii)The project will not adversely affect the Circulation Plan of this Specific conservation or green building technology. The Director of Planning and Building Director. An appeal of a Site Plan Review or tentative map shall be subject to Plan;and may approve the Request for Deviation in whole or in part upon making the iv)The project complies with the applicable provisions of the Beach and following findings: Pr J P PP Edinger Corridors Specific Plan and other applicable regulations. i) Promote better desig n,environmental and land planning techniques and w The Director of Planning and Building has the authority to approve,conditionally contribute to the economic viability of the community,through aesthetically 0 approve,or deny a Site Plan Review and Subdivision Map,if any. The Zoning pleasing architecture,landscaping and site layout;and () Administrator has the authority to approve or deny a Negative Declaration,Mitigated ii) Not be detrimental to the general health,welfare,safety and convenience I, Negative Declaration,or Variance. The Planning Commission has the authority to Z of the neighborhood or City in general,nor detrimental or injurious to the w approve or deny an Environmental Impact Report and a Conditional Use Permit value of property or improvements of the neighborhood or of the City in nE„ unless otherwise specified for a particular use. general;and 0 .a The action of the Director of Planning shall be final unless appealed to the Planning r� iii)Be consistent with the objectives of the Specific Plan in achieving a project iW Commission by the applicant or a member of City Council within 10 calendar adapted to the area and compatible with the surrounding environment;and A days of. An appeal of a Site Plan Review or tentative map shall be subject to the procedures outlined in the City's Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance. iv)Be consistent with the goals and policies of the City's General Plan,and x A Site Plan Review approval shall be valid for a period of one year.A maximum of O two one-year extensions may be requested.A time extension request must be made in O writing by the applicant,property owner(s),and/or authorized designee,a minimum Cel of thirty days prior to the expiration of the current approval. If construction activity 8 Book II: Development Code Organization Development Regulations 2.0. 2.4. 1 2'1' 2.2. 2-B' FRONTAGE �t$�- 2.5. 2.6. 2.7. 2.6. 2.9.SIGNAGE ORIENTATION DEVELOPMENT BUILDING USE BUILDING SCALE.,,, &BUILDING STREET OPEN SPACE 4 PARKING ARCHITECTURE REGULATIONS STANDARDS REGULATIONS REGULATIONS. PLACEMENT REGULATIONS REGULATIONS REGULATIONS N REGULATIONS r.,. .,, - REGULATIONS 2.1.1.Maximum 2.4.1.Budding Amount of New 2.3.1.BuildingOrientation to w '..erne 2b.1.Facade Height 2.0.1.Applicability 21.1.Use Types -'- 2.6.1.Provision of 2.7.1.Provision of Articulation 2.9.1.Freestanding Development Height Streets and Public to Existing Streets-.^ Public Open Space Parking Sign Setbacks (MAND) Open Spaces Regulations 2.0.2.How to Use 2.1.2.Establishment 2.3.2.Special 2.8.2.Architectural 2.2.2.Special Retail 2.4.2.Private 2.6.2.Special 2.7.2.Parking 2.9.2.Total Sign the Development of Corridor Centers Building Height Public Open Space Elements Configuration Frontage Types Requrement Types Area Code and Segments Limits Regulations 2.0.3.Development 2.1.3.Town Center 2.2.3.Affordable 2.3.3.Building2.4.3.Front Yard 2.7.3.General 2.8.3.Architectural 2.9.3.Sign e p Housing 2.6.3.Omenl Spac Parking9 Type Code Categories -Core Requirement Length Setback Private Open Space Requirements Character Regulations 23.4.Special 2.9.4.Sign 2.0.4.Development 2.1A.Town Center- Building Length 2.4.4.Side Yard 2.6.4.Public Open 2.7.4.Parking Code Organization Neighborhood g e^9 Setback Space Types Guidelines Guidelines-All Limits Sign Types a z 2.03.How to Get O 2.15.Neighborhood 2.3.5.Building 2.4.5.Rear Yard 2.6.5.Private Open your Project Center Massing Setback East-West Street Space Types I: Approved Connection .- W 2.1.6.Town Center .''t en'at 2.6.6.Stormwater O Boulevard Segment 2.4.6.Alley Setback Transition Best Management CR Boundary Street Practices _ N - J 2.5.7.Street s 2.1.7.Neighborhood 24.7.Frontage ',, 2.6.7.Stormwater Boulevard Segment Coverage ",TYP W tt., BMP Types Gst G 2.1.8.Neighborhood 2.4.8.Space Between 2.6.8.Open Space (,) Parkway Segment Buildings Landscaping Z tel 2.1.9.Residential 2.4.9.Build-to- 2.6.9.Setback Area O 0 Parkway Segment Corner Landscaping 1.2 i W A Xi 1 2.1.10.Residential sor Transition Zone W O C m 9 theprocedures outlined in the City'si Zoning and Subdivision Z\74Y 4 y4'''H'>,'4H p r/yH ,yH4��m P ♦it�J tin "��,",,' � "'�.tC7' 11111 0 —Mil 51 Ordinance. ' , / ;,� \h�Hipy; , c ; _gn7 ' , / y ii4e 44. 4 / r • a o° 4_ r a Fs " /S(%� ' J Q, , '/ H„. it,/,. , z 1. 4 , a m , ' / cep' � 1� i. ,. y H k ii4� �''i h, pvy �,y igilfll �_ ay ' . filing 2.1 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS �yt�, .o.4 0'4i; 4,d.° '., +•#i > °,' ",,I,1t = n n.._. . r t. / ,�AJ 'pb •4,' 14, °,Op4�i; , ", i *-' �!{� ,�'Lt ;4 ■Pi py. Hy ' 'H4y°Z, g�?4 "p 9H� ,4�i4pq s;40 . C� :�!,:T t iII„E 2.1.1 Maximum Amount of Net New /�\ .%, S, y 4.4 g�, „1• Development(MAND) / '' '/, e'� ski x�n' .i �i' 2A) } % _♦ iq, 0\ H , `U'HH0* /„,,/J4,�r.. 9 t, 1Hgq "_ ,�oITH 'irH 4. HVHr` ♦\. t4�i ` ■ ��This section establishes the maximum amount of net new4 Hap 1\\1\A lH11111 c� . �� construction of residential and commercial development 6, •\,,t,7,4,-;", ;t,i,�,♦a- t� p\\ \1t IIIIII1110LIlllllllllb �-(rIIIl„'i �iH, yfitted in the Beach and Edin er Corridors S c' Plan. p oxy H.t ' �\ 1 \\N� ' I IIIIO 11 1111110111 Pew g Pe 4r ,f, �i i =y;' U':111 1101U111111111MM: +;4m -. III h publish \4�G �4 H� �',m ; n. i^I1I11 u. '� Vet_11111 111_III11111H-1111111111 ��� The City will monitor and the amount of new ', e' y 't= E ff.=allll III=111111111111 iiIUii11111 onniiiiinin 1111111111111111 development that occurs after the adoption of the specific plan in 4mHp - " n1 sxumumul . ...... G B am m=unnuuu uanum ttnuuuuuu c� - a form to be determined by the Planning and Building Director. Tl -IL 111111151815 111 Ifill tell llfir' 1111111111 I III'II '■I Updates to this summary of development will occur each time IIIIII I;I I/ II T T ?T`I IIIIII MINIM 1411131 1�2 t� pLtl _... new development takes place. Except as specified in Section ■m a 3 x .'_ a. =1 __ 2.2.4,when the MAND is reached,no further development may / 1111111 IIIIII ME 1a1 II II I Ial Illlill illCr 111111 31IIi all r gip�1n , ILH ilia. Peprovisions —' . LL,.I 11'•"" li11.11�1!11I I11 i lllli lllll —it ill m pi i E, .,, l LIM 1S111I ,1 �I,:`a a� T amendmentbe An 1110 IH[" II ilIi 1I,in I" and pi • Upon environmental a Building Permit,a project MANDhall be deemed 'a" 111 1l81 IIID f-1111 1 I IIII III I ill II 1 uu yNIpnLIInIIIII g r r velar are�t.T a to be entitled to its allocation of the MAND specified in the _au F. �;' \�47 =1.ll sill II HMI I1U1 I'111,=1je ims ''.qi 11111i =ni iiitiI1 w I 11I I LiF . Building Permit, but such entitlement shall expire unless 4%, J NI.I*Bpi IIII 11i1 . , •I -_ z construction commences for such units within one year of -- ( ' ^ / ®_On 1�1 i,','IRE l P . . P m.,, \� ILL �pnMill0t 9 �'.. al .t a 1 J JII L the dale of issuance of the BuildingPermit and is unused dii 9 I- reasonablyrA to completion as determined bythe Chief Building � !MT�e 4 and Safety Official. No Building Permit may be issued to allow { ill , „ fxT i1 l a net increase in development in excess of the MAND,except as ✓ r—cr�1 I . _""ae, „ ? •. illll n specified in Section 2.2.4. ��^ �.o al 1_ di w The MAND established herein corresponds to the installation - I(`''' NE !I �P'i S •r�—f!h . `J ~ `'rl' Po J 11 . ��.�.� l / , iiii lur .— t��uuw� tri of intersection capacity improvements necessary to maintain ■ I I=1-11:3 .I l i a �� /% lit ;v , A the community's level of service standard for primary iaor 7- 9 aumWMie .3 ) - --J' � ti ,\' t\ Cl. ...1 null nnuu - -.ft .unnnM►q E^'.. p .. ' .... rit arterial corridor intersections as well as installation of utility Mail ill n/ ti - 1 ��j \ & ;-- 1 1. f '_sic _ N infrastructure (i.e. sewer, water, drainage and dry utilities). ..!II; . YIIII' _� Z/ I ; 0Iw 3::: 1 T I w /n uaoal ..... m / II , n 1 I Tt 1 r17 Y naafi /Muff - y;m included in Book III-Public Improvements. M M �. ?m �a �t ro,` Detailed descriptions of those infrastructure improvements are r /r►� 174 .. The MAND for the Beach and Edinger Corridors planning area �! -_LII_I ' ' pit at is analyzed in Environmental Impact Report(EIR)No.08-008 coi.s.s,onding to the Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific P/wi 2.1.2 Establishment of Corridor Centers 2) Transect Designations 3) How Corridor Centers and U and is set forth as follows: and Segments Segments Apply To Parcels E. i) The Transect is a system of classification for built environments g pis Y Z Co.idor Permitted Remaining Retail SF pace SF Hotel established in the SmartCode. It uses the concept that place Every parcel in the Plan Area shall be regulated by its w 1 Corridor Centers and Segments Ma iDwelling Dwelling Rooms g ll types range from rural(T1)to urban(T6). The character and location in one or more designated Corridor Centers p Units Units* i) Eight (8) Corridor Centers and Segments are function of a district,center,or segment is an extension of its and Segment as shown in the Fig.2.I.Corridors Centers 51 Edinger 1,375 0 206,000 0 150 established as the basic organizing principle for the place in the continuum of the Transect. Every element of the and Segments Map. Where further clarification w Beach 525 200 53z.000 r1z,000 200 Development Standards applied to all properties in the built environment has a place in the Transect.This Development is necessary, boundaries shall be determined by A Te1a( 1,900 2,100 739,4000 112,000 350 Specific Plan Area. Code uses the Transect as the underlying principle of organization consulting with the Planning Director/Designee as 1.~. f effective 1ii) Segments are established in the for the Plan Area's Centers and Segments and the corresponding described below for split parcels. tee the ectivedateo thkamendmenttatheBECSP(06.ad1S) The Centers and specific locations and with the specific names indicated Development Standards.For reference purposes,Transect Zones O See section 2.0.5 for process requirements to transfer building in the Fig.2.l Corridor Centers and Segments Map, have been identified for the Centers and Segments established I CI' units between Corridors. A request to change a MAND total in this plan as indicated in the Fig.2.I Corridor Centers and 0constitutes a Specific Plan Amendment subject to section i.2. Segments Map legend. 10 Fig. 2.1 Corridor Centers and Segments Map ...........-...-.... ff -.._. :=-1V=::; ,? .f iS7. tIDU1Z^ p :p ull Ll ll�O�L k-`" t"¢") (i[lljg _ ii,..--n,un- f nnn o►: 2.1.9 Residential Parkway =nu e:5 '""'�'_""" _ = � IL. 2.1.3 Town Center-Core Segment a,u'? $ auk �• lit 2.1.4 Town Center- 2.1.10 Residential Transition T 'e:3■ . � ��� �E • `;L " � ' Neighborhood Zone _E . r.1 J.t W 11 i i Goldenwest St. . _-. :,,,, 2.1.5 Neighborhood tLallii • ��I 9 Corner Entry Required = n m ai Center • Nunllln jE'r, �, (see section 2A.3) = 2.1.6Town Center - ��i� -- Specific Plan Area Boundary � ,., I. Boulevard Segment nu 2.1.7 Neighborhood ,>ttl Specific Public Open Space "' -' Boulevard Segment 7C (see section 2.6.2) Affordable Housing Overlay lan ` (I ! I ( ; 2.1.8 Neighborhood (see section 2.2.4) ���� and St. ' -Parkway Segment I [ 1 I I t 1 .f i r- . III J. 1 '—rIIIrI11E (,I oth II MIIIIIiiit--.y..- Willi 111 l 1 .... 1 /` i iTm Rlflflil!II - , _ RailroadTracks� I ' pe, i r Jp woo -o _- _____ % 4.4 _ di , -,, , TIilifill Vim, . I ...., ,. ,...,.mi 7 ., i_.imurikiimm. cm.,u,m IIIIIIIImno-- , ,,,_, — i m r.: U„limn= "r 7f�1 �I °a !MUM: ,`„�, , mu__ , , _... . .. ....._}.._. I /-1 E. hiCIDIDCZT� LL�M� -; i !; E. �s n — �T wl nti J _,, E. �.�! 1! .III •®t�l P1 �■ oo� W �� .. �� i i , m^I .:. ., , InI� "�.�.CI,. l.c� k IllilifiVD W 3 wu o um .t > CZ m -i ato Eifi N F i �)1 A II -.. n 0,117-1- p,-yim cii m 1.000 500 0 1,000 2,000 NI T <..J.^,', ._ _ - Feet a) Parcels with a single Designation b) Split Parcels: 4) Development Standards Charts 5) Regulations and Guidelines c 0 All development on parcels,assembled parcels,or portions i) Where Corridor Centers and Segments or Plan Area i) The development standards applied to each Corridor i) Remember to review Regulatory Definitions, General V of allocated in a single Corridor Centers or Segment must Boundaries appear to connect between parcel lines of Center and Segment are contained in the Development Requirements,and Guidelines common to all properties Z conform to the development standards that apply to that adjacent properties as shown on the Fig.2.1.Corridors Standards Charts contained in 2.1.3-2.1.10. within the Plan Area contained in sections 2.2-2.9 as corridor or segment. Centers and Segments Map, the boundary shall be ii) Each chart lists Regulations in the order that they appear necessary. a determined by the Planning and Building Director/ ,.a Designee as measured on a scaled version of the Corridors in section 2.2-2.9 in the left column of the chart. Centers and Segments Map. iii) Each chart lists the Development Standards that apply to �w each Regulation in the right column of the chart. ii) Each portion of the Split Parcel shall be regulated by the I,;w applicable Corridor Centers or Segment. O ga 11 2.1.3 Town Center-Core I ---1 - 2.26uildin9 Standard h 2.4 Frontage&Building SLuulards i- I i I I I 1 '"" '' ' ' - 1'--a ��-- Use Regulations Placement Regulations i. I 1 y _=ev ii:IAN 2.2.1 Use Types 2.4.1 Building Orientation to Streets&Public Open Space I)Retail required or not required I required —' I_._ r 'j al NO 9 9 Y 1 .-_ _. *a m t[TTrrf(tdd a)Specialty Goods Anchors permitted 2.4.2 Private Frontage Types _ _ Guldcil est St _ i '`'�� J , I b)Community3)Private Frontage Specification Oriented Anchors permitted rot,'� iy a)Shop-Front permitted ft -� c)Entertainment Anchors permitted Sho front Lengthmaximum ft .c,Noy," r I .... d)Eating&Drinking Establishments permitted Tenant Length-maximum 50 ft ��� EH:IL'' ,,' H Specialty Goods&Foods owed )Articulation Length-maximum 50 ft y P d " -_ ...._...._-.-_..._— pecia ty perm` is Corner Entry permitted(C5) - '--1 c)Arcade i IIII BlI)illy! e t)Entertainment&Recreation conditional(USXC19) { !� B _ 'iiiii= ss�"Is d)Grand Portico ' _ - son I—r ....•}F y lr-wI�.I I i■,'i: I ` ' Ie Forecourt pen eitad(05 Ir.9,9 u\ .ohm u n1 1�as la— (iotbard St ••I "` __ --- \ g)Convenience Uses permitted 1)Common Lobby Entry limited ) m (F-p I - h)Business Services permitted g)Stoop permitted(L4)only 1 .f =tt [i4 _ --1 h)Porch --- j .� !I - 7��._ 1 L h I i>;IIZ7J I__. -- i)Personal Services permitted I)Front Door ` Railroad Tracksr-' --- r , /' �� i _ /° 1)Edge Treatment:Fenced --- ti u I,___�� '[ I _� 't il•, j)Personal Enrichment Services Permitted k)Edge Treatment:Terraced - • J I)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted 1. -�._;p- - r___- I I _ _ k)Service Commercial&Repair — Lk,✓y`� , 2.4.3 Front Yard Setback Li a 4: 1)Large Scale Commercial Goods — minimum-Edinger 30 ft(C16XC17) iI Fr 1 7 _ " minimum-Main 30 ft(C16)(C17) Kilian i-- I Bh d —- r I t7 �' m)Vehicle Sales — minimum-all other public streets 30 ft(Ct6XC17) w ~ -- 2)Civic&Cultural conditional(CI9) Upper story setback Required(CI3) q tlllmit/ l in:m _J L--. Z1 3)Otfice 2.4.4 Side Yard Setback 1 *llllilll1111 1 1 'm I F .8 ■li? "HBMitit; �� a)Professional Services permitted(C2&L4) min w/living space windows 10 ft Ca ;�Itit111i//Qa,�1 1 tilll .' min w/out livin a ace windows 0 ft Z __ b)Medical Services permitted R FF i 2.4 5 Rear Yard Setback n■ �.r I. .. �� 4)Lodging permitted(C2)■ unto -_-_Beach13hdV] ri I Inl Ir- f.7 -� 7� 5)Live Work — minimum 5 ft 4 y f I I 1 t� un■a tN I 1�/ ��� Residential 2.4.6 Alley Setback w. n mum. r•sl _ r -Ss Ill�as CII I--- --� a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry condtnooal(C2,C14,C15.1A) minimum Sft t.X4-1I t'en`3ms� aconditional(c14,cls,u) 2.4.7 Frontage Coverage ,ry r - b)Multi Family w/Individual Entries q A. 02 h tJ+ 1,000 500 0 1,000 2,000 minimum-F"diB Edinger/Beach/Main 90% W - ^. -,� N� P� c)Attached Single Family minimum-all other streets 75% ,v L._—_.n� ._._—�Feet d)Detached Single Family - W ' 2.2.2 Special Retail Configurations 2.4.8 Space Between Buildings A Development Standards Charts Legend: minimum 20 ft a)Neighborhood Center "a 2,4,9 Build-to-Comer ry Symbol: (en Untried to the expansion ofee.sing us. (L3)On Maw St (U) On Godard St. Chi p<,),,tw<d These z<mwa ve aiowd,br tiNc anlew omwrwiw (CM For development over 20,000Nuf bulldog area 04)on Ellis Ave.end (LS) On Ash St ad b)Corner Store era required or not required I required pccifi,d in Section 2.2.I Use 1ypcs Delaware St. CypewA" (CI) Nwdevelopment over zo dwelling anus or lodging roomsc)Drive-through --- rnrr.Sea Courtyard bmidin arm and the odiuldl defined a3)SaM'Ativma p-WI onw,mer Ave. R Z.5 Street d applicable trill in iBulldog Lenstnm length A" ,2.2.3 Affordable Housing Requirement Rcyulationti Standards era<am mooed elemmuer,((lew development et The numberofagmc pmvidd mun,nclde at lean one store Uu: '..required or not required required(CI) ml Ird (nuq qwr 2.5.1 Improvements to Existing Streets indicated ror< nstudentNn rrenedenral development with 1 or more®r 3)Classic Boulevard required(L2)(C12) ( wa.dMual Requires a conditional use permit Commercialp J proposing additions sewer ter ...of LII am appymsperaca in receim20.l.Privue l so.footage but n .:d'g 50%haw the option to N3) Loren Entertainment end Dancing ape permitted 2.36UI Building Scale Standards 6)Ne Neighborhood Avenue required(L3) nor Smiled Frontage Types (CI3)pmvA b Clain Oldce des Bo aNeighdrhe°d Ss too- N3)Large Scale Soowlry Cods and Foods Ordy two sectson221) Rt` IIl.Jt1011S ypef Norm.with a6 sidewalk add parkway,however Clone _ g 7)Neighborhood Streets required except(L2,L3) 0� Development Mall not exceed Or height al booing Blvd ena.i.lights and funtinlur.e hall apply tee Movie Theaters not Bed '.3.I BUildin•HBi•ht U vim msh meet yu h nmbei .indi wed(w Men 10 setback along Isom.rda&.nfbmlawg teadepth°r v 2.5.2 Provision of New Streets-(see section 2.5.2) F. lion 2.32 Special Building Height Limns) (CI3)min 100 for Maxtor.above 3 atoll. NA tnottd Piny HeaRb&Exereise CluMmcwditionsl , 2.5.3 Block Size z Permitted in C Stow cwfiguratier(gee secam - - --- - - Nei Only Bealm a exercise codaoeke n..a tat CS 211.s ROM 'Clpt1ts'd`°Nproj<ms•ml1 lde 'v mine wwna.t Maximum Edinger Block I90U fl �r Spool Caawwn.mode ere perm-tree q cuPlwmx No only ow salons r.3.2 S. ial Buildin.Hei•ht Limits Maximum Edinger Face i Pannede aNetghbow°d Center lee Revidev"H60.0cd w Shoo Map P.Ci NC CUP awns Pt still be mowed tor all residennal.d mud use: (U.1 , _. '®' se Roomed 2.for oerSpwmen Rail.Eemnenoed NIs)mcdntutuonmercial - or Connectivity .4 Roomd rm Priority Project,r enmaaged for Non- mmi.a (UM Moo dealers •cross the Street From Housin: W PP(N-Pr Priority Projects Ow section 167.Smrmwwa MAP (C16)May be reduced to thin.of 15'outwear me CUP Both the PC (ull)Not applicable to OW or coning auto dealers requiredfired East-Wedst required Thaw)sal -d scent to Housin. 2.5.5 Required East-West Street Connection Single story cwnmertial buildings may gene ind to have a 15' (y I Exceptions apply to anchor mad holdings (CIT)from yard setback from primary SI.red 10'front setback along "t P.3.3 Bulldin•Len•th required or not required tt a O t eon l.,si tr..,be reduced month a cup annwe Pc Exceptions apply torrn.wgnoe copy&other sign venatiom. Mi! MIIIIE'fEMMIE 2.5.6 Residential Transition-Bounds Street Speti.I Conditions: May bepmvided in tandem configmaim:All We ('') we whoa 2.9.Sisag<Regulation Transition-Boundary proton m, required or not required p~m( (CI)Ground floor allowed (Cln residwdw commm.t Mb11 whmit a parking mu,gwnwt plan I •- • • • ® q q "'' subteen to review and approval by the Planning and Building tsq SO%ahW xauowwedtuwgthe mmothof D.<mber imited Corner Bulldin-maximum (Cu) upper a..cooly 1 - 2.5.7.Street Types(New Street Design) O Dept. CIO Mwomm.tower formal 1 imited Mid-Block Buildio:-maximum I (C3) Parkway Landscaping required along Beach Blvd For Nureh<a,schmis,ad cammracial r.reuion u..within 1)City Street permitted O Sid<,.drearyadaahallconsistofWavyscrewingewe (agR.ynimacuermmtneu a.3.5Buildin•Massin.-Prima VolumePro••rtions (cn se (SS) wMic parks.maximum am°I 32 pH am mammy height2)Public Open Space w/City Street permitted don z6TJ ofoft I -lr h:Hei'ht-Edin_er/Beach/Main 02 (Cs) Withibopaom Location: 3)Neighborhood Street (Lei On Beach Blvd (L6) BetweenEllie (so Sops are tewncted to tamer atom only I I ®' — --- - w N9 a zas efpercd deed.whicheverw goofier 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood St- — (Ion On Edinger Ave. (Lei Nods of Ellis (3'r) Signs are permitted at wW,ces to muld.(amily holdings PS)Alley permitted).2 1 Development Standards Charts 2.6Open Space 2.7 Parking -:8 Architecture Regulations St Henulaticins illiiPrStandards- _., Regulations Standards 2.6.1 Provision of Public Open Space 2.7.1 Provision of Parking .8.1 Facade Hei•ht Articulation Re•ulations I)Retail 50 s.f./1000 s.f.(CS) I)Retail Anchors 2)Civic&Cultural da spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min 4 mar IBMIEEE 3)Office n/a location within 500 feet 4)Lodging n/a 2)Eating&Drinking Establishments 2.9 Siynaye Standards 5)Live Work n a aces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/10 max ReyUlations 6)Residential n a location on site 2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks (sec section 2.4.i 1 2.6.2 Special Public Open Space 3)Specialty Foods/Goods 2.9.2 Total Sign Area (sec secion 2>2) 1 n.� spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min,4 max 2.9.3 Sign Type Regulations 2.63 Provision of Private Open Space location within 500 teem Grand Projecting Sign permitted I)Retail n a 4)Entertainment&Recreation maximum height 300 2)Civic&Cultural n a spaces per 1000 s.f. 6 min/10 roan Marquee Sign permitted 3)Office n a location within 500 feet maximum number of faces 3 4)Lodging n a 5)Convenience Uses maximum area 500 s.f. 5)Live Work On spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min 4 max Wall Sign permitted 6)Residential _ location within 500 feet maximum size 'nn s.f(SI&S51 a)Attached&Multi-Family 60 s.f. _ i unit 6)Personal&Business Services Monument Sign&Ground Sign — b)Detached Single-Family Homes n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min'4 max maximum number of faces n a 2.6.4 Public Open Space Types _ _ _ location within 500 feet maximum height n a 1)Park -- 7)Presonl Enrichment Services maximum area n a 2)Linear Green permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 5 max(CI I) secondary sign n a 3)Square permitted location within 500 feet bonus sign n a 4)Plaza _ permitted 7)Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales Pole Mounted Sign&Tower Sign — 5)Mid-Block Green permitted spaces per 1001/s.f. Na maximum number of faces n/a 6)Courtyard Plaza permitted location n/a maximum height n/a 7)Passage/Paseo permitted 8)Civic&Cultural secondary sign n/a '.. 8)Pocket Park/Playground permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min 4 m bonus sign gn n/a O 2.6.5 Private Open Space Types location within 500 feet maximum area n/• H I)Courtyard permitted 9)Office-Professional secondary sign n/a 2)Private Yard permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 2.5 mini 3.5 mu bonus sign K Ma '.. p., 3)Porch — location within 200 feet Projecting Sign permitted Z DI4)Rooftop Deck or Garden permitted 10)Office-Medical maximum area 8 s.f. ,D 5)Balcony permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 4.5 min;5.5 max Awning Face Sign permitted C 2.6.6 Stormwater Management location within 200 feet maximum area 20%of awning face w7 Best Management Practices 11)Lodging Awning Valance Sign permitted 14 required or not required I required spaces per guest room I min/1.2 max lines of lettering 1 W 2.6.7 Stormwater BMP Types location within 200 fed letter height(whichever is less) 2 3 valance height:8 in A Source Control BMPs required 12)Live-Work Awning Side Sign permitted ••te4 Site Design BM Ps required spaces per unit I min/1 max lines of lettering 1 Treatment Control BMPs PP'N-PP spaces per employee 0 min/I max letter height 8 in 2.6.8 Open Space Landscaping location within 200 feet Canopy Fascia Sign permitted required or not required I ic.µmrd, 13)Residential Uses (Cl8) maximum height(whichever is less) 2/3 fascia height:12 in 2.6.5 SetbackArea Landscaping Types spaces per studio&1 hr unit 2 min maximum width 28 canopy width 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per 2br unit 2 min lines of lettering I W a)Sidewalk Extension permitted _ spaces per 3br+uoit 2.5 min Above Canopy Sign permitted p b)Parkway Landscaping _— guest spaces per 10 units 5 min(0.5 per unit) maximum height(whichever is less) 1 1/2 fascia height:24 in 0 c)Boulevard Landscaping — location on site maximum width 2/3 canopy width V d)Neighborhood Street landscaping permitted(IA)only 14)Neighborhood Center Exceptions lines of lettering I W 2)Interior Block Setback Areas spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min/3 max Café Umbrella Sign permitted _ X a)Groundcover required 15)Corner Store Exceptions maximum area n a nr b&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening — spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min Recessed Entry Sign permitted OJ location on Street only maximum area 20 s.f. 7 2.7.2 Parking Types Window Sign permitted tat I)Surface Lot-Front — aximum area 20%of window(S3) A 2)Surface Lot-Side -- 1.1 - 3)Surface Lot-Rear /"u mnnud 4)Surface Lot-Exposed --- 5)Structure-Exposed --- 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level — 0 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels permitted(u)only2.7 Parking Regulations Note:The maximum number CO 8)Partially Submerged Podium permitted of parking spaces permitted only applies to parking 9)Structure-Underground permitted spaces that are provided in surface parking lots. 13 ---� 2.2 Building Standards 2.4 Frontage&Building Standards . Corner Entry Required _ - Use Regulations Placement Regulations (see section 2.4.3) 2.2.1 Use Types 2.4.1 Building Orientation to Streets&Public Or Space I)Retail required or not required required I' Specific Public Open Space - +'- —' , a)Specialty Goods Anchors - 2.4.2 Private Frontage Types x. Col dcmtestSk-1 - (see section 2.6.2) I b)Community Oriented Anchors NC 3)Private Frontage Specification efifia Affordable Housing Overlay Ic) - a)Shop-Front permitted Entertainment Anchors Shopfront Length-maximum 50 fl d)Eating&Drinking Establishments permitted Tenant Length-maximum 50 fl \ / `�"d�4,t-}a ~[- I • e)S ul Goods&Foods (LP«r) y Articulation Length-maximum 50 fl Pee ty (LI&.L3)only b)Corner Entry permitted,required(M) �� - L-- conditional(C19) e)Arcade permitted tea i till Ill Bvi t)Entertainment&Recreation t-;��, �r�� xllaxfy ors�. (c7) d)Grand Portico permitted (,I, TP-�= angnq/.►�•- I ¢- CS or peaninod e)Forecourt permitted f.ei•m'T.i 4 t uiuii?+�=1 (iothard St l--— g)Convenience Uses (Ll,L3,LS)adY I)Common Lobby Entry pertained = I h)Business Services permitted g)Stoop permitted \ h)Porch "-- g. .mar e : Railroad 1-racka-' !itill11161.1.11 i)Personal Services permitted i)Front Door --- a._ ' rNnNnq ; I _ - - ))Edge Treatment:Fenced _- _ I (r(t7)�7TL_ I j)Personal Enrichment Services Permitted k)Edge Treatment:Terraced ,iurJ I11I111111I1I (US).conditional I Edge Treatment:Flush I - -. 1111111111111 k)Service Commercial Rep.0 i. ) g n,1.d J I - AND t.l;L3 only 2,4.3 Front Yard Setback J --` Ii •i i• `,u _ ild gLarge Scale Commercial monde - minimum-Beach 30fl(C16HC17) 1 minimum-Main 30 ft(C16xC17) i C*tt rI m Vehicle Sales .�. lie p ) minimum-all other public streets 30 ft(C16xC17) IQn IP nsllil p 2)Civic&Cultural conditional(C19) Upper story setback Reel+(CI3) _ per, III�� l I -) 3)Office 2.4.4 Side Yard Setback lllll met a Qi,. min w/living space windows IO It 1 a)Professional Services permitted I g P ,YQ, �-zq ---L r J ///���� b)Medical Services permitted min w/out living space windows O li E-. I*-■�e1111 I J LJ�05 4)Lodging pemutted 2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback CA Q'' - t■ n lu-' _-._ Beech B1v d S. 5)Live Work pecmined minimum I 1u e Z - `rf'� ct I f '` � 6)Residential 2 4 6 Alley Setback W @ '�-R, a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry conditional(U9,C14,C15 minimum I It 9It X e anti" ``1, ' ....—•- b)Multi Family w/Individual Entries conditional(U9,C14,C15) 2.4.7 Frontage Coverage a 1,000 500 0 1,000 2,000 minimum-Fdiner/Beach/Main 90°n O N' c)Attached Single Family conditional N9.CI4,CI5) g • h .-- - Feet d)Detached Single Family — minimum-all other streets 90°b W 2.4.8 Space Between Buildings 2.21 Special Retail Configurations A Development Standards Charts Legend: ens tees p I n a)Neighborhood Center minimum 0 Fri Symbol: (of) Limited to te<xp.nsimt of<.i,mg.an (u) on NO.N. Pa) On Ombed r. ryl&L3)only 2.4.96uikt-to{orner N inexd<menu.e Jkwed.by ngN.unlem etherwic (Car For 20,000,sofbuiding area On Ellis Ave.and - b)Corner Store permitted P'equired or not required I required permldtd upnwnl over M) (L9) par Aab g<and Cypeu Arc. N.M.in Section 2.2.1 Use Type• • Drlea,re Sl. (Ca) For development over 2e dwelling udu or loapns mom. c)Drive-through - Not soloed SoWt ofAllau - g - CounYadbuilGinpmaY<xcttdthe iedirndl<.gmns del•inel OR) Av<. (LIP) On Werner Ave :b 1i,emi We Not applicable (CIPI ipr>su,Mm Laph Standards i 2.2.3 Affordable Housing Requirement Royulatit liar, agmiM These am memtd demon oiJl r deveapmmlr The numberof,pwn provided mot Include et lea.one space UN: q q require 2.5.1 Improvements to Existing Streets idiatN Ie1q f«wrn tutrn required or not required required m.dltlonJ Regular:.cameo!use moil Commercial peo)«u proposing additions greater dm 20x of WI) For re,iaenda a dmelopmenl with or mw• dn - P2.2.4 Affordable Housing Overlay see Section 2.2.4 4)Palm Tree Boulevard W limitations apply as specified in twice 2.4.1.Prise existing sq.foot,but not exceeding 5P.have Ih option to (I'n Live Ememinment red Dancing mar Nmaima Ilmldd From,Ne. (a2)red.mmea aria+cep, a xddhedc,.ds.am a)'1)•pical Configuration required(LU • 0 Develoments figure- m d dewalk nd6 per.,Nemec Cw,k Icy) t'rg`5"I speciJtr Nods ae Foods Only Mee aemiooul 23 Building Scale Standards 6)Standard Avenue required(L3) Development shall nor Web gM of housing Blvd Igo aml firm n e mil apply (Lq Mmi<Thmtas pan tied Regulations 7)Neighborhood Streets required coevpt(LI,L� U pW acrossohe sum plus the numbs I..c.lrdlse Special Bwldint Height L min) (Clg)Min 10 back along and M f Ng.,led a NO of ryy)(round goer Health A'me.Clubs are ceedinonal -- oboe 2d.2sa.3.1 Buildin Hei.ht ., p,emi..too•ror,u.rm,r<eno.e g,tmtu j2.5.2 Provision of New Streets-(see section 252) Z Parwud in Retail ROM (ta.ecfinm nf0 Only HoIWAEaence<IuM ittimum hei_ht -- aa All residential,,ens seen include ee"LcmattlJ m soot ........ 2.5.3 Block Size W 3z.2.speeiJ Retail r'eofigwatians) (Clqlevel,devwices may be mmoned p.n.to CLIP norm PC n'n 0'4 Om sulieex i maximum fret•ht 2; Pawned in a Neighborhood Center coefigmation a« •5) n.cla mein Rryuired smana Map Maximum Block Size 2400fl 06 NC section 222.5pecW Retail Consume. ICIANP6om P(',Wllb<ngmred tor dlreaMentitl red mired use •.3.25•• ial Buildin•Hei•ht Limits Maximum Edinger Block Face Na - 0 - Required for Sri.my Peens.Encouraged for non- reaiaemi,vco.s.a., protects Iclo)Arno eaten only din:er/Beach/Main W PPir4PP Prionty Pro)erb led mown267.S1umaater IMP (C16)14.ybe seduced main of 15'Nomad w a CUP hem me PC IS II)Nm applic.bk to No m existing auto Om required 2.5A Street Connectivity Tao.) .I •cross the Street From Housin- or not required I required Single story commis]building may 4 prmind to Mve a IS' A A) Exceptions applYmach°r auilb ildWgs Sus: •+'scent to Housin_ (CI,)front yard AmAX horn pmmmry Se W 10'front embark Jong 2.5.5 Required East-West Street Connection Conditions: _ san5,e..Id.ty be,+tied,vuent to a CUP,om me PC I51) Except...poly for elmegaek copy A...inn ranatmns. ,.3.3 Buildin.Len gth i required or n required I Na SPMat May be provided in tandem consgmatmn:All protects with sec section 2.9.Sgrage Regulations25222121: " 2.5.6 ResidentialStreet I l (CI) Ground floor allowed - re<ihnralamponend seas:Mnn.p.hing m.reg<m<m panTransition-Boundary —(cla)•ugaam,.:::dappmvdb h Plintaed Build. (aP) 50%ball e<wowable during memo.mor Dam.. .3.45•ecial Buildin.Len•th Limits (car) upper doomomr >'< required or not required I required (qi 'n5•ayl<n4e+0int required Jong Bach Blvd Depd. (a) Most oat.as toner format invited Corner Buildin 1-maximum i 1 0 (CI Requee.a CUP Rom I N LA FM churches,tbools,and commit:.recreation ems within 2.5.7 Street Types(New Street Design) sidn.dmn yards Pall consist of heavy semen*lee , (sst Palk perks,maximum area ot22 panned m.ummt height invited Mid-Block Buildin-maximum :1' 1 0 tco aeclwn 2.d.'p - - of6R I)City Street permitted P.3.5 Buildin•Massin•-Prima Volume Pro.•rtions (a) with dwprmnd Landow ® 2)Public Open Space w/City Street permitted Mb on Reach Blvd. (IA) Rove.pule no run are minded to corm same only n h:Het: t-Min_cr/Beach/Maim (CO Or 20%of Wed depb whichever is smeller (L2) on Edinger Ave. deli Notes of Ellis 1xn rgmare permmd et amerce,w melb.l.mtymuldinp I .I:h:He'. t-AB other streets 3)Nelghborhood Street pemfined --------- 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood St. permitted 14 5)Alley permitted 2.6 Open Space Standards 2.7 Parking Standards 2.8 Architecture Standards Regulations Regulations Regulations • 2.6.1 Provision of Public Open Space 2.7.1 Provision of Parking .8.1 Facade Hei.ht Articulation Re.ulations 1)Retail 50 s.f./1000 s.f.(C8) I)Retail Anchors 2)Civic&Cultural a/a spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a .-R 3)Office 100 s.f./1000 s.f.(C8) location n/a 4)Lodging 30 s.f./room(C9) 2)Eating&Drinking Establishments 2.9 Siynayr Standards 5)Live Work 50 s.f./unit(C9) spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/t0 max RI'yulations 6)Residential 50 s.f/unit(C9) location within 500 feet 2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks (see section 2.9.1) 2.6.2 Special Public Open Space 3)Specialty Foods/Goods 2.9.2 Total Sign Area (see section 2.9.2) I required(M) spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min/4 max 2.9.3 Sign Type Regulations 2.6.3 Provision of Private Open Space location within 500 feet Grand Projecting Sign -- 1)Retail n a 4)Entertainment&Recreation maximum height n a 2)Civic&Cultural n a spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a Marquee Sign — 3)Office n a location n/a maximum number of faces Ma 4)Lodging n a 5)Convenience Uses maximum area n 5)Live Work n a spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min/4 max Wall Sign permitted 6)Residential location within 500 feet maximum size 200 s.f(SI&S5) a)Attached&Multi-Family 60 s.f./unit 6)Personal&Business Services Monument Sign&Ground Sign permitted b)Detached Single-Family Homes n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min 5 rims maximum number of faces 2.6.4 Public Open Space Types _ location ..ithin 500 feet maximum height ,,u I)Park permitted 7)Presonl Enrichment Services maximum area 2)Linear Green permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 5 max(C I I) secondary sign --- 3)Square permitted location within 500 feet bonus sign 24 s.f. 4)Plaza permitted 7)Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales Pole Mounted Sign&Tower Sign — ' • 5)Mid-Block Green permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a maximum number of faces n/a 6)Courtyard Plaza permitted location n/a maximum height n/a qh 7)Passage/Paseo permitted 8)Civic&Cultural secondary sign n/a 6 8)Pocket Park/Playground permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min 4 max bonus sign n/a p 2.6.5 Private Open Space Types location within 500 feet maximum area Na Z 6 I)Courtyard permitted 9)Office-Professional secondary sign Na Cn 2)Private Yard permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 2.5 min/3.5 max bonus sign n/a I. 3)Porch — location within 200 feet Projecting Sign permitted Z tal 4)Rooftop Deck or Garden permitted 10)Office-Medical maximum area 8 s.f. 5)Balcony permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 4.5 min r 5.5 max Awning Face Sign permitted A. 2.6.6 Stormwater Management location within 200 feet maximum area 20%of awning lunar 0 Best Management Practices 11)Lodging Awning Valance Sign pemnitted v] required or not required I required spaces per guest room I min/1.2 max lines of lettering I [s: 2.6.7 Stormwater BMP Types location within 200 fret letter height(whichever is less) 2 3 valance height:8 in A Source Control BMPs required 12)Live-Work Awning Side Sign permitted Site Design BMPs required spaces per unit I min/1 max lines of lettering 1 N Treatment Control BMPs PP'N-PP spaces per employee 0 min/1 max letter height 8 w 2.6.8 Open Space Landscaping location within 200 feet Canopy Fascia Sign permitted • required or not required I required 13)Residential Uses (Clg) maximum height(whichever is less) 2/3 fascia height:12 in 2.6.5 Setback Area Landscaping Types spaces per studio&lbr unit 2 min maximum width 2/3 canopy width 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per 2br unit 2 min lines of lettering I a)Sidewalk Extension permitted;required(C5) spaces per 3br+unit 2.5 min Above Canopy Sign permitted G b)Parkway Landscaping — guest spaces per 10 units 5 min(0.5 per unit) maximum height(whichever is less) 112 fascia height:24 in c)Boulevard Landscaping required(LI except C5) location on site maximum width 2/3 canopy width Co) d)Neighborhood Street Landscaping permitted 14)Neighborhood Center Exceptions lines of lettering I W 2)Interior Block Setback Areas spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min 3 was Café Umbrella Sign permitted a)Groundcover required 15)Corner Store Exceptions maximum area n a a. b&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min Recessed Entry Sign permitted .4 location on street only maximum area 20 s.f. > 2.7.2 Parking Types Window Sign permitted r4 1)Surface lot-Front — maximum area 20%of window(S3) Q 2)Surface Lot-Side — r.y 3)Surface Lot-Rear pertained ~ 4)Surface Lot-Exposed — ^� 5)Structure-Exposed — O 6)Structure-Wrapped:Gr Level permitted Parking1.7Regulations Note:The maximum number co 7)Structure-Wrapped:AU Levels permitted 8)Partially Submerged Podium pemstued of parking spaces permitted only applies to parking 9)Structure-Underground permitted spaces that are provided in surface parking lots. 15 .I` :' 1' J2 Building Standards 2.4 Frontage&Bacement uilding F...e4i,. 2' Standards e -_ Q IIIIIIU ��n� L. I 2.2.1 TY es se Regulations requ1ired or notO Orientation to Streets&Public required IA) r �_.+—� �l1Ll 'II - L-r Regulations L-•_: _, �� r, a)Specialty Goods Anchors --- 2.4.2 Private Frontage Types 2 n plc .I -'�--p„_ -..-.--r-" --'''-1..,•I L.J 3)Private Frontage Specification .-a b)Community Oriented Anchors NC Beach Blvd a)Shop-Front permitted _.__I —"" -_ c)Entertainment Anchors - Shopfront Length-maximum N/A I •' '----''t__ d)Eating&Drinking Establishments NC Tenant Length-maximum N/A ��I' z Articulation Length-maximum 50ft to - I£ , 'tarn - — e)Specialty Goods&Foods (33) C)Corner Entry permitted )Arcade permitted Dt -t q� =° f)Entertainment&Recreation conditional(C19) d)Gra d Portico prnnitted ry e W D e)Forecourt permitted_ n ro g)Convenience Uses NC d �Common Lobby Entry permitted .� h)Business Services g)Stoop permitted except(L I) Y �����mq-� = - m - NC - h)Po - I/ • ���� (�w� - i)Personal Services NC I)FrontDoor - °'`r` s um 1-(� j)Edge Treatment:Fenced permitted except(LI) -—---. j)Personal Enrichment Services NC - : (. _ _'{1.'^.111st m- It)Edge Treatment:Terraced permitted except(LI) ____r-. ___f f �e - permitted I)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted _T —_ : C Lk)Service Commercial&Repair (UB) - 2.4.3 Front Yard Setback Bea(',jl,_lyd _ __r-,_ - Beach Blvd �j�__ I)Large Scale Commercial Goods - minimum-Beach 30 ft(016xC17) IIIIIIIIII'II __._J.,y: minimum-all other public streets 30 ft(C16)(Ci7) J J l--L• m)Vehicle Sales - upper story setback Re IrLrved(CI3) ti _, 2)Civic&Cultural conditional(C19) _ 2,4,4 Side Yard Setback • • G -,l -,., �/ ) is- -"i E- 3)a)Office ul .- iT'p-(�, min w/living space windows 10 ft Mrr„mU .; I.{I IluI i1f3l a)Professional Services germinal(C2) min w/out living space windows T 5 ft__ Z b)Medical Services permitted -- 2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback F 4)Lodging permitted(C2) minimum I i0 ft 5)Live Work permitted(C2 or Cl/Li0)CA 2.4.6 Alley Setback N'1,000 500 0 1,000 2,000 6)Residential minimum I 5 ft L •• Feet cuodidaoal(C2 Wel( WIa)Multi-Family w/Common Entry 2.4.7 Frontage Coverage L9,Ctd,cl _ X conditional(C2 or CI( minimum-Edinger/Beach/Main b)Multi Family w/Individual Entries L9 ct4,Cis) minimum-all other streets s1l.IAi W c)Attached Single Family - 2.4.8 Space Between Buildings d)Detached Single Family - minimum I 20 R 4:7 Development Standards Charts Legend: 2.2.2 Special Retail Configurations 2.4.9 Build-to-Corner A Symbol: (Co Lmped to the erpantw rfss.snguw (u) 09 Main St. _(ui aoorbsed St. a)Neighborhood Center required required or not required j required Nnc eknasm•reallowed by aaM,onl«eaMwidc (Ca) Forderelopment over 20,000 searbuilding err« On Ellis Ave.and _ (LI&LIO) r•dro-n Il,«iraa N section 2.2.1 ure'rrp« a) ,,,,,, st. (Ls) OsAh st.and Cypresaw. b)Corner Store Na va pmnawd KB) F«drs*Iee ens one,0dweling wxxlodginglooms South a/0105. 2.5 Street Stand,ird, Ma Na applicable (C(e Coon,. 00in 2n�dhnggs may exceed the roa1Ca1a1eosob a deiced ,s,<. Ntq On Warta e)Drive-through permitted Regulations trwre.rt regnrrtd dements or al new develWnunrn dtw numbers ` 2.2.3 Affordable Housing Requirement 2.5.1 Improvements to Existing Streets _ regal spaces providS minlsIrk el leas one a Use: 4)Palm Tree Boulevard "q' indicaw (CIO r«earn emdent required or not required I required(CI) Nu Forresia<t,tia developmnot w;a 2 or me.mitt b)Neighborhood('enter StreeHront required LL condldr•1 Requires a conditional me permit Connart W pm]mb proproms eJJ,uom greeter dun 20 of _ • g ( L7) ppy es specified in season 2.1 y.Rime mum.,rum(bur not..coring 50%.•e Nc wdoo to NA Live Emem,nmemsM nosing rot pamimd 2.3 BuildingScale 5)Parkway w ❑miarom. Standards Q BmMN Frontage Typos (CI3)provide ill<Claud Blvd des,or a Neighborhood Ss coo- (Mal lag,,a,Spa Wry Cush,Posh O yp<, a.ya«.h..x2n Regulations perdpnwot shall not exceed Mt hog.or housing figuration wirn.asidewalk.,d M1'p,I0I however Classic c)Neighborhood dSt Center w/Palm required seed L5,L6) Blvd oleo lights am furnishings shall pMy (w)Movie TIcaters not pamilrrd 2.3.1 Building Height (� pies ,suss me west pled Me number at stories inuiumm(sal 7)Neighborhoof Streets required except(LI) section 2.2.2 special Building xeishn.imiol teal)min.10'fobxkdong Bbove 2 sites or budding roe edepbof NA(;mans 0aor xeaRhA Exercise Clubs art cmditioml minimum height (story F AW rnrswamies sure amnia 2.5.2 Provision Size of New Streets-(see section 2.5.2) 2' Pamivpe wl FNMA ximecosonst ism tact maim (ttp)Only xe,nbs Exercise ehrbs maximum height Jstories 25.38kxk CB All residential projects shall ircluh remit-commercial a mall tat 2]1.Special FNMA Coofiganiam) (Cora) a Permitted m a Neighborbod(Mier mnfigaaion(me keel;deviarims may Poprmmrted mbjmdroa CUP fiom PC_ OM onyc„wtram 2.3.2 Special Building Height Limits IqC ( CGPtromreshallb<rtyuoeovallmrdenudavdmxed�: (•I Resolenbal Required as Shown onMop Maximum Block Size 3o(x)x .ion 2.2.2.Special Retail Cacheable. Nrs) Edinger/Beach/Main 1+mry max(LI) Maximum Edinger Block Face Na Q - sec - miaemiaucommacial grooms Nib)Auto dealers only P` Acquired f«Dimity Projects l Encouraged for Nom Across the Street From Housing plus 2 story max W PP/n-rr Privity Projects n«section 2.6o.Smsmwner IMP (CIS)May be reduced to min.of pursuant to a CUP born the PC lull)Not applicable to new or raining auto dealers required Street riot Connectivity Adjacent to Housing required Th..) Single nary commercial buildings may he permitted to Aare•Is. required or not required required =W (A) F aprinm,ppytn,«mrawawiuiog, sfpm 2.3.3 Building Length Iced rmayau Sr.b maybe reduced pamaysrsuat to a to•CUP from along Me PC maximum I 300 2.5.5 Required East-West Street Connection sgseMl CaNftlwa: May pruviJW in tandem currfiguratim:Al ��ec (sl) exttpw.ppl,us`n.,gulatiam seable Abner cign r.ri.uom, required or not required I Na 44 projects w;the see section 2ssi n 2.3.4 Special Building Length Limits pmm (CI)Ground floor allowed residential component shall submit a parking mwagement plan 2.5.6 Residential Transition-Boundary Street (eke)fe`i. (y) SO%shall be allowable during we moow or December Limited Corner Building-maximum 120ft(CIO) Wra/ (Cn upper doors only rubles to review and approval by tbe firming lose Balding required or not required Na I+�I Dept. air Mug occur er roma Dana Limited Mid-Block Building-maximum SO R(CIO) (a) Partway Landscaping required along Bah Bna - e«sAnwa.mbmk,am commerctdrueleadgn,aes wiwo 2.5.75treet Types(New Street Design) O (Clq Requites a CUP from the u 2.3.5 Building Massing-Primary Volume Proportions O sides sod rear yards shall consist or healing screening Mee (5!) pub.c parts.parts.mMmom area of 32 aqR ad maximum heyM (u1 section z6]> orbs Length:Height-Edinger/Beach/Main 7L2H to IL:lH 1)City Street permitted With d _ (CS) wiNpRanr - isg'llgel Signs am restricted m comer stores only }.englh:Height-All other streets I 2L:3H to 5L:2H 2)Public Open Space w/City Street permitted (LI) on Beach Blvd (Lb) Between Ellis (�) s, (CO Oe 20X of parcel dep.whichever a smaller (L2) Os Edinger Ave. (L7) North ofEllo (Sr) sips arepmmnad a miner.tomolo-r iy building 3)NeighborhoodOpen Space permitted 4)Public Open w/Neighborhood.St. permitted 16 r5)Alley permitted Development Standards ChartsAMIl pecial Requirements _ 2.6 Open Space 2.7Parking 1_ 2.8Architecture a) Anchor Exceptions =-_-- Stancht(I, Standards SLtnd.Ods Regulations Regulations Regulations 2.6.1 Provision of Public Open Space 2.7.1 Provision of Parking .8.1 Facade Hei.ht Articulation Regulations Regulations listed in the Anchor Exceptions chart below I)Retail 50 s.f./1000 a.r.(C8) I)Retail Anchor milummiliiimmE. may be applied to retail anchors exceeding 30,000 square 2)Civic&Cultural ma spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min.4 max 212111.111liniff feet as exceptions to the regulations indicated with an(A)in 3)Office 100 s.f./1000 s.f.(CS) location within 500 feet the Development Standards Charts. Anchor buildings shall 4)Lodging 30 s.f./room(C9) 2)Eating&Drinking Establishments 2.9 Signage Standards have at least one"Front Street"that shall establish how these D Live Work 50 s.f./unit(C9l spaces per 1000 s.L 6 min/10 max Regulations exceptions apply. 6)Residential 50 s.f./unit(C9) location within 200 feet 2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks (sec section'_.9 I 2.6.2 Special Public Open Space 3)Specialty Foods/Goods 2.9.2 Total Sign Area (5cc section 2„2 Beach Blvd.shall always be a Front Street. All streets that I n a spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 wind max 2.9.3 Sign Type Regulations are not Front Streets are either Side Streets of Rear Streets as 2.6.3 Provision of Private Open Space location within 500 feet Grand Projecting Sign -- indicated in accompanying Anchor Buildings diagram. 1)Retail we 4)Entertainment&Recreation maximum height .. 2)Civic&Cultural tva spaces per 1000 s.f. 6 min/10 max Marquee Sign -- 3)Office n/a location within 500 feet maximum number of faces 4)Lodging da 5)Convenience Uses maximum area ,.. 5)Live Work nta spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min;4 max Wall Sign pc,zined 6)Residential location within 200 feet maximum size a)Attached&Multi-Family 60 at/unit 6)Personal&Business Services Monument Sign&Ground Sign . 00,E noels OF FRONT STREET CURL • b)Detached Single-Family Homes isa spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min'4 max maximum number of faces _ ,a Ale 2.6.4 Public Open Space Types location within 200 feet maximum height 6 It t''^ ' a z t en c,..cat E'HON$ 1)Park --- 7)Presoni Enrichment Services maximum area 48 s.f.(SI) ^ _ LA • 2)Linear Green --- spaces per 1000 s.f. 5 max(C11) secondary sign — I O a0 4m 3)Square permitted location within 200 feet bonus sign 24 s.f I to N 9 Plaza permitted 7)Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales Pole Mounted Sign&Tower Sign permuted(LI,L2) I . •--I m 5)Mid-Block Green permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a maximum number of faces 2 :m ANCHOR N 6)Courtyard Plaza permitted location n/a maximum height 15ft m I BUILDING "n v C secondary sin 0 C 7)Passage/Pasco permitted 8)Civic&Cultural 8 — H O O e 8)Pocket Park/Playground permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min 4 max bonus sign 5 fl !D I- y n • p maximum area 70 s.f.S4 — D m Z 2.6.5 Private Open Space Types location within 500 feet ( ) q :m 0 y e I)Courtyard permitted 9)Office-Professional secondary sign — iA AI bonus sign 30 s.f REAR STREET m laACK OF 2)Private Yard perm;ned spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min/4 max (y 11 SIDEWALK F 3)Porch — location within 200 feet Projecting Sign permitted •C FRONTAGE C G 4)Rooftop Deck or Garden permitted 10)Office-Medical maximum area 8 s.f. i 5 REGULATIONS • E 5)Balcony permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 4.5 min/5.5 max Awning Face Sign permitted I 0 OI O 2.6.6 Stormwater Management location within 200 feet maximum area 2046 of awning face y .a Best Management Practices 11)Lodging Awning Valance Sign permitted '—"-------"—`-- W required or not required I required spaces per guest room 1 min/1.2 max lines of lettering I REAR STREET W 2.6.7 Stormwater BMP Types location within 200 feet letter height(whichever is less) ,.dance height t 8 in la Source Control BMPs required 12)Live-Work Awning Side Sign permitted N Site Design BMPs required spaces per unit I min/I max lines of lettering I Treatment Control BMPs PP/N-PP spaces per employee 0 min/1 max letter height 8 in 2.6.8 Open Space Landscaping location within 200 feet Canopy Fascia Sign permitted required or not required I required 13)Residential Uses (C18) maximum height(whichever is less) 2/3 fascia height:12 in Regulations Front Side Rear 2.6.5,Setback Area Landscaping Types spaces per studio&lbrunit 2 min maximum width 2/3 canopy width Street Street Street D Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per 2br unit 2 min lines of lettering 1 2.4.1 Building Orientation a)Sidewalk Extension permitted;required(L I) spaces per 3br+unit 2.5 min Above Canopy Sign permitted required or not required I required not required not required A 0 It)ParkwayLandscaping — maximum height(whichever Is less) 11/2 fascia height:24 in 2.4.4 Front Yard Setback V p' R guest spaces per 10 units 5 min(0.5 permit) K c)Boulevard Landscaping — location on site maximum width 2/3 canopy width maximum I no deviation no maximum no maximum d)Neighborhood Street Landscaping permitted 14)Neighborhood Center Exceptions lines of lettering I 2.4.8 Frontage Coverage Z 2)Interior Block Setback Areas spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min.3 max Café Umbrella Sign permitted minimum no deviation 220°0 0', W p maximum area 10%of umbrella surface 2.7.2 Parking Types a)Groundcover required IS Corner Store Exceptions 0 I h&9 Moderate or Heavy Screening required spacesper 1000 s.f. 0 min Recessed Entry Sign permitted P Surface Lot-Exposed no deviation permitted permitted .] location on street onlymaximum area 20 s.f. W Window Sign permitted Structure e Wrapped mn permittedpermitted permitted v>7 - 2.7.2 Parking TypesGround Level 1)Surface Lot-Front _ maximum area 20%of window(S3) Structure-Exposed no deviation permiucd permitted A 2)Surface Lot-Side permitted 2.8.2 Architectural Element Regulations 3)Surface Lot-Rear permitted 4)Surface Lot-Exposed ..-(A) eq minimum gla twozing tng 5)Structure-Ex Exposed ___ Façade Composition no deviation elected street eett ronage O P related aueel frontages O 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level -- 7)Strncturc-Wrapped:all Levels permitted 2.7 Parking Regulations Note:The maximum number 00 8)Partially Submerged Podium permitted of parking spaces permitted only applies to parking p)Structure-Underground permitted spaces that are provided in surface parking lots. 17 2.1.6 Town Center Boulevard Segment Development Standards Charts ie---.=a 2.2 Building Standards 2.4 Frontage&Building Standards Use Regulations Placement Regulations EI�pIIIIII(�-1r-rrm>TrIn ii j` 2.2.1 Use Types 2.4.1 Building Orientation to Streets&Public O n Space _s� t-S�a.)r.n_? � ,. I —JI i„)I„, I)Retail required or not required required(A) !ll---SSS�����L777 [ fl Uold`Il`+�eCl St ' f 11TZ `.y-alaIDOTrrr'lIIi=` a)Specialty Goods Anchors permitted 2.4,2 Private Frontage Types - II[,r?v Cli i7' ) - - t permitted 3)Private Frontage Specification (U1l) •7 all I b)Community Oriented Anchors y 1 (LI&L2)only a)Shop-Front pemlined gRiffii( 1 - c)Entertainment Anchors — Shopfront Length-maximum N/A _8 i -FfiHT. 1,. I d)Eating&Drinking Establishments permitted _Tenant Length-maximum N/A _ r sus *.: (LI��t�d y Articulation Length-mazimum 50 ft ilt,____�; e)Specialty Goods&Foods RI&L2)only b)Corner Entry permitted n Entertainment&Recreation conditional(C19) t)Arcade permitted • ® _. (LI&L2)only(W) d)Grand Portico permitted• g)Convenience Uses permitted e)Forecourt permitted 1I4JThH I I .()ottlard st ,z, ..— -\ (LI&L2)only f)Common Lobby Entry permitted �r L, 'WWII I�2' • • b)Business Services g)Sloop penned • h)Porch --- --—-• i Personal Services permitted Railroad Trac rp — ) (LI&Lz y I)Front Door — .unarm 7— V. permitted J)Edge Treatment:Fenced permitted sussrssi J)Personal Enrichment Services ` mow (LI&L2)only k)Edge Treatment:Terraced pennined �aaa/ � - fined 1)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted • g! ens•+�2 r• {IF I (� k)Service Commercid&Repair af°' r' jg =k 0 l7- ■; _.. ! (LI&11)only 2A.3 Front Yard Setback P e . sr �B — 1)Large Scale Commercial Goods 1&�L12 only minimum-Edinger 30 ft(C16&C17) • \\,ry' a 1 l alI 0' minimum-Beach 30 ft(C16&C17) �\' .yam: �,yta. P m)Vehicle Sales I permitted minimum-all other public streets 30 ft(C16&C17) G r-- - I _�■ I "� 2)Civic&Cultural conditional(C19) upper story setback Required(C13) c. �_ �a t UM I 3)Office 2.4.4 Side Yard Setback _ _ _ + Q ,, sue. a)Professional Services pemtined min w/living space windows 10 ft fG --Z^•- 'e' • _. . _ min w/out living space windows 5 It tJ -7}�+' pry•• b)Medical Services permitted R P .t III •�W( -giik ail .' `__ 4)Lodging permitted 2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback r/ eac&-131s d 5)Live Work permitted minimum I to Fl -r - - �r - � ✓p5� 6)Resideti-F 2.4.6 Alley Setback • PIG p \ N. a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry conditional(C14&CI5) minimum I 5 ft o on b)Multi Family w/Individual Entries conditional(Cl4&C15) 2.4.7 Frontage Coverage m 1,000 500 0 • 1,000 2,000 c)Attached Single Family conditional(C14&C15) R O ' minimum-F.din Edinger/Beach/Main 50°/.(UII) W N I Feet d)Detached Single Family --- minimum-all other streets 50%(A) • W 212 Special Retail Configurations 2.4.8 Space Between Buildings • A Development Standards Charts Legend: a)Neighborhood Center permitted minimum I 20 ft +••( Symbol: (Cu Limiod to the enp•mim of mining moo OA O.Main St. OM OP Oothard Sr (LI&Listed required or Build-to-Corner N perm., Tine...Pare.nowo.by nehl.unleomhmviu (CS) For development over 20,000 dot building area O.EIIis Avc and b)Corner Store permitted required or not required I required epttifiod in Section 2.2.I Um Typo M)nrkwere Sr (L+1 On Ash Fee sad G}grt..Aw. 1 — N«pumittm • (CS)For development over 20 dwelling u.iu or lodging mom $oath orAnwa ) permitted c Drive-through CoWad buildings may exceed idea indicated length a.defined (tA)Ave. (LIP) Winer Ave. (LI&L2)only Zees Street 51JIKiar(IS Wm Not applicable (tin kt 2s. Build,I ength 2.2.3 Affordable Housing Requirement Regulations Th,yenned indicated t°s"fired rlrme"°nrdl twv drrwpmrmr (cisfor e+ann,�mre„t�raer provided m""'neloeeale.n one uaa: required or not required I required(Cl) 2.5.1 Improvements to Existing Streets condinn•I Roma-.a emeiiiow tea pee. Commercial protons yroposme additions greeter slim 20,o1 tau E«r«www development taw t or more undo 3)Classic Boulevard required(L2,C12) tat limited fmu"'"''.lyo+oopdn 2s.t.Ptieam rtir'gry.r - b d stem mw_ (Ufl ❑re Er''''''''' ntw nary. inenmpermitmd 2.36UIIding Scale Standards 4)Palm Tree Boulevard O Frontage Type, ([I2)pN the'I Iation wall•6' dcd.IawMparkway,055° sc m hime (m)Lag.Soaks "node•M Emdr only lrrerenm].2.1 i Regulations Development Mall not exceed Ae Wen ilsomme Blvd. lights ,dewalk g shall apply (UM Movie Ttsal J ra)Typical Configuration required(LI) V per me sonar .r Muated(see 3,1 Buildin•Hei•ht 7)Neighborhood Streets required except(L I,L2) I. find 2.pee Ili w g Height Limits) ICI2)Min.co t,,,k long t and....11.11 r«•deg,of(US)Ground a"°r ottealo, U000 R tarmac Clubs are conditional C. Permitted et c s ( m structures (Let ow Health A Exercise club 2.5.2 Provision of New Streets-(see section 2.5.2) r ,aximum hei_ht tit es residential w pro awl include reuidr°mmercia n mar r.3.2 5• fiat Buildin•Hei•ht Limits 2=2.sp«nIR I N n ) tap Ia y be perms,mimeo to•CUP from PC (Let any P.P.P. Max Block Size Permuted in ghe«n.,na< configuration are Maximum Block Size 3000 n O' Neion 2 z2 Special Rod Cmsgumim,i (a P hall he mowed tor ell residential me mired tve. Nu a«ixn�i,l argweausmw.m My dtn:er/Beach/Main Maximum Edinger Block Face IOOOn O Reg -wrm.vrummnr.(pm1«t+ rl Amin x•ler only ® g Required for enmty Pr°teoa Encouraged for Non- y cross the Street From Housin: 25.4 Street Connectivity W PP/NIP Priontr Pngeev 1sec corm 2.6.7.St«mw.tr OMP he reduced m min.of IS'pursuant m a CUP from die PC III)hoiapplcable to twee or miming ado dealers Ad acent to Housin ® - 'Nome •dele,mry enmmrreia bwdine+deer be permuted mauve.is required or not required I required A AI Eacepuonr apply murbo resit buildings Plaar: mot yetJ.etb.ek deem puny,St.and lormntaewaci among 2.5.5 Required East-West Street Connection «ondvy t( y be reduced CEP- au PC Exceptions apply h g«blr copy&outer sign am.... Special Condition.: (set ace r t required dore not required I required F„� ay be provided-tandem figm• - IIprole. nb, r«fimxs.sgner Reg.laumm 1.3.45•eeial Buildin•Len•th Limits i..l (Let Ground none allowci .;So-I componentmet submitpartsmanagement plm 2.5.6 Residential Transition-Boundary Street •� (C2) Upper doors only - object to review me approval by me Planting and Padding (S3) 50%..'.0 min dwng me P.P.oeermber imited Corner Bulldlnl-mazimum ' I required or not required I required (a) Parkway Lando,ob aping rtquirodalme Beach Blvd •ci (sal Mmt.eemumwr format 'imited Mid-Block Buildin-maximum - 0 iris•moires a Cue r the)A ® 2,5.7 Street Tyes(New Street Design) Side,am rear yards shall consist of Navy rooming(.. , ... height .3. Burial s„rnr*tl,e•�dypy[Lhu+n,Rnl. g© 0 ice acrnmza2) I)City Street- permitted al (Cs) ww.mes.or r°Ot .ans are to es - -y miummica ® 2)Public Open Space w/City Street pennined (L2)On Peach Blvd. 1L4) Between Ellis (CU Or20Y•of panel depth whichever is smaller (L2) On Edinger/ve. No.olElW 3)Neighborhood Street permittedrm I 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood SL peitted 18 OM r5)Alley permitted Development Standards Charts Special Requirements 2 h Open Space 2.7 Parking 2.8 Architecture a) Anchor Exceptions --- Renulations Standard' Regulations Standards Regulations Standards 2.6.1 Provision of Public Open Space 2.7.1 Provision of Parking r.8.1 Facade Hei•ht Articulation Re.ulations Regulations listed in the Anchor Exceptions chart below I)Retail soa.f.n000s.f.(CsgUlI) I)Retail Anchors asismargramm.. may be applied to retail anchors exceeding 30,000 square 2)Civic&('tatrral da spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no max is 1.121MIMM' feet as exceptions to the regulations indicated with an(A)in 3)Office 100 s.f./1000 s.f.(C8) location within 500 feet the Development Standards Charts. Anchor buildings shall 4)Lodging 30 s.f./room(C9) 2)Eating&Drinking Establishments 2.9 Siynaye Standards have at least one"Front Street"that shall establish how these 5)Live Work 50s.f./unit(C9) spaces per 1000 s.f. 12 min/no max Regulations exce lions 1 6)Residential _ 50 s.f/unit(C9) location within 500 feel 2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks i.ec section 2.9.1) p apply. 2.6.2 Special Public Open Space 3)Specialty Foods/Goods 2.9.2 Total Sign Area i section 2.9.2) Beach Blvd.and Edinger Ave.shall always be Front Streets. I n a spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no nun, 2.9.3 Sign Type Regulations Where these streets intersect, the Front Streets shall be 2.6.3 Provision of Private Open Space location within 500 feet Grand Projecting Sign --- determined by Planning Director/Designee. All streets that 1)Retail da 4)Entertainment&Recreation maximum height n a are not Front Streets are either Side Streets or Rear Streets as 2)Civic&Cultural Na spaces per 1000 s.f. 6 min/10 max Marquee Sign --- 3)Office Ne location on site maximum number of faces a a indicated in accompanying Anchor Buildings diagram. 4)Lodging Mt 5)Convenience Uses maximum area n a 5)Live Work da spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no max Wall Sign perdned 6)Residential location within 500 feet maximum size 200 s.t:(SI&SO, a)Attached&Multi-Family _ 60s.f./unit 6)Personal&Business Services Monument Sign&Ground Sign permitted b)Detached Single-Family Homes Na spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min/5 max maximum number of faces - BACK OF FRONT STREET CURS 2.6.4 Public Open Space Types location within 500 feet maximum height 60 SID Aix I)Park permitted 7)Presonl Enrichment Services maximum area 48 s.f(SI) penmi NTAGE REGULATIONS 2)Linear Green permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 5 max(C11) secondary sign 32 s.f. ion - so 3)Square permitted location within 500 feet bonus sign 24 sf. I•m p 4)Plaza permitted 7)Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales Pole Mounted Sign&Tower Sign permitted(LI,L2) i•en H maximum number of faces 2 A 5)Mid-Block Green permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min/5 max I ire ANCHOR h 6)Courtyard Plaza permitted location within 500 feet maximum height 20 0 en I q BUILDING to 1 7)Passage/Paseo permitted 8)Civic&Cultural secondary sign 8 f(S4) m I•as -n 5m 8)Pocket Park/Playground permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no mare bonus sign 5 8 O 0 G 2.6.5 Private Open Space Types location within 500 feet maximum area 100 s.f.(S4) 1 D D A F I)Courtyard permitted 9)Office-Professional secondary sign 32 s.f. eq .•m m. 2)Private Yardpermitted spacesper 1000 s.f. cn T 3.5 min/4 max bonus sign 25 s.f I m' E.P lira REAR STREET lse CK OF 3)Porch -- location within 500 feet Projecting Sign permitted i O FRONTAGE O SI ewn/K G ki 4)Rooftop Deck or Garden permitted 10)Office-Medical maximum area 8 s.f. I REGULATIONS E 5)Balcony permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 4.5 min 5.5 max Awning Face Sign permitted I d - C • 2.6.6 Stormwater Management location within 500 feet maximum area 20%of awning face IZ Z Best Management Practices 11)Lodging Awning Valance Sign permitted L`tS _ _ — — _ _ — _ _ _ to 14 required or not required I required spaces per guest room I min/no ma lines of lettering I _ W 2.6.7 Stormwater BMP Types location on site letter height(whichever is less) 2 3 calance height:8 in REAR STREET A Source Control BMPs required 12)Live-Work Awning Side Sign permitted "1 Designrequired spaces per unit I min/1 max lines of lettering I N Site BMPs Treatment Control BMPs PP/N-PP spaces per employee 0 mini 1 max letter height Sin Front Side Rear 2.6.8 Open Space Landscaping location within 200 feet Canopy Fascia Sign permitted Regulations maximum height(whichever is less) Street Street Street required or not required I required 13)Residential Uses (C18) g 2/3 fascia height:12 in 2.4.1 Building Orientation 2.6.5 Setback Area Landscaping Types spaces per studio&1 br unit 2 min maximum width 2/3 canopy width lines of lettering1 required or not required I required not required not required 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per 2br unit 2 min 2.4.4 Front Yard Setback a)Sidewalk Extension permitted(C5)only spaces per 3br+unit 2.5 min. Above Canopy Sign permitted C b)Parkway Landscaping -- _guest spaces per 10 units 5 min(0.5 per unit) maximum height(whichever is less) 112 fascia height:24 in maximium I no deviation no maximum no maximum 0 c)Boulevard Landscaping required(LI&L2) location on site maximum width 2/3 canopy width 2.4.8 Frontage Coverage lines of letteringI minimum no deviation 20% 0% E. d)Neighborhood Street Landscaping permitted 14)Neighborhood Center Exceptions IL 2)Interior Block Setback Areas _ _ spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min/3 max Café Umbrella Sign permitted 2.7.2 Parking Types X a)Croundcover required 15)Corner Store Exceptions maximum area - l0%of umbrella surface Surface Lot-Exposed no deviation permitted permitted G b&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening required - spaces per 1000 s.f. o min Recessed Entry Sign permitted Structure-Wrapped on ,2 location on street only maximum area 20 s.f Ground Level permitted permitted permittedIsi 2.7.2 Parking Types Window Sign - perrmted Structure-Exposed no deviation permitted permitted 14 I)Surface t.ot-Front --(permitted WO) maximum area .• ,of window(S3) 2.8.2 Architectural Element Regulations A 2)Surface Lot-Side permitted No minimum glazing 0.4 3)Surface Lot-Rear permitted Facade Composition no deviation requirement along two 4)Surface Lot-Exposed --(A)(permitted U10) selected street frontages 5)Structure-Exposed — 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level — 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels permitted 2.7 Parking Regulations Note:The maximum number CO J 8)Partially Submerged Podium permitted of parking spaces permitted only applies to parking ,9)Structure-Underground ner„rined spaces that are provided in surface parking lots. 19 2.1.7 Neighborhood Boulevard Segment Development Standards Charts 2.2 Building Standards 2.4 Frontage&Building Standard, .._..._ •.,, Use Regulations Placement Regulations 'J r✓ ® 2.2.1 Use Types __ - 2.4.1 Building Orientation to Streets&Public O n Space t��J �s�I -- I)Retail required or not required required Affordable Housing Overlay =� a)Specialty Goods Anchors - 2.4.2 Private Frontage Types �( pelmittcd 3)Private Frontage Specification (Ulp """��� b)Community Oriented Anchors as S (LI) r)Shop-Front permitted c Entertainment Anchors till Shopfront Length-maximum N/A F-- I I Flip ■ a" .git Ii-- d)Eating&Drinking Establishments ) Tenant Length-maximum N/A „I,... -. "NC Articulation Length-maximum 50 ft ,".- 11 I ' (' II- l,� �__ 1 e)Specialty Goods&Foods N3). b)Corner Entry permitted �1 I ,IIr --I I O Entertainment&Recreation conditional(C19) E::tre .__, once Uses permitted „I VIrd7 if- J .-. :u t)Common Lobby Entry permitted _ _99 . h)Business Services NC,CS g)Stoop permitted _ C�IIDI 1 • •ass. h)Porch T I� I Li Illnlllll 1"�1�� t'9 0 Personal Services NC,CS -__ ' II II'' !Ili pFront Door ;'�17T�7 IIIIIII IIHHHI_ P �)Edge Treatment:Feared permitted ,413d 1 1111 �1 J j)Personal Enrichment Services .a k)Edge Treatment:Terraced permitted _ - Lie `-^ —1 Illi a— t IIIIIIII _� I)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted � 2 11.1..x= k)Service Commercial&Repair permitted ,<1 11111R1 �a Il d a 2.4.3 Front Yard Setback --—f - rb - r [ I �,a' "__ , -' ) Vehicle Salesommercial Goods permitted iimum-Beach public streets 30 R(C16&C17) _ 1 Lar e S - minimumall otherft CI6&CI r r}�, H L,"� � t ', 30 �) III I J Ij1 �l�l���� I I• Hl l I TT ,-v 1 m)V permittedupper story setbackRequired(CI 3 --"1 ;_' 1 .1 1 I 2 1�1 I z-_ 2 Civic&Cultural conditional(C19) 2.4.4 Side Yard Setback CA .-..1 ' •1,111111 I �r-i L_LN I I I I. 3)OtSce min w/living space windows 10 R CI — I MI a , i n'ell ;- I "� E' iifrhig a)Professional Services permitted min Wont lining space windows 5 ft O Gall •�,��0p d� T'-' _ b)Medical Services permitted 2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback F ,j fD O ' I a� Ili_J11UtJ SC 3S I C u/Ha 4)Lodging perrmned minimum I s it I_ Z g_1r Ills - ill,. 0 u(P3 `I 5)Live Work permitted 2.4.6 Alley Setback f • - �ii go i 6) side•Hal minimum I 5 0 Z -- B _ ;- _ t�������,���� -- ,. a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry conditional(C14&CIS 2.4.7 Frontage Coverage 6.1 r - lLiitiitl .fp_ minimum-Edinger/Beach/Main 50%MU iwz,u.1-" 7� ,L,v.-, C4 , � ,y� ��}r�p}I ��7TTTiifffTffl7 b)Multi Family w/Individual Entries conditional(C Its&CIS g n. -; __.J _. r)JIIII I ,-R.,,u,' I . '*r-*-r c)Attached Single Family conditional(C14&C155)) minimum-all other streets 50%(A5UI I) u .7 Is I 1,000 500 ' 0' 1,000 2,000 d)Detached Single Family - 2.4.8 Space Between Buildings G: ��, )' nI .� minimum 20 R "` i Feet 2.2.2 Special Retail Configurations W -, e_ .`,+�I [ f( I ',:-..' - 2.4.9 Build-to-Corner q Development Standards Charts Legend: a)Neighborhood Center permitted required or not required I required - Synths!: km Limited to the expansion of chiding us. OS or,s ..is M CM eahardsr. b)Corner Store permitted gy n.e element.....ed,by ag5I. rI shawise permlaed mech (CS)Far devel°pn,en,ova 20.000 afofbuildWe.0 OR EllisSe.and J.i Stret d,n Semen Ill ua<3yp. - (� orawat<sr. (w OeAW St.and cyp".A°`. c)Drive-through permitted SI,Ind.u;l, - W,menu. (L�For devel<p.een,over zo dwelling units or lodging mom. Reyrd,it un. SWhofAnaem .(. Nu,. hc,ldo (ell)momywbuibings may exceed dm imiemed length.defined (�Are ILLS)Oa Waterer Ave. 2.2.3 Affordable Housing Requirement 2.5.1 Improvements to Existing Streets PP 2.3A Buaabg Length required or not required required(Up 4)Palm Tree Boulevard required Taae are requlrM elements Si all tins development as 'ran number n,spares q ,odnakd (CH) murided than include a,kam°a snare UP. to«,,,,,, ,22A Affordable Housing Overlay see Section 22.4 a)Typical Configuration required(LI) MWul Require,arorWiuu,W uac permit Cm,n 1 MO Fa mvAm'IJ lupmen,we.3 or umts ew )"`aolammg additions pea,m than zm3 or furl liv<F�mawn,r aoanciogmpetmined 7)Neighborhood Streets reguu<dexcept(LI) W frontage apply ai specWed ie ruYion SAS.Private misting sq.towage but exceeding 5Uvv have the open to - O limited leonage ppa (C12)provate Mcu z Blsd.deign or a Neighbor..S,.con 2.3 Building Scale Standards 2.5.2 Provision of New Streets-(see section 25.2) figuration with•6'sidewilk and b' MI Large Seal Specialty Goods Foods Only(ace•anon Z.Z.I I .) Development shall not exceed the heigle ofho.ing parkway, Classic Regulations 2.5.3 Block Size U Blvd.street heats and tumiahinga shall apply (US) Movie Theaters nth gemmed pun twos.the plu<mc number of indicated Dee r.3.1 Buildin•Hei•h[ seam2.3.2 Special Buddies Heigh,Limitsl (CI))mb.lo'ae,ba4iloeg front and aides of buildbg faadcpW of mg)Gfou.a flaw Hulh&Baemee ClWaart cogdWogJ Maximum Block Size 3000R Permitted inn Comer Sam configuration n 100'nor nmcares above 3 none, Maximum Edin er Block Face Na gun,iunfue section Nil OnIYxdW BEurtia ebb ® g 2.2.2.Spacial Retail Cw9gwaiwal (Clp Al`esid`n,ial pmjas Jan include„WVcommcrc41 a Pith ME1=111.1 P picenn..in aNn level:dematio.may e.roamed noes+m a CUP from PC Ian ayr:.Stsuom 2.5.4 Street Connectivity O Neighborhood Center configuration as r.3.2 S ial Buildin•Hei•ht Limits s,e'iw z.z.3.Special Retail Confiawinm) MR Mom PC,hJI be maned for all midemial end mined um (m)....h.;Regei.1.5...... required or not required I required (CIS) I din:er/Beach/Main .4 Requited fee Priority Projects Encouraged for Neer r...l.'s...Pm'Pmjms (UM Auto dealers only '- 2.5.5 Required East-West Street Connection W rN a.M eriairy Pmjats face section.'r gummnaer BMp across the Street From Housin: W D. ICI&May ate reduced m min.of l 5'pursuant b a CUP from the PC Nil Na appaume mnov 0,.Wieg.wde.lw required or not required I n/a Single story coom,cmw b 'd'acenI to Housin > Iw> Troepnm,a.ppy mavrlaa.ewl hwlding, buildings permitted u• sts. 2.5.6 Residential Transition-Boundary Street a:I (CID Bon,yard setback from primary&end!Whom set..slung r.3.3 Buildin•Len•th enrondaryse(mry b.inlcspeoam,°s CUPBumu,e PC EaeC.a..reiriorclw,gubkconr&oracingn,.r.th,rt required or not required I n/a Special Caaailbeg: (Sn see se ►r Mryhepmv,dcdmwdall configumiarking protects ,ten Z.r.Sign.ge aeauW,om rr 2.5.7 Street Types(New Street Design) I� (CD Npmd cm.*wed maid.lu,..,.m,mn Chili ,,,,,parking management plan r.3.4Special Buildin•Len•th Limits (CIS) Iszl 50•A Wall he allowable during the month of December I)City Street - - (es) upPat nars only m�em mredeevaud app.ovil ay me elamaiog.nd euilWog _ I incited Corner Buildin-maximum r I O E3i Parkway Landscaping required along Beach Blvd Dept. tsrl Must°"m",owa'f°""" I incited Mid-Block Buildin-maximum :r' r 2)Public Open Space w/City Street permitted /Cif)R Fa cha<hn.schenla,aM commercial recreation uu within siae..odrw y.ds Mall romi„orwnr.meeni,u our Requires flour Well _ 3)Neighborhood Street permitted I� cm section ISR w&BPa.a.m..imum lima of32 KB..ma...,ntni r.3.5 Buildin•Massin•-Prima Volume Pro•onions a.,. ofa H 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood St. permitted 1+1 (CS) M.i,a thoprren, Lea/Pm 'n•h:He': t-Edin:er/Beach/Maia (Li)aBeWand (u) Bemen,u Elsa (Sq Sipe anreslieted toa corner dorm only 5)Alley permitted (Ca)0.0,of part.Math whichever is smarm - ®' OA On Edioga Ave. (LD Nash of Ellis Mt Sips are pawned a comma to molt-family buildings 20 Development Standards Charts 2.6 Open Space Standards 2.7 Parking Standards 2.8 Architecture Standards ---� Regulations Iterlulahons Regulations 2.6.1 Provision of Public Open Space 2.7.1 Provision of Parking 2.8.1 Facade Ho•ht Articulation R••ulations I)Retail 50 s.f./1000sr.(csltuu) I)Retail Anchors t = � 2)Civic&Cultural a/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no max n: 3)Office 100 sf./1000 s.f.(C8) location within 500 feet 4)Lodging 30sf./room(C9) 2)Eating&Drinking Establishments 2.9 Siynage SL:ad.a tl� 5)Live Work 50 s.f./unit(C9) spaces per 1000 s.f. 12 min/no max Regulations 6)Residential 50 s.f/unit(C9) location within 500 feet 2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks (sec section 2.9.1) 2.6.2 Special Public Open Space 3)Specialty Foods/Goods 2.9.2 Total Sign Area (sec section 2.9.2) I wit spaces per 1000 s.f- 4 min/no max 2.9.3 Sign Type Regulations 2.6.3 Provision of Private Open Space location within 500 feet Grand Projecting Sign — 1)Retail Ns 4)Entertainment&Recreation maximum height n a 2)Civic&Cultural rah spaces per 1000 s.f. 6 min/10 max Marquee Sign • — 3)Office n/a location on site maximum number of faces Na i 4)Lodging We 5)Convenience Uses maximum area n 5)Live Work Ws spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no max Wall Sign permitted 6)Residential location within 500 feet maximum size 200 s.f.(SI&SS) a)Attached&Multi-Family 60 s.f./unit 6)Personal&Business Services Monument Sign&Ground Sign permitted b)Detached Single-Family Homes 'la spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min/5 max maximum number of faces 2 2.6.4 Public Open Space Types location within 500 feet maximum height 6 ft 1)Park permitted 7)Preaonl Enrichment Services maximum area 48 LE(S) 2)Linear Green remained spaces per 1000 s.f. 5 max(C11) secondary sign — 3)Square permitted location within 500 feet bonus sign 24 s.f. 4)Plaza permitted 7)Commercial Goods&Vehicle Saks Pole Mounted Sign&Tower Sign permitted(11,L2) 5)Mid-Block Green permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min/5 max maximum number of faces 2 6)Courtyard Plaza permitted location within 500 feet maximum height 15ft ax 7)Passage/Paseo permitted 8)Civic&Cultural secondary sign — 8)Pocket Park/Playground permitted _ spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no max bonus sign 5 ft O 2.6.5 Private Open Space Types location within 500 feet maximum area 70 s.f.(S4) a 1)Courtyard permitted 9)Office-Professional secondary sign — 1,,, 2)Private Yard permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 3.5 min/4 max bonus sign 30 s.f. • f/2 3)Porch --- _ location within 500 feet Projecting Sign permitted G 4)Rooftop Deck or Garden permitted 10)Office-Medical maximum area 8 s.l'. (s1 5)Balcony permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 4.5 min/5.5 max Awning Face Sign permitted a 2.6.6 Stormwater Management location within 500 fen maximum area 20%of awning face 0 AwningValance permitted "7 Best Management Practices 11)LodgingSignPer^i 161 required or not required I required spaces per guest room 1 min/no max lines of lettering I W 2.6.7 Stormwater BMP Types location on site letter height(whichever is less) 2 3 valance height_8 in A Source Control BMPs required 12)Live-Work Awning Side Sign pemuned v,y Site Design BMPs required spaces per unit 1 min/I max lines of lettering I (.7 Treatment Control BMPs PP/N-PP spaces per employee 0 min/1 max letter height 8 in 2.6.8 Open Space Landscaping location within 2ou tin Canopy Fascia Sign permitted required or not required I required 13)Residential Uses (Cld, maximum height(whichever is less) 2/3 fascia height:12 in 2.6.5 Setback Area Landscaping Types spaces per studio&1 br unit 2 inin maximum width 2/3 canopy width 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per 2br unit 2 min lines of lettering 1 a)Sidewalk Extension — spaces per 3br+unit 2.5 min Above Canopy Sign permitted C b)Parkway Landscaping — guest spaces per 10 units 5 min(0.5 per unit) maximum height(whichever is less) 1 I/2 fascia height:24 in 0 e)Boulevard Landscaping required(LI) location on site maximum width 2/3 canopy width V d)Neighborhood Street Landscaping permitted 14)Neighborhood Center Exceptions lines of lettering I h 2)Interior Block Setback Areas spaces per 1000 s.f. o min/3 max Café Umbrella Sign permitted IA a)Groundcover required 15)Corner Store Exceptions maximum area 10%of umbrella surface X b&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening required spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min Recessed Entry Sign permitted a location on street only maximum area 20 s.f. W 2.7.2 Parking Types Window Sign permitted > 1)Surface Lot-Front ---(permitted U10) maximum area 20%of window(S3) A 2)Surface Lot-Side permitted te3)Surface Lot-Rear permitted .r 4)Surface Lot-Exposed ---(permitted U10) • 5)Structure-Exposed — C 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level — C 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels permitted 2.7 Parking Regulations Note:The maximum number CO 8)Partially Submerged Podium permitted of parking spaces permitted only applies to parking 9)Structure-Underground permitted spaces that are provided in surface parking lots. 21 &4e:.•ri•d --G _ -Building ulrin: 4 rro,itege&Build etiFT:�h'= = = Use Regulations Pl.icem,)t Hen ulat oil, SLnnr.r.:, 22.1 Use Types 2.4.1 Building Orientation to Streets&Public o n Space NMI if,".70;--iiiii 1 Retail required or not required d except(LI) Affordable Housing Overlay _,� I ) q q requited p Ir 1 a)Specialty Goods Anchors 2.4.2 Private Frontage Types ^:•`\ ; Specification `r7,;; ' m _ t Community rentAnchors --- b)C nity Oriented ed )Private Frontage (U I q a)Shop-Front pemlined -j.� ��rm{ j !��� c)Entertainment Anchors Shopfront Length-maximum N/A IL I n'--11111211+0 7• < /Ow,j.,,a - d)Eating&Drinking Establishments NC Tenant Length-maximum N/A 1111 111 IIIINI IIII IIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIBI ( \ q�;:" " y (LI&U2) Articulation Length-maximum 50 ft :1111 111 i Illalllllll 1111111111111111 L�m4� NC g ��' g e)Specialty Goods&Foods b)Corner Entryfined IIIII(1111111111111 1111 AIM 111111111111111 IIIIIIIIIIIIIItl� "num nI P ' {u&U3) P :m ■Fir' _ �� �� Bul- ' f)Entertainment&Recreation d)Grand — l li nbnu� Dlnu or 111111111111 11116 nwul . IIIIrl111111NN 51 _ _ HIM l -- 1 141,( ST(i7l' _d�Grand Portico permitted _ 1111 7 1111 IB!!IIIII 11 II lit m 1111 s-.; r 21111 >` \ \'�tiIT11' °� :I( r g)Convenience Uses (LI) e)Common permitted tedd 1111 I 11 Ilim mx s 11 Ulil 11111 WI II' 1111 11� r _ a's, $ 1 hill 111111 pill UK ' I '," ----�:-I1 NC U mi • 1 - � h)Business Services (LI) Stoopg) m oopermitted p p 1111(�1 IIIIIgi Illln „ 1161 I' .r h)Porch Lobby Entry permitted 11111 C;�Ilullilpllilsi IIIIIIIIIIII 11.11 pill �E'at' ■N1111 H�II . m•m ■�'(_ee'-�•' i)Personal Services NC t)Front Door permitted 1�1p11v (LI) little rill Mill IIIIIIII 111_I/ii■',lIII 111111illul II . �L=a all „ \-k,..,„.„:„---! Personal Enrichment Service NC j)Edge Treatment:Fenced pellet ,"'" L' 'UII 0!IIIIIIIlllllll pll/�_ .-- `�11111.II •A TL - man )) (Ll) k)Edge Treatment:Terraced permitted Iliil 111111111111 III - -.11111,i ,Mil IV,: 7Js 1 -1i ■��p p, _ . ` ��y k)Service Commercial&Repair _ I)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted i MI5 Ilya _ i g::iiii I.'I'li-""+, Liu 2.4.3 Front Yard Setback _ i'1 , '''J,� I)Large Scale Commercial Goods NC minimum-Beach 30 R(Cl6&C17) 'eacl of --_ T`"-'- NC minimum-all other public streets 30 ft(C16&CI7) CI -.":7"� _,I I I❑ t m)Vehicle Sales (Cl) upper story setback Required( 3) III. 2.4.4 Side Yard Setback p \ I. - _ m ,I _11pippp per Imp:HP 2)Civic&Cultural conditional(C19) _ min w/B windows 10 ft Et : i �\\ _ vt al:= LAP p •IIII■Itll( is 3)Office wing space - a r 0 -7 m r a)Professional Services permittedtliving Z ��• J — :at n ,._ _ Or INH �- 2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback windows 5 ft /� 1— ox „- - -p + 11�- ■.crll ll •b)Medical Services permitted — iau i,-�/ �����-�. ! o ry - --2 4)Lodging permitted minimum 25 ft $` space - , _`` \ > ,7 f■ n n r. 5)Live Work permitted 2.4.6 Alley Setback m � ;I :I L m �1r n�fit Fa?: 6)Residential minimum S ft F ��f iw N. < r W ��111ll��L1�,�_p \ T r -- a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry nditionat(C 14&CIS) 2.4i.7i Frontage Coverage hTtttt I 1�{ tiu1.LLU11tiiL7 T 6• b)Multi Family w/IadividudlEntries odtional(C14&C15) minimum-Edinger/Beach/plain no min � Si .� n '� T Cat " R.*-'REF , �` F�`7 r._ r� N' i.000 son �.()00 2.f,t.... ... .. - c)Attached Single Famih� conditional(C 14&C15) minimum-ail other streets 70%(UI q_� Cal a- l d)Detached Single Family --- 2.4.8 Space Between Buildings W 5-F;5-Rl minimum [ 20 ft2.2.2 Special Retail Configurations A Development Standards Charts Legend: conditional 2.4.9 Build-to-Corner SrmtrN: a)Neighborhood Center v. lCn Limited to the of coining uses (t4)On Main St (u) Onceutnd SS (LI&C4) required or not required not required tN weaned erne acme""are akw•d by n5M,uniee•ouonr.. 1 b)Corner Store permitted specified in Sat.2.2.IUscTyyn leg For development over 30,000 sf of buiWimB nit (�tAEare St®d (Lf) QnAS SL dCypa Ave. Delaware,i 2.5 Street — Not permitted (L7)rmh.dopmml over xo awenieg wed or ldgimF mom some ernnmu - ,)Drive-through — Regulations Stdnd•erfis ✓a Ira applicable ([N)maurryBard buildings may mccd the iidi and length ahead (131 Are ILI•i oo wrsr Ave 2.2.3 Affordable HousingRequirement 2.5.1 Improvements to Existing Streets).Bu,dingonglh g g 'Ileac me required dements or HI new development n reqand ��� �ll)Tbe number d)elan modeled moat monde et lease one space Lao required or not required I requued(tilt 5)Parkway for each studml (US)For rmilo., dc.ciopnsana with 3 or more was eeedlisul Require.aconnaknauepermit Commercialpru3du propos.adelmonsgrom duo Mtor �2.4AffordableHousingOverlay seeSeaion2.2.4 a)TvpicalConfiguration required(LI) W � Limimions ea.se specified in section 24.3 Private canting t a g tq.Waage t,acceding 5Mat:h de"plum to (Ito Li'.Fm<mmm<nl ad Om yam<ieg permimed 7)Neighborhood Streets required except(LI) Q th. Frontage Types (CIS)prank Um Cleric Bu.d.deign or a Neighborhood St con- (ml Iisesralespoialty coda,^Fophowy(e.,..*,au 2.3 BuildingScale p Development of exceed die h<IghldHuwdg figumbe with a n odewan and 6-pukway:however CClassicClassicRegulationsStandards 2.5.2 Provision of New Streets-(see section 2.5.2) ' U pies across Ibe urea plus the number ut)loon mmeetd(me Blvd.street lights end tumithingi shell apply (U4)Movie Than al permitted2.5.3 Block Size motion Special Building height Limits) (CIA Min 10'setback along foot and sides of building for a depth or (�ormepd floor Halm&exern=Club,are enceinte ) •.3.1 Buildin•Hei•ht I"' •°` min.l00,ormramrn above 3 stones Maximum Block Size 3000fl Z Pmnilted w a Comer Store cooHguraum(me wt. (ill)Only Health de Exercise chbs es All residential p.m.mall include road/commercial/comm ercial at meet Maximum Edinger Block Face Na yW 322.Special IConfigurations) (flea)<vcl'dc.iatinn may bape meted Flea too cue from PC (PP Ou(see s"tgm - section Ne Peamindm N 0,,,,od Center oroi,."ism r 2.5.4 Street Connectivity 0 2.2 Spee d Re"n Cc...Otani ICI,,)CUP from PC shall b•rev.vex f all rniaei,l and mud we. (US)Rcsidrntial gtynird n Sbwmm Mq required or not required ' required ',.. mJ Itemised(Party Proiro.Encouraged for Non residential/commensal pmjnb (BIM Auto haler oMr I din er/Beach/Main 2 story min W Pro N-PP Panel,Pmler.pm seam 167.Smm.ala BMP required Required East-West Street Connection (elq M,ytr mdteaam min.or s ponamlm,cuPrmm one lr (UIH Nd applirabkmrcwmeaMivgaro d<atna cross the Street From Housin rovi �� or not required del W (A) Lsa<rs.rs apply to anchor moil buildings Sinek story commercial buildings eras he e,nnrd to have•15' aiP, •d-ocent to Housin • 2.5.6 Residential Transition-Boundary Street A (CI •nfontyard season mom pnm•ry St•d 10'front.back along r,3.3 Buildin•Len•th Special CondlHops: snunJary Si(may be reduced pursuant to a CUP rem the PC ,,, Exceptions apply for ebmgdble copy a mama sieo variations, required or not required I n/a 1g May be prowled in tandem onaguntion:All pruner"with• am+action 2.S.Sigage RegulationsMMECIE �•' 1 tool IC)) ,round Ilea Allowed dentist component shall submit a parking managcmanl plan 2.5.7 Street Types(New Street Design) (Clg3 wi tlanJ Build. MI 5034a.1 be allowable amine me month off/member r • ' ' • • ' 1)City Street - (C2) Leper Soon oNy ubmt to resios•ud sin..el by me Planning imited Corner Buildin:-maximum MEI1 1 ME C., di) Parkway Li...rig mound clog Beech Blvd. Dept. (Sri M"w onvruwwn former - 2)Public Open Space N/City Street permitted Sa,en am Yatds shaticm•iatef bens sousing Hoe (CI4)Require a CUP from me ZA For church".echuoh.and mammal remnno uses wain I imited Mid-Block Buildin-maximum :1 1 I� (cq $671 (ssf wbli<Imka.ma,imum"e.or32•gH ad maximum bngm 3)Neighborhood Street permitted w• Lacunae: of6H •.3.58uildin•Massin•-Prima Volume Pro•ortions 4)PubilcO Open ace w/Nei boyhood tit. reed (cs) w,th dauprronl P P Neighborhood prnni or) aBeach al.a (W Between Ellis (s61 sire are reaardm<omer mono owrn•h:H'�•�t-EdN:er/BeaclVMain (CO Os 2054 d parcel depth.lu<heter n roam - - M 5)Alley permitted (S2) On Eiiem Ase. (L'm Naehef Ells (SU Soma are period at emr•nces to mundentily buildings - - 22 1 Development Standards Charts 1 2.6 Open Space 2.7 Parking RP 2.o Arc IYnecture _---- Stdnrlards an ors, St,inri.,,.i ) Regulations Regulations Regulations i 2.6.1 Provision of Public Open Space 2.7.1 Provision of Parking .8.1 Facade Hei•ht Articulation R••ulations I)Retail 50 al.,'1000 cr.(Caxu l p I)Retail Anchors 2)Civic&Cultural a/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no max �' 3)Office 100 a.f./1000 al.(C8) location within 500 feet 4)Lodging 30a.f./room(C9) 2)Eating&Drinking Establishments 29 Siynaye SLxndatds 5)Live Work 50 s.f/wit(C9) y spaces per 1000 s.f. 12 min/no max Reyul,tionc 6)Residential 50 s.f./unit(C9) location within 500 feet 2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks (see section 2.9.1) 11 2.6.2 Special Public Open Space 3)Specialty Foods/Goods 2.9.2 Total Sign Area (see section 2.9.2) I nia spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no max 2.9.3 Sign Type Regulations 2.6.3 Provision of Private Open Space location within 500 feet Grand Projecting Sign -- I)Retail We 4)Entertainment&Recreation maximum height n o 2)Civic&Cultural n/a spaces per 1000 s.l. 6 min/10 max Marquee Sign — 3)Office n/a location on site maximum number of faces n/a 1 4)Lodging n/a 5)Convenience Uses maximum area n/a 5)Live Work n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no max V'all Sign permitted 6)Residential location within 500 feet maximum size 200 s.f(SI&S5) a)Attached&Multi-Family 60 s.f./unit 6)Personal&Business Services Monument Sign&Ground Sign permitted b)Detached Single-Family Homes Na spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min/5 max maximum number of faces 2 2.6.4 Public Open Space Types location within 500 feet maximum height 6 ft • I)Park permitted 7)Presonl Enrichment Services maximum area 32 at(SI) 2)Linear Green permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 5 max(CI q secondary sign — 3)Square permitted location within 500 feet bonus sign --- 4)Plaza permitted 7)Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales Pole Mounted Sign&Tower Sign permitted(LI.L2) 5)Mid-Block Green permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 min i 5 max maximum number of faces 2 rn 6)Courtyard Plaza permitted location within 500 feet maximum height t0 ft qa 7)Passage/Paseo permined 8)Civic&Cultural secondary sign — < 8)Pocket Park/Playground permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no max bonus sign 5 ft 0 2.6.5 Private Open Space Types location within 500 feet maximum area 50 s.f.(S4) Z H I)Courtyard permitted 9)Office-Professional secondary sign — CA 2)Private Yard permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 3.5 min/4 max bonus sign 25 s.f. F 3)Porch permitted location within 500 feet Projecting Sign permitted W 4)Rooftop Deck or Garden permitted 10)Office-Medical niaximum area 8 s.f £ 5)Balcony permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 4.5 min/5.5 max Awning Face Sign permitted ha 2.6.6 Stormwater Management location within 500 feet maximum area 20 of awning fare .] Best Management Practices 11)Lodging Awning Valance Sign permitted W required or not required I required spaces per guest room I nun/no max lines of lettering I tel 2.6.7 Stormwater BMP Types location on site letter height(whichever is less) 2 3 valance height:8 in A _ Source Control BMPs required 12)Live-Work Awning Side Sign permittedv. Site Design BMPs required spaces per unit 1 min'1 wax lines of lettering I N Treatment Control BMPs PP!N-PP spaces per employee 0 min 1 max letter height 0 in 2.6.8 Open Space Landscaping location within 200 fro Canopy Fascia Sign permitted required or not required I required 13)Residential Uses C18 maximum height(whichever is less) 2/3 fascia height:12 in 2.6.5 Setback Area Landscaping Types spaces per studio&I hr unit 2 min maximum width 2/3 canopy width 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per 2br unit 2 min lines of lettering I W a)Sidewalk Extension — spaces per 3br+unit 2.5 min Above Canopy Sign permitted pO b)Parkway Landscaping required(LI I guest spaces per 10 units 5 min(0.5 per unit) maximum height(whichever is less) 11/2 fascia height:24 in V c)Boulevard Landscaping --- location on site maximum width 2/3 canopy width di Neighborhood Street Landscaping permitted 14)Neighborhood Center Exceptions lines of lettering I 2)Interior Block Setback Areas spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min,3 max Cafe Umbrella Sign _ permitted SA a)Croundcover required J 15)Corner Store Exceptions maximum area i0%of umbrella surface ha b&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening required spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min Recessed Entry Sign permitted J location on street only maximum area 20 sf. ; 2.7.2 Parking Types Window Sign — permitted W I)Surface Lot-Front —(permitted U10) maximum area 20%of window(S3) Q 2)Surface Lot-Side permitted alall ra 3)Surface Lot-Rear permitted 4)Surface Lot-Exposed —(permitted U 10). 0 5)Structure-Exposed — 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level — 0 2 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels promised .7 Parking Regulations Note:The maximum number CO 8)Partially Submerged Podium penmmed of parking spaces permitted only applies to parking - . 9)Structure-Underground permitted spaces that are provided in surface parking lots. 23 2.1.9 Residential Parkway Segment Development Standards Charts ��w, 2.2 Building Standards 2.4 Frontage&Building Standards pb p�� �` b �i ry �i ,� Use Regulations Placement Regulations i �� i� y dl��o � bij -!n. - 2.2.1 Use Types 2.4.1 Building Orientation to Streets&Public Open Space �y� � "��'` gbrb ryGi� ��� t �•i�• ! (�� 1 1 Retail required or not required I d except IL I) q q motored 1 ��`0 0i b�, .��,�4�::7.- �� nnN1►� � 1 phr���bpi �3a� �'iij� oj� ��N t4 ��AA- Ar IN IR II 1111 ,�_ I,�- a)Specialty Goods Anchors --- 2.4.2 Private Frontage Types , �4/-.'" f.i a b• ,4 ; �� l stRS \1101 ' `'-' - 3)Private Frontage Specification f "h ;1' 1.I \ II IIIII 1 ry b)Community Oriented Anchors -- g P /� a A�� '\�\ III _...---- 1` ' \ 0 G pie \\\\� r1\\\ i !! a)Shop-Front permitted-U9 only -¢ \ t �TII�ME7.' �i %% �4 Nb i �l\t� L\�� ►`l CHIT III '-1"L"-- F • c)Entertainment Anchors -- Shopfront Length-maximum N/A hw b?x i. 1°1 - g=l 11JJ11111 III_ in ..r d Eating&DrinkingEstablishments .-- Tenant Length maximum N/A tea,,4, ��1111 II II 118s,dH'5 1016M-' = 11111 111-INNNlull i11111111111 1111111111111111 Articulation Length-maximum SO ft \ rv� f 11111i11 Ili! IHN 2i INNCr I 1111 IIi�IIIIIHNNI 111E1111111 IIIIIIIIIillllll e)Specialty Goods&Foods b)Corner Entry \ , 1 uih >m - a. IIIIIIIIII1111111 iiii111111111 �_ I I][Ij) NINIHHiIBHiI III IO 11iLL 11 7 BIIH(,1�LH L.�C IIIIIIItI: 11111117r.IHi--I111 flfl'=•-„1111 - 0 Entertainment&Recreation c)GraArcade - (HI 1 11 1;i m 1 1 HN l 111118Nm81 mRlllmun d nd Portico - I 7iill _ Het - a 11® �_= =` ` U cs e))C r OUrt meted --- 11111 111111 11111 IL ))\ g)Convenience Uses --- IINUI IIIG_IL IIIIII II r'" -11 I III Ifll//IU7......r.B., , _,...... II'�I�I -- r i Common Lobby Entry limited L I. III 1111H ins^rIH sou 11111 1111111 11111 U:S a 111111IIII._1 111111 III �u1I f I h)Business Services CS g)Stoop peonined 11111 11111111 111111 •, I I fl y 1 I .1 111/1 H1111I :4 1q -1 111h l i Itllll(�` III lB 1 h)Porch permitted 11111I.Ill,I'RINI 5I lkInet ail 1 11111 111I111 HI, 11 -: 1 - 'II IN 111 L. „"1111/ 11i)Front Door permitted �, _ --� _ i)Personal Services CS 'tutu,pg HOI Mil tlllll I Lllll - NIHIIIIHI IIHIIIi 91 i f'a QQ 11 = RS= 111111 Iill link _ iIIH181 IHIIIBIIi I/tit ''I'I'1�II;' Edge Treatmeo[-.Fenced permitted 'L ® j)Personal Enrichment Services --'°n'"' �ii� III 111 ism Iflll ®® � ® IIIIIII � HHN es �III�I111111111� k)Edge Treatment:Terraced permitted " \i/Eby` 111111:1111111 III Uili1 IB_ ////INII1 IIII/lllllllllll'_:1111111111111111m1 - '�- \�yP'ylj711.4 1 11 ai_. k)Service Commercial&Repair - 1)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted e ®_ bi� 11 "'a . _ - 2A.3 Front Yard Setback 0bi1 _ .. _ .. I)Large Scale Commercial Goods --- minimum-Beach 30 ft(CI6&C17) ��ach Blvd ' s aL -_ _ minimum-all other public streets 30 ft(CI6&C17) -- m)Vehicle Sales - 1 � i�' O I 1 I� I �•,- -- upper story setback Rcquircd(CI3) SI , i-Raw:I Mr i., m - L -- -I v ALM 2.f 1111.I� ll M '. 2)Civic&Cultural __ 2.4.4 Side Yard Setback s� ��a� v.11 _ 3)Office min w/living space windows 10 ft 3' r -'a __ �,rr W \, 1 t o a)Professional Services --- min w/out living space windows 5 ft Z y ' •M � I- _Eaten/4._ X_- b)Medical Services --- 2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback Q m J aUU : ^• 4 Lodging minimum I 25 ft h —!/L� Imo._•. ) gig --- CA 2.. - 1 ntm F a/ nu 2A.6 AlleySetback o - f(.1tt17T1ijd7��7{Ttlttia�mf77rti7�� -a:: Era sr•: -i Il ul n :il...... ► 5)Live Work --- G }F-1 1- ❑TITF(RI1T1ITll o:. Sg la ..i. ieeeem= ' ,,i. .etge L 6 , 6)Residential minimum I 5 ft calL4 _ --. i ppats :.ills �I-Tll�LTITIFFF�r�rrtt •II �1-F17�tt7tt�e�el=: tbth y"f:` .)Multi-Family w/Common Entry �rod lional(c14&CIS) 2.4.7 Frontage Coverage • O 'I 7 �(=iNum i:.' p*-a - i t1TTT TTTI I 6. b)Multi Family w/Individual Entries ` ul let..II(C 14&CIS) minimum-Edinger/Beach/Main no min S I, -....._ (nite1111Oie-1g0 minimum-all other streets 70pi, ' S n l i a r .al.::e: `..:7:s r7.. c)Attached Single Family conditional(c 14&C15) 1.7 - •-.;az.��f nmlenf it x. .: �_�__ ' Feet d)Detached Single Family2.4.8 Space Between Buildings _ conditional(CI4&CIS) P 9 W2.2.2 Special Retail Configurations minimum I 20 It A Development Standards Charts Legend: - 2.as Build-to-Comer a)Neighborhood Center Fe. &Mb.. (CS) LAMA.m,l.expamiun ofminins.et (w)Oa Ma.s 'required or not required I not rcqifc,l N rnese(Mn(".""flowed.4nsn,.pfe.od,,,wi. �)-ova rei°�. b)Corner Store permitted predated ...din Section 2.2.I U.sips (Cal Fa developn.n,over 20,0g0 afof buiWuB area (IA)lA Ellu Ave.ad (Lr On Ash Sa Cypress Ave. - Na permitted icy) FordeveMpmen,over 2od..enine umua or lodging room. o`lew'1ea- e)Drive-through - 2.SStreet St,Iltrl,lyd, CwryarJ wilding may eaceed,m idles..length aedefimd Its Spmh ofMle.a (Lit) On Wainer Ave. Iti CIiUla tl()111 r, Na applicable (CM®x 34 Bflahts Length 2.2.3 Affordable Housing Requirement 2.5.1 Improvements to Existing Streets reswd 'Os1O1ed,I,mcrm..n"en'de"w,p"`"f as (CMThenumber or sum.provided aw m lord°.rawer one apse Usa required or not required I required(L;1) 5)Parkway for`a`h stud. MI)For residential development wiu)or more win a)Typical Configuration required(LI) ea.eaJ l.. Req..„meidonJ u."omitcommenual p.olat.popaimg additions greaa than lox of P g W (sr) Lima,wns apply as speribd in..ai.,2.13.Prmc existing sea toot,by, womdr.soars nem rb,0,,, ro it Live En,enammem and Da.iry m,permiued 2.3 Building Scale Standards 7)Neighborhood Streets required except(LI) IImYd FronugeTyp, ICU pan.the Classic Blvd.design ma Neighborhood St.coo- (m)L,tp.sul.spoon, a C ,FodaOmly,ft uxtimn22.11 Regulations oe.empnnu,Miinw exceed themisi0 ofmusmg figuration with sidewalk ad6 parkway:however Clank2.5.2 Provision of New Streetz-(see section 2.52) U pM .dn u tpla,M numbero tutu idiWdla Blvd-sat lights and tumishing shall apply (uq Movie neaten not permuted 2.3.1 Building Height 2.5.3 Block Size F- Gan 2.32 Special Building Height emits) rclr min 10'setback along front and sides ofhfldieg for a depth of (Br Groudamm Ha2Macooc emt.,,00dai,^J minimum height Nan Maximum Block Size 1000ft L Permitted in a Comer Stare configuration sea. ,,i,!,«+mxamemv,),tuna OnlyG es u.2,Special amd Conrgwado^q AllnidemiJ pmie,nanfl 1"cnra wh,ommwre"'„""cam lM cm,-Hemmer Exert.clubs maximum heightBuil 4stories Maximum Edinger Block Face n/a (ngkv,I:devi,tioa vuympmeil,..gm m,cue rrom Pc Iur ofrwststioa 2.3.2 Special Building Height Limits y NC Puwn2.waNeighb.hod Cateraofigu configuration wee C section 2.2.2.sperm Mail camhsuotioml (CIr CIR ham Psi shall bcraui.d(or all rerWcroslad mixed user OM...Mal Required aSbw,mMq Edinger/Beach/Main 2story min 2.5.4 Street Connectivity A.M.for P.C.Ptoias r Encouraged for non en.doo ah,omn.n.1 pmie„s (UM)Auto dealers ofy 2eg5iRequrd East-Westt esd 1 rcquircd 01 PP/N-PPn:nri,ypxola,.oeen,tion 2er.Sx,mwater BMP —' Adjacent to Housing Housing plus requiredr q > Tows) (Clq May r,d.edm mm.ony'punuantroa CUP from d.PC (uu)Not gphubl.roawaea:.ig,aa amem Adjacent to Housing require Required Street Connection required or not required I Nan Id (A) Exceptions apply to anchor reran building. Sind.awry am.e.iJ bmuinga may be permitted to have al5• 2_3.3 Building Length 2.5.6 Residential Transition-Boundary Street AICI'n furors,yard setback hum penury St.arid from setb.k along en ounry ISpedal Caadltbas: r.odvy5,.lmav b,mbadrw PC a punt m a CUP horn me (Sr Exceptions apply for changeable copy a other sign variations, maximum I ISOft(('lo) required or not required I tva i.e.' (Cl) Grand fluor allowed May he provided in idem anfig,mion;All prom.with• ..section 2.S.Sw.ge Regulations 2.3.4 Special Building Length Limits (C1r resident.'component Mall submits puking manallemmn plan 2.5.7 Street Types(New Street Design) './ ice or noon ofy subjatm.view ad,ppm'J by me pj...g and Bflkg .3) 30%shall be allowable racing the mono of December Limited Corner Budding-maximum 20 tt(CIO) 1)City Street - 0 (C3) PuMay LW,capwg«ptired Jog Bach Blvd OM- (SIT M,,m occur umw„r rout Limited Mid-Block Budding-maximum RO IiIC'10) -- - -_ --_ F«,ho,hes.schools.and commercial re,ranon uses o. 2.3.5 Building Massing-Primary Volume Proportions 2)Public Open Space w/City Street permitted O (cry scnon 2.6,r yatbrhaB,mda.mavy sae.*lw (ns)RequhaaCW mom u.zA (err public parks.maximum..a of22 wan ad maximum Might 3)Neighborhood Street permitted '°n to its of s Length:Height-Edinger/Beach/Main 3L:2H to SL:2H (CS) w,m,agfimt r I 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood St. perrnined (LU Oa Beach Blvd tea) serves etc. (Si)Siga.n rest..n comer store only Length:Height-All other streets 21:3H to 5L:2H 5)Alley permitted (ei) Or 20%of parcel depth whiche.cc is antaBa • (1-2) On Edinger Ave. (Lr) Nam nrEllla (57) Signs are pavan.at entrance to multi-family%Wings 24 Development Standards Charts 2.6 Open Space yinr;. d. 2.7 Ra'ksiq Standards 2.8 Architecture Standards Regulations lien Sit Ions Regulations j 2.6.1 Provision of Public Open Space 2.7.1 Provision of Parking .8.1 Facade Hei•ht Articulation Re•ulations I)Retail 50 s.f./1000 s.f.(C8) I)Retail Anchors 2)Civic&Cultural n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a _ �,� 3)Office 100 al/1000 s.f.(C8) location n/a 4)Lodging 30 s.f./room(C9) 2)Eating&Drinking Establishments 2.9 Signage Standards 5)Live Work 50 s.f./unit(C9) spaces per 1000 s.L n/a Regulations 6)Residential 50 s.f./unit(C9) location n/a 2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks (see section 2.9.I) 2.6.2 Special Public Open Space 3)Specialty Foods/Goods 2.9.2 Total Sign Area (see section 2.92) I n a spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a 2.9.3 Sign Type Regulations 2.6.3 Provision of Private Open Space location n/a Grand Projecting Sign --- 1)Retail n a 4)Entertainment&Recreation maximum height 2)Civic&Cultural n a spaces per 10011 s.f. Na Marquee Sign --- 3)Office n n location ma maximum number of faces n a 4)Lodging n a 5)Convenience Uses maximum area n/a 5)Live Work n a spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 max Wall Sign permitted 6)Residential location on street only maximum size 200 s.f.(SI&S5) a)Attached&Multi-Family 60 s.f.I unit 6)Personal&Business Services Monument Sign&Ground Sign permitted b)Detached Single-Family Homes 200 s.f./unit spaces per 1000 s.f. 5 max maximum number of faces 2 2.6.4 Public Open Space Types location on street only maximum height 4 ft I)Park permitted 7)Presonl Enrichment Services maximum area 32 s.f.(SI) 2)Linear Green permitted spaces per 100(I s.f. n/a secondary sign --- 3)Square permitted location n/a bonus sign --- 4)Plaza --- 7)Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales Pole Mounted Sign&Tower Sign — -1 5)Mid-Block Green permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a maximum number of faces da 6)Courtyard Plaza permitted location n/a maximum height n/a a 7)Passage/Paseo permitted 8)Civic&Cultural secondary sign n/a < 8)Pocket Park/Playground permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a bonus sign Na 0 2.6.5 Private Open Space Types location n/a maximum area n/a 1)Courtyard permitted 9)Office-Professional secondary sign n/a 1-. 2)Private Yard permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a bonus sign n/a E. 3)Porch permitted location n/a Projecting Sign -- 'L '.. W maximum area 4)Rooftop Deck or Garden permitted 10)Office-Medical E 5)Balcony permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. rya Awning Face Sign permitted(S6) 0 2.6.6 Stormwater Management location n/a maximum area 20%of awning face ,1 Best Management Practices 11)Lodging Awning Valance Sign permitted(S6&S7) > required or not required I required spaces per guest room Na lines of lettering I W 2.6.7 Stormwater BMP Types location rya letter height(whichever is less) 2 3 valance height:8 in A Source Control BMPs required 12)Live-Work Awning Side Sign permitted(S6&SD •- Site Design BMPs required spaces per unit rya lines of lettering I tV Treatment Control BMPs PP,N-PP spaces per employee n/a letter height 8 in 2.6.8 Open Space Landscaping location Na Canopy Fascia Sign permitted(S6&S7) required or not required I required 13)Residential Uses Cl8 maximum height(whichever is less) 2/3 fascia height:12 in 2.6.5 Setback Area Landscaping Types spaces per studio&I hr unit 2 min maximum width 2/3 canopy width 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per 2br unit 2 min lines of lettering I w a)Sidewalk Extension --- spaces per 3br+unit 2.5 min Above Canopy Sign permitted(S6&S7) 0 maximum height(whichever is less) I1/2 fascia height:24 in O b)Parkway Landscaping required(LI) guest spaces per 10 units 5 min(0.5 per unit) gV c)Boulevard Landscaping -- location on site maximum width 2213 canopy width d)Neighborhood Street Landscaping permitted lines of letteringI F. g P� g Psi 14)Neighborhood Center Exceptions � 2)Interior Block Setback Areas spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min 3 may CaféUmbrella Sign — a)Groundcover required 15)Corner Store Exceptions T maximum area na aa. h&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min Recessed Entry Sign permitted 0 location on street only maximum area 20 s.f. ; 2.7.2 Parking Types Window Sign permitted tal I)Surface Lot-Front — maximum area 20°,of window(S3) 0 2)Surface Lot-Side — 3)Surface Lot-Rear permitted ...1 4)Surface Lot-Exposed — 5)Structure-Exposed 1es garage/driveway C 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level — C 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels permitted CO Regulations Note:The maximum number CO 8)Partially Submerged Podium permitted of parking spaces permitted only applies to parking ,9)Structure-Underground permitted spaces that are provided in surface parking lots. 25 2.1.10 Residential Transition Zone Development Standards Charts „_,_ • : 2.2 Building Standards 2.4 Frontage&Building Standards ^ '•-.• J ��-j -hil�ui cgs s t Use Regulations Placement Regulations 1`T' 3`rJ C 1 s •i ', 2.2.1 Use Types 2 4.1 Building Orientation to Streets&Public 0 n Space ''• =a te U u/as:' I)Retail required or not required required _'f Gulden Wes($, �. ��I� �• a)Specialty Goods Anchors --- 2.4.2 Private Frontage Types g Y::-_ s n 3)Private Frontage Specification : _- b)Community Oriented Anchors --- t" _ 7� �e a)Shop-Front permitted /q �a c)Entertainment Anchors - t irr IL --- Shopfront Length-maximum N/A ;_�,saps�•��� t 11 1 I) 1 i � , d)Eating&Drinking Establishments Tenant Length-maximum N/A ujjI 3 q . ass Articulation Length-maximum 50 h 4�(I�n, s? Zi e)Specialty Goods&Foods , .. -_�aisI - . 4 P tY -- b)Corner Entry :, l,rl nlir tri I)Entertainment&Recreation e)Arcade - GOthafd Id Grand Portico - a ) ill it(IIu�P� � St • m ,— • g)Convenience Uses CS e)Forecourt - �r� - -I f)Common Lobby Entry — Sto �v. u��� Railroad Tracks _.- __,\__-• h)Business Services CS gh)Porcph permitted E 1h)Porch permitted _•i•, Dnuu r' I i)Personal Services CS I)Front Door permitted sststrusn j)Edge Treatment:Fenced permitted i lilt j)Personal Enrichment Services a111111111111111 I _ J k)Edge Treatment:Terraced permitted ' I)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted • - k)Service Commercial&Repair ' 2A.3 Front Yard Setback I II I I �,`, I)Large Scale Commercial Goods --- minimum-Edinger 70 ft(C16&C17) l L f� -_ .-_ tBIVcl I. ...-_.. :1 minimum-all other public streets 30 ft(CI6&Cl7i (- -,-- '- r C m)Vehicle Sales --- 2.4.4 Side Yard Setback rA (•'�-• --— -"J ' min w/livingspace windows 15 t1 1 rA 1 -J I 1L`. I 2 Civic&Cultural -- _ ' �� 's I 3)Office min v/out living space endows i 5 m w' G Ilffittilt 1 V b77 Far r a)Professional Services - 2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback Z t'A`. i' I �--1 --- J I b)Medical Services _ minimum _ 25 11 Its, '• Y.■. I I,I - 4)Lodging _ 2.4i.6 Alley Setback _ ^sacra.F .l3cach L31 d •(� _ - -- - minimum S II -�,�' S)Live Work Z • E �'t' °� I -- I e3: Er- _� 6)Residential 2.4.7 Frontage Coverage W in '�� i-- ' / a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry - minimum-Edloger/Beach/Main (n^, y — b)Multi Family w/Individual Entries conditional(Cl4&C15) minimum-all other streets 60^ T g,I 1,000 500 0 1,000 2,000 c)Attached Single Family conditional C15) Buildings 4 �y �� w 2.4.8 Space Between la7a7 p I ( g,-._: i .. - 'Feet d)Detached Single Family conditional(C14&C15) minimum I 30 0 W 2.2.2 Special Retail Configurations 2.4.9 Build-to-Corner A Development Standards Charts Legend: a)Neighborhood Center — required or not required I not required ^'t Symbol: (cr) Limited ath,expansion of.i.li..g use da)Oa Main St. (La) On Gdhud St. N Theu,lemenu.m.IlonM.by agnl,wive odner..;se b)Corner Store permitted 2.5 Street ...wed ...hod in Section 2.2.113.1y, (Ca)For development over 20,1100 of of building area (ul,h EBswve.and ILa) 00 B.S....OrPreas Ave. St.11lr ivlf(IS - Nopen;ined FM For development over 20 dwelling units or lodging mom, u`2M1e St c)Drive-through Regulations South of Atlanta 2.5.1 Improvements to EAstin .la Nor applicable (C5' Courtyard buildings may exceed the indicated length.defined (1'y)Ave. 1L1,1 On N'a.,rAve. -- g5treets lease.,rewires elements oral.w development 2.2.4 Building Length 2.2.3 Affordable Housing Requirement 7)Neighborhood Streets I required iiqih`' indiaaad (cat) numberspare,provided mv.inclade at leas one apace sic required or not required I required(CI) 2.5.2 Provision of New Streets-(see section 25.2) ,wWM,I Requires a condituo,i use permit Commercial promosproposing additions greater than 2i%of for each student IUII F.residential development with 1.mine wits 2.5.3 Block Size tat L itn;oma,rit..spnii.inseelion'a.nrsro.m exial eo)r g b «d g50..h.vrWeoponto (en uv.Eotsn.imumrandD,.bam.p.mu,d 2.3Buildin Scale a.a,aStandards Maximum Block Size 2000 ft all F geTypes (C12)pros Cl Bl d do Neighborhood Sr (in)(�gese,,,,,Gmtl,y..4U4),,,,, e4a21.t) Regulations ,) Development shall lot rae0 the hengm of housingfigumanwith a6 sidewalk an 'park.ry:however Clinic Maximum Edinger Block Face Na V r te awes plus rhe number of stones in...(we Blvd.weer lights and tuwuhrnp shin apply tun/door<The.en nil permitted2.3.t Buildinq Height 2.5.4 Street Connectivity Zion 2.la 'I Buddies Height Lbniar Min10's.b.k wing rmnn and.ideaofbalditg for ad,ph or required or not required I required I-. a« pews a tale)min 100'rm,vucm .bovl,mr stet omen men xe.IthaEaense Clubs are candmpn.l minimum height It Z Pamimd in,Comm Stare c„rgis...a.e section ro All residential tM Only a.Eamri.,luhe maximum height 3.lonca tat 232.Specal Raail('oMgwatioml (clp pmi,�.,hillwdude maive°mma.wa area 2.5.5 Required East-West Street Connection a Ne rermihens aNai i**feeler configuration level:deviations may beperreinm mhiem to.CUP ware (Lv)0.6 o„&wow 2.3.2 Special Building Height Limits Nagai** gmapan l,n required or not required required 0 •arioo 2.-'2.Special Retail emfigaratimut (C1�Ll CUP Pc shall re rtd for ill dentist dmuod use: (Un ResidrntialR qwr derlib..o.2dy Edinger/Beach Main servo.for Monty Projects:Fina..gcd for Non- texia,miavenmmerrw proiees tun)Anus dealer,Hwy 2.5.6 Residential Transition-Boundary Street ,] Across the Street From Housing u a rf N-n rnmh,Pmieculme,.ico il.Sromo.,lernMP (Cm)Nue.maced a min.or IS'n ...ot w a CUP hem the PC Nu)Not applicable m new...ling autod,il., required or not required I required 7 Ivan) Adjacent to Housing n a Id (Ai E.c.ei ono apply to anchor retail budding. Single Hoy aemmenw buildings maybe permitted to have a IS' 2.3.3 Building Length 2.5.7 Street Types New Street Design) A (C17)runt yard sesb.k horn primary Si.and I O'hones setback along ate: 1)City Street - Special CoadlWa,: wood.,St(may Sr r....dan..to a CUP from the PC Ecepdom apply iorchangrtlle copy a oth.sie,variations. maYimUm I (il)(t -_ twat May be..Med In tandem configuration;All (sit 1ee., 2)Public Open Space w/City Street pig (CI) Ground flan allowed pnlinawim. tiara Les;,rage Reauwioa 2.3.4 Special Building Length Limits (clq residential component shall submit°parking"wag""`"'pewit 3)Neighborhood Street permitted (Cl) Upperflmn only aabjnno nvirn.W alarm-el by the Plavuing ad Buddha ( )) SO%shall he allowable during the month of December Limited Corner Buildinq-maximum 0 (Cs) Parkway Landscaping rewired along Bach Blvd nepl. (050 Mt..rum a a tower format Limited Mid-Block Building-maximum nod 4)Alley Open Space w/Neighborhood St. pertnined Sas..od rear y.d.,hwl,o.m of heavy aer,.sa One (els)Require*,cuPhmu thezw Fcr chetahs schoo.odnv. Oar'mmx.ionu.atithm 2.3.5 Building Massing-Primary Volume Proportions 5)Alley permitted O 12i ire iss) public park,.maximum area of.2 son and m.iman heightOta I section opfro of fl Length:Height-Edinger/Beach/Main nod (CS) With moexom I.aeall,aq MP On Beach Bad. mip a.waec milk (so si®a are restricted n comer sores only Length:Height-All other streets (ei) Or 20%of parcel depth whichever is mike Oa) On Fauna.Ave (LT) North of Elba (V)Signs am pemined at mania to multi-family buildnga 26 - Development Standards Charts 2.6 Open Space Standards 2.7 Parking Standards 2.8 Architecture Standards Regulations Regulations Regulations 2.6.1 Provision of Public Open Space 2.7.1 Provision of Parking 2.8.1 Facade Hei.ht Articulation Regulations 1)Retail n a 1)Retail Anchors 2)Civic&Cultural n spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a 3)Office n a location n/a 4)Lodging 11,2 2)Eating&Drinking Establishments 2.9 Signage Standards 5)Live Work n'a spaces per 1000 s.f. Na Regulations 6)Residential 50 s.f/unit(C9, location Na 2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks (see section 2.9.I) 2.6.2 Special Public Open Space 3)Specialty Foods/Goods 2.9.2 Total Sign Area (see section 2.92) I na spaces per 1000 s.f. Na 2.9.3 Sign Type Regulations 2.6.3 Provision of Private Open Space location n/a Grand Projecting Sign --- 1)Retail 4)Entertainment&Recreation maximum height n a 2)Civic&Cultural rya spaces per 1000 s.f. n.a Marquee Sign --- 3)Office n a location n/a maximum number of faces a a 4)Lodging n a 5)Convenience Uses maximum area a a 5)Live Work n a spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 max Wall Sign pemsitted(S6) 6)Residential location on street only maximum size 200 s.f.(SI&S5) a)Attached&Multi-Family 60 s.f. unit 6)Personal&Business Services Monument Sign&Ground Sign permitted b)Detached Single-Family Homes 200 s.f/unit spaces per 1000 s.f. s max maximum number of faces 2 2.6.4 Public Open Space Types location on street only maximum height 4 ft • 1)Park permitted 7)Presoni Enrichment Services maximum area 32 s.f.(SI) 2)Linear Green permitted spaces per 11)00 s.f. secondary sign -- 3)Square permitted location n/a bonus sign --- 4)Plaza — 7)Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales Pole Mounted Sign&Tower Sign --- 5)Mid-Block Green permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a maximum number of faces ria 6)Courtyard Plaza permitted location n/a maximum height n/a 7)Passage/Paseo permitted 8)Civic&Cultural secondary sign Na 8)Pocket Park/Playground permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. Mr bonus sign a/a p maximum area da Z 2.6.5 Private Open Space Types location Na < I)Courtyard permitted 9)Office-Professional secondary sign n/a t"' bonus sign !n 2)Private Yard permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a n a F 3)Porch permitted location n/a Projecting Sign -- Z 4)Rooftop Deck or Garden permitted 10)Office-Medical maximum area n a f 5)Balcony permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a Awning Face Sign permitted(56) n. 2.6.6 Stormwater Management location Na maximum area 20%of awning face .i Best Management Practices II)Lodging Awning Valance Sign permitted(S6&S7) lal required or not required I required spaces per guest room Na lines of lettering I tat 2.6.7 Stormwater BMP Types location Na letter height(whichever is less) 2 3 valance height:8 in A Source Control BMPs required 12)Live-Work Awning Side Sign permitted(S6&S7) N Site Design BMPs required spaces per unit Na lines of lettering I Treatment Control BMPs PP i N-PP spaces per employee Na letter height 8 in 2.6.8 Open Space Landscaping location u/a Canopy Fascia Sign permitted(S6&S7) required or not required I required 13)Residential Uses C18 maximum height(whichever is less) 2/3 fascia height:12 in 2.6.5 Setback Area Landscaping Types spaces per studio&1 br unit 2 min maximum width 2/3 canopy width I)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per 2br unit 2 min lines of lettering 1 a)Sidewalk Extension — spaces per 3br+unit 2.5 min Above Canopy Sign permitted(S6&57) p b)Parkway Landscaping — guest spaces per 10 units 5 min(0.5 per unit) maximum height(whichever is less) 11/2 fascia height:24 in V c)Boulevard Landscaping required(L2) location on site maximum width 2/3 canopy width d)Neighborhood Street Landscaping permitted 14)Neighborhood Center Exceptions lines of lettering I Z 2)Interior Block Setback Areas spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 mini 3 max Café Umbrella Sign — Irri a)Croumdcover required 15)Corner Store Exceptionsmaximum area n a G b&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening permitted spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 min Recessed Entry Sign permitted .] location on street only maximum area 20s.f. 7 2.7.2 Parking Types Window Sign permitted , CAI)Surface I.ot-Front — maximum area 20%of window(S3) Q 2)Surface Lot-Side — .. 3)Surface Lot-Rear permitted — 4)Surface Lot-Exposed — 5)Structure-Exposed rev garage/drivewvy 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level — 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels permitted Parking Regulations Note:The maximum number 8)Partially Submerged Podium permitted of parking spaces permitted only applies to parking ',, 9)Structure-Underground permitted spaces that are provided in surface parking lots. 27 2.2 BUILDING USE REGULATIONS b)Community Oriented Anchors Definition:A"local destination"con- Supermarkets • g)Convenience Uses venience store that is at least 15,000 Specialty food markets •• Definition:Small buisnesses selling Small scale pharmacies • For the purposes of this Plan,all permitted and conditionally permitted building uses ty food and goods,or providing conve- small scale a or food sales • have been classified into Use Types. Each Use T is defined in text below and square feet in size and is a proven Pharmacies&convenience grocery YPe generator of pedestrian traffic and sales • nience services,to serve nearby resider- Convenience stores • includes uses such as those listed in the accompanying Use Charts. The Use Charts S°� 0 tial neighborhoods such as those listed. such as those listed Community oriented anchors Delicatessens,cafes,bakeries • include specific permitted,conditional and prohibited uses for each Use Type. ty c over 65,000 s.f. Florists • Uses listed as'permitted"in the Development Standards Charts are further regulated Hardware stores/lock&key • herein and are defined as uses permitted by right subject to approval of a Site Plan cl Entertainment Anchors shops Review. Uses listed as conditional in this section are defined as those which require Definition:An Establishment provid- Movie theaters I c I Video rentals • special consideration either of their impacts on the neighborhood and land uses in the Mg resources or activities for exercise, Eating&drinking establishments vicinity and/or of their physical organization and design.A conditional use shall be relaxation,or enjoyment that is at least • w/less thaw 12 seats considered for approval if the proposed use conforms with all requirements specified 15,000 square feet in size and is a proven in the conditional use policy,and if it conforms with the goals and vision of the Plan. generator of significant pedestrian traffic and sales such as those listed. hi Business Services All permitted uses for a single Center or Segment are allowed either alone or in Definition:Small to medium sized busi- Banks _• combination with any other permitted uses within a parcel.Proposed uses that are not d)Eating&Drinking Establishments nesses providing services to local busi- Mail/shipping services • explicitly listed in the Use Charts may be permitted if it is determined by the Planning Definition:Restaurants,bars,clubs,or Full service • nesses and residents such as those listed. Office supply • Director that the proposed uses meet the purpose and intent of the Plan. other drinking/entertainment establish- w/Outdoor dining •• Photo copying&printing • Legend: rents such as those listed. w/Live entertainment c Special Conditions for Business Services P Financial services c — Not Permitted w/Dancing c (I) Financial services shall be permitted in this category providing that they •+Included Use:these uses are allowed by right,subject to Site Plan Review. w/Alcohol ZA 7 ZA Requires Conditional Use Permit approval by Zoning Administrator Vendor carts,spaces,or stands • are offer services that cater to and generate pedestrian traffic. Other financial services uses are to be considered under"3)Office,"in this F Adult entertainment facilities — a 2.2.1 Use Types section. Special Conditions for Eating&Drinking Establishments 0 l) Retail (I) Vendor Carts,spaces,or stands within the public right-of-way shall require a 'I)Personal Services i) General Retail Requirements conditional use permit. Definition:Small to medium sized Barber shops/hair&nail salons • rp (1) Minimum intenor height for ground level retail of all types is fourteen(14) businesses providing services to local Tanning salons&spas • ►7 feet from floor to ceiling. Use conversions in an existing building may not be (2) Chairs and tables for outdoor dining shall be permitted on sidewalks within households such as those listed. - GP the setbacks zone and within the public right-of-way provided that: Yoga&karate studios • required to meet this requirement. � 1 Dry cleaning establishments • .AA i (2) Any uses featuring outdoor sales or outdoor storage not clearly ancillary to use (a) The use maintains a minimum five-foot wide unobstructed portion of Self service Laundromats • shall require a Conditional Use Permit. sidewalk corridor which is clear and unimpeded for pedestrian traffic. AO I (b) The use keeps the full width of the building entrance clear and unimpeded eV i (3) All building uses with alcohol sales and/or service require Conditional for building access. j)Personal Enrichment Services N Use Permit approval by the Zoning Administrator.However,the following Definition:Provision of instructional Driver education • - -- businesses proposing to sell alcoholic beverages for on-site or off-site e)Specialty Goods&Foods services or facilities Yoga,dance,martial arts,or other • consumption are exempt from the conditional use permit process: Definition:General retail establishments Apparel&accessory stores • fitness studios • (a) Retail uses with no more than 10%of the floor area devoted to sales, selling quality/specialty goods such as Book stores • Fine arts&crafts • at display,and storage of alcoholic beveragesthose listed. g provided the sale of alcoholic Art galleries • en k)Service Commercial&Repair beverages is not in conjunction with the sale of gasoline or other motor air markets • (j vehicle fuel. Large Scale Goods:goods that,due Definition:Businesses providing Plumbing services • to their size,mayrequire close access Second hand/antique stores •• h" (b) Restaurants,bars,and liquor stores located 300 feet or more from anyR or services to industry,services that are Vacum cleaner,sewing,and appli- • K q by cars and trucks such as appliances, Appliance&electronics stores • industrial in nature,or services that are ance repair taPS district,public or private school,church,or public use. electronics,sporting goods,furniture, Sporting goods stores • best suited to an auto-oriented environ- c a. and home furnishings m Gas stations p (c) Florist shops offering the sale of a bottle of an alcoholic beverage g Furniture&home furnishings • inert such as those listed 44 together with a floral arrangement. stores > a)Specialty Goods Anchors I)Large Scale Commercial Goods w A Definition:A"regional destination" Department stores • Definition:Businesses whose primary Warehouse retail • non-food retail store that is at least f)Commercial Recreation&Entertainment 4:1 General merchandise stores • activity is the sale or repair of large Equipment retail • i.r Definition:Establishments providing Small scale movie theaters c ►- 30,000 square feet in size and is a prov- Book superstores • resources or activities for exercise, Bowlingcenters&billiardparlors c scale/commercial goods that are not Construction supply • en generator of significant pedestrianparticularly well suited to pedestrian 0 traffic and sales such as those listed. Electronics superstores • relaxation,or enjoyment such as those Health&exercise clubs c districts and that require close access by Restaurant supply • O Quality home department • listed. Amusement arcades c cars and trucks such as those listed Auto supply stores • superstores 28 in)Vehicle Sales 4) Lodging :m#.-,-_;' .._ 2.2.2 Special Retail Configurations Definition:Businesses that sell any I Motor vehicle sales I • I Definition:Short-term commercial lodg- Bed&breakfast guest houses • kind of motorized vehicle such as those ing facilities such as those listed Hostels • I) Definition listed. Hotels&motels • Special Retail Configurations limit the size of individual tenants and the total amount - - of retail permitted for Neighborhood Center and Corner Store retail"clusters"as 2) Civic and Cultural a _ well as the provision of drive through services. - S) 'Elie-Won ,. Definition Services(including educa- Religious assembly c Definition:A dwellingunit in which the Live-work units • - tion and utilities),cultural institutions, Baseball,football,soccer,tennis, 2) Regulation `:- ''` and recreational facilities made avail- and others its feilds and courts c occupant conducts a home-based bust- po ness or enterprise J Vi acrc retail is p;nnittcd as part of a Neighborhood Center,Corner Store,or able to the general public for free or at a Community centers c drive-through it shall conform to the following size and location requirements. reasonable cost such as those listed. Educational facilities c i) Special Conditions for Live-Work Indoor public recreation facilities c (1) Work activities that require hazardous assembly,including fabrication, a) Neighborhood Center Libraries _c manufacturing, repair; or processing operations such as welding and Definition:A retail cluster(two or more abutting retail establishments)consisting i Exhibition,convention,or confer- c woodworking;or venues including the handling of animals shall require a of(permitted)convenience uses,small-scale shopping,and personal services that ence centers Conditional Use Permit provide goods and services amenities to nearby residential neighborhoods. City halls c (2) The maximum number of employees not including the owner/occupant is i) Special Conditions for Neighborhood Serving Retail Hospitals c limited to two per unit. Courthouses c (1) Limited to a maximum of two community oriented anchors. Museums c (3) Once established,Live-Work may not be converted to a solely commercial (2) Limited to a maximum of 25,000 square feet of non-anchor retail. Performing arts facilities c or business use.However,Live-Work units may revert to solely residential Stadiums,not including stadiums use. (3) Limited to a maximum size of 5,000 square feet per Eating and Drinking z for professional sports teams c • establishments. 0 Pi Swimming pools c 1 6) Residential (4) Conditional Use Permit:Development including non-anchored retail uses a Post offices c Definition:All owner-and renter-occupied dwelling units,including attached and exceeding a total of 25,000 square feet V Transit facilities,terminals,& detached houses,multi-unit buildings,manufactured and mobile homes. stations ` b) Corner Store m Police stations&fire stations c a)Multi-family with Common Lobby Entry Y _ Definition:A small store or cluster of stores integrated into a larger building on 4 Definition:Buildings designed as a the corner of a city block. Corner Stores consist of(permitted)convenience uses, 0 3) Office residence for multiple households where Dwelling units,primary,two or c small-scale shopping,and personal services that serve homes or businesses located r. some dwelling units are accessed from a more households per stricture within easy walking distance. a)Professional Services 01 common lobby entry or shared hallway 0 Definition:Workplace uses including Research&development offices • i) Special Conditions for Corner Store Retail CA N professional,administrative,research Educational&institutional offices • b)Multi-family with Individual Entry (1) A maximum size of 2,500 square feet per use. r`i and development,financial,and educa- Print&electronic media offices tional activities for businesses,individu- Definition:Buildings designed as a (2) A maximum size of 5,000 square feet total per cluster. (newspaper,magazine,radio, • - residence for multiple households where Dwelling units,prima two or als,and non-profit organizations such as television) primary, c (3) Conditional Use Permit:Individual uses larger than 2,500 square feet. those listed. all dwelling units have a dedicated more households per structure Data or telecommunications of- • entrance accessed directly from a public provided that the use is unique and not already provided within one(1) fives sidewalk. mile trade area. Any other professional,executive, • 0 or administrative office use (4) Corner Store Retail must be located on the corner of a block,and the 0 entrance must face a public street,square,or plaza space. F c)Attached Single-Family Homes at ii) Parking spaces intended for Cornerstreets. Store Uses must be located on Off- Definition:Attached homes on separate Dwelling units,accessory • sharingcommon walls with each Dwellingunits,primary, street parking is discouraged for corner store and shall require a conditional use a b)Medical Services parcels one Definition:Medical workplace uses and Medical&dental offices or facili- • home featuring an entrance accessed houshold per structure ct' W establishments with employees with ties directly from a public sidewalk W medical licenses such as those listed. Indoor veterinary clinics • c) Drive-Through 0 Acupuncture,physical therapy, Definition: Service from a building to persons in vehicles through an outdoor it chiropractor • d)Detached Single-Family Homes service window. 1-+ Psychiatric • Definition:A detached building de- Dwelling units,accessory _• signed as a residence for one household. Dwelling units,primary,one O Mortuary services • housholds per structure cgel 29 2.2.3 Affordable Housing Requirement specify the following items: 2.2.4 Affordable Housing Overlay This section contains standard and guidelines to ensure that affordable housing is (1) The number of affordable units; provided throughout the Specific Plan area,consistent with the City's General Plan (2) The number of units at each income level as defined by the California 1)Regulations Housing Element. Health and Safety Code;and a) General I) Regulation 111111 (3) A list of any other incentives offered by the City. 0 This section shall apply to new residential projects proposing a minimum of 20 ii) An Affordable Housing Agreement outlining all aspects of the affordable percent of the dwelling units affordable to lower income households as defined a) General housing provisions shall be executed between the applicant and the City and by California Health and Safety Code Section 50079.5,or a successor statute, This section shall apply to new residential projects three(3)or more units in size. recorded with the Orange County Recorder's Office prior to issuance of the on sites designated within the Affordable Housing Overlay. first building permit. ii) For purposes of calculating the number of affordable units required,resulting b) Requirements iii) The Agreement shall specify an affordability term as specified by Section fractional units shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. 230.26 of the Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance. iii)All affordable units shall be provided on-site. i) A minimum of 10 percent of all new residential construction shall be affordable iv) All affordable on-site units in a project shall be constructed concurrently housing units,unless the project is within the redevelopment project area,in iv) The affordable housing provisions of Section 2.2.3 d),e),f)and g)shall apply with or prior to the construction of the primary project units unless otherwise which case the equivalent of 15 percent of all new residential construction shall approved througha phasingapproval (occupancy)of the first to all residential projects proposed pursuant to this section. be affordable housing units. plan. Final occu market rate residential units shall be contingent upon the completion and v) Residential projects proposed pursuant to this section shall not be subject to the ii) For sale units included in the project shall be made available to moderate public availability,or evidence of the applicant's reasonable progress towards residential MAND specified in Section 2.1.1. Residential development within income households as defined by California Health and Safety Code Section attainment of completion,of the affordable units. the Overlay shall allow for the construction of 413 lower income units. 50093,or a successor statute. v) All affordable units shall be reasonably dispersed throughout the project iii) Developers of residential projects may elect to pay a fee in lieu of providing the unless otherwise designed through a master plan,shall contain on average the b)Development Standards Ounits on-site to fulfill the requirement of this section as allowed and pursuant same number of bedrooms as the market rate units in the project and shall be i) Residential projects proposed pursuant to this section shall be permitted by to the requirements of Section 230.26 of the Huntington Beach Zoning and comparable with the market rate units in terms of exterior appearance,materials right and a Site Plan Review application shall be submitted for review by the aSubdivision Ordinance. and finished quality. Department of Community Development. 0iv) Developers of residential projects may elect to provide the affordable units at vi) New affordable units shall be occupied in the following manner: ii) There shall be no requirement for commercial uses or square footage in 4an off-site location. if affordable units are off-site,they must be under the full control of the applicant,or other approved party and must be located within the (I) if residential rental units are being demolished and the existing tenant(s) residential projects proposed pursuant to this section. Si meets the eligibility requirements,he/she shall be given the right of first , iii) On-site parking shall be required as follows: Beach Edinger Corridors Specific Plan area boundary. "7 v) New residential projects shall include construction of an entirely new project refusal to occupy the affordable units(s);or Studio/i-bedroom: 1 space per unit Z. or new units added to an existing project. For purposes of determining the (2) If there are no qualified tenants,or if the qualified tenant(s)chooses not to 2 bedrooms: 2 spaces per unit J required number of affordable housing units,only new units shall be counted exercise the right of first refusal,or if no demolition of residential rental 3 or more bedrooms: 2.5 spaces per unit units occurs,then qualified households or buyers will be selected. 0.1 c) Off-site Construction of Affordable Units Guests: 0.5 space per unit e4 e) Price of Affordable Units e i i) Except as may be required by Califomia Government Code Section 65590 or a iv) Except as permitted in this subsection,all other development standards specified successor statute,developers may provide the required affordable housing off- Affordable housing cost shall be calculated in accordance with the Code Section in the applicable specific plan segment shall apply. site,at one or several sites,within the City of Huntington Beach in the Beach 50052.5 standards for ownership units and Code Section 50053 standards for rental Edinger Corridors Specific Plan area. units. c)Miscellaneous Provisions ii) Off-site projects may be new construction or substantial rehabilitation, as The regulations of this section shall not apply to residential projects on sites within O0 defined by the Code Section 33413 affordable housing production requirements, f) Reduced Fees for Affordable Housing the Affordable Housing Overlay that do not provide at least 20 percent affordable of existing non-restricted units conditioned upon being restricted to long-term projects that exceed inclusionary requirements on-site will be eligible for reduced lower income units on-site. In addition,all of the following shall apply: affordability. "At Risk"units identified in the Housing Element or mobile Cityfees,pursuant to an Affordable HousingFee Reduction Ordinance,upon homes may be used to satisfy this requirement. po (1)The residential MAND as specified in Section 2.1.1; W adoption by the City Council. (2)The affordable housing requirements of Section 2.2.3;and d iii) All affordable off-site housing shall be constructed or rehabilitated prior to O or concurrently with the primary project. Final approval(occupancy)of the (3)All other requirements of this specific plan. a g) Density Bonus Incentives W first market rate residential units shall be contingent upon the completion and > public availability,or evidence of the applicant's reasonable progress towards Projects that meet the affordability provisions of Section 230.14 of the Huntington A attainment of completion,or the affordable units. Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance for density bonus shall be granted an ►.i incentive(s)or concession(s)pursuant to Section 230.14. - d) Miscellaneous Provisions 0 i) The conditions of approval for any project that requires affordable units shall 00 30 2.3 BUILDING SCALE REGULATIONS 2.3.2 Special Building Height Limits J o TOP OF CORNICE, AA PARAPET,OR SAVE LINE 1) Along Edinger Ave./Beach Blvd./Main St. 2.3.1 Building Height The height of development along Edinger Ave.,Beach Blvd,and Main St.shall be limited for a distance of sixty-five(65)feet measured from the Back-of-Sidewalk c 3 1) Definition as shown in Fig."2.3.2.Special Building Height Limits—1)/Edinger Ave./Beach 8 Building height is defined as the vertical extent of a structure as measured from Blvd/Main St"(to locate Back-of-Sidewalk see section 2.4.2.b). 2 1 finished grade to the top of cornice,parapet,or eave line of a peaked roof.Height E a for buildings with mansard roofs shall be measured from finished grade to the top 2) Across the Street From Housing _ of the mansard roof ridge line. The height of new development(excluding Edinger Ave.,Beach Blvd.,or Main St. 1 AVERAGE FINISH GRADE block faces)across the street from existing,approved,or zoned residential buildings 2) Regulation three(3)floors tall or less shall not exceed the height of the lowest building along the block face by the number of stories specified in section 2.1—Development Mw Bollelog a) General "•:gb Standards within sixty-five(65)feet of the Back-of-Sidewalk as shown in Fig.2.3.2 Fig.2.3.1 Building Height i) Height for buildings is regulated by the number of stories permitted(see "Special Building Height Limits—2)Across the Street From Housing"(to locate Fig.2.3.1 Building Height). New structures must conform to the minimum Back-of-Sidewalk see section 2.4.2.6). and maximum number of stories as specified in section 2.1—Development Standards. 3) Adjacent to Housing , ii) StoryVertical Height Dimensions: Storyheights shall not exceed twelve(12) i) The height of new development on aparcel abuttingaparcel with existing, vad s Sidewalk"' g g feet from interior finished floor to ceiling. Ground floor retail,office,hotel or approved,or zoned residential buildings three(3)floors tall or less shall be ' 65. ' x residential lobby use may not exceed sixteen(16)feet from floor to ceiling. limited as follows and shown in Fig.2.3.2.Special Building Height Limits—3) Special"•:'°n"Zone ' O Ground floor retail must be a minimum of fourteen(14)feet from floor to Adjacent to Housing: ceiling. ii) The height of new development shall not exceed a line iii) Inhabitable floor area located in attics shall be counted as stories. V (1) Originating at a height of one(1)floor above the height of the adjacent ;2 iv) Mezzanines covering more than one third of the space of a story shall be building's eave line w counted as stories. (2) Extending through a point located along the new development's side • v) The number of stories shall include all stories located above the finished grade. facade. Street vi) Parking podiums that extend more than five(5)feet above finished grade shall (3) With a forty-five(45)degree slope(creating a one(1)to one(p height to `V be counted as a story. stepback relationship). Fig.2.3.2 Special Building Height Limits- a vii)Rooftop equipment must be set back a minimum of ten(10)feet from building 1)Edinger Ave./Beach Blvd./Main St.and j walls,screened on all sides,and integrated into the overall building design. 2)Across the Street From Housing ,IPA M b) Exceptions `A i) Habitable attics,inhabited spaces located above a roof's eave line,are only permitted for detached single-family homes. gig-, ii) Portions of the buildingthat extend above the primarybuilding naR.b ra°. mass,such L:.� . as dormers,roof-top cupolas,elevator and mechanical equipment enclosures, I e/% O roof deck trellises,gazebos,and other special features,shall not exceed the I '" U maximum height requirement by more than ten(10)feet. F iii) Accessory buildings, including non-dwelling units such as freestanding -41 A w garages for individual residential units,service structures and tool sheds,shall X not exceed one and one-half stories or fourteen(14)feet. BF'd agt p iv) Towers and other prominent special architectural features shall not exceed the d permitted maximum height by more than twenty(20)feet. I I - Q + A-Ewe linear B-10 fl obese ewellne I�j ademenf harm of stir,•.,hem. MCI Fig.2.3.2.Special Building Height Limits- 0 3)Adjacent to Housing 000 31 I2.3.3 Building Length 2.3.4 Special Building Length Limits efinition `' ""-- 1) Definition Building length is defined as the total length of a primary building mass lining a Special Building Length Limits apply to new development along any block face street or open space as shown in Fig.2.3.3 Building Length. (excluding Edinger Ave.,Beach Blvd.,or Main St.block faces)where there are existing or proposed residential buildings with front facades shorter than sixty(60) 2) Regulation feet as shown in Fig.2.3.4 Special Building Length Limits. i) New buildings shall not exceed the specified Maximum Length as specified for 2) Limited Corner Buildings each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards. ii) A developer may build multiple buildings,each with an individual length that The maximum length of buildings that extend to the corner of the block shall be does not exceed the Maximum Building Length. as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards. 3) Exceptions 3) Limited Mid-Block Buildings (I) Where specified in section 2.1. — Development Standards, building The maximum length of Limited Mid-Block Buildings that do not extend to the volumes shall be measured as separate buildings as shown in Fig.2.3.3. Building Length if they are separated by: corner of the block shall be as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards. (a) A Paseo(see section 2.6.4—Open Space Types for the definition of a Paseo). (b) A forecourt with a minimum depth of forty(40)feet. is a v z z a Sa' AU A-Residential building with a front facade M /V shorter than 60 feet B-Limited Mid-Block Building C-Limited Corner Building Building Wading Building D-Public Open Space Length Length Length x-Special Budding Length Limits Do Not Apply o T - -- - --- 1..T - -- - _ _W„ Ill �1 L■ I LE O I Iton'ut` U w ri iIi X w ! ! ill Flip � Cg A • i .�11 � • .L.._.._ .i.._.._.._..___..___..___ i._ ■1 �i�■ B ■!�M 1. O Courtyard Building 0 Fig.2.3.3 Building Length Fig.2.3.4 Special Building Length Limits 32 2.3.5 Building Massing •Banding ,jj Definition - _ m Envelope m i) A building's risuai or appal cnt ma, consists of one III more mdn'dual 4-dimensional volumes. Length ii) A primary volume is a 3-dimensional volume that extends the entire height of a building(it F--—- -- --—1 does not include porches,bay windows,or other sub-volumes). iii) A PrimaryVolume'sproportions are the ratio of the lengthVol :• Primy of the volume relative to its height umes as shown in Fig.2.3.5 Building Mass Proportions. x ratio= ratio= ratio= ratio= I A:X B:X C:X D:X f 1—(..--- i) Buildings shall be composed of at least one Primary Volume that conforms to Building Length A Length B E Length C Length D Massing regulations. The Primary Volume must be the longest volume on the building. E Pntieo L - - ii) The range of proportions permitted for Primary Volumes shall be as specified for each ` • Introduce a)Facade Offset- Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards. Roofs Plan View iii) See section 2.8.—Architecture Regulations for additional facade articulation requirements and regulations related to architectural elements. h Primary Volumes shall be defined with the following elements: zC • Introduce .n a) Major Facade Offset L Porches and i) A Major Facade Offset is a substantial vertical plane break in a facade. ,/ other sub � volumes ii) The depth of a Major Facade Offset shall be a minimum of five(5)percent of the width of the I I I I r a largest adjacent horizontal facade segment. V ;V] b) Notch i) A Notch is a substantial recess in a facade. G • Result- - - d ii) The width of a facade notch shall be a minimum of five(5)feet.The depth of the notch shall M1 'rti'='+f tom: ing Building D Ca be a minimum of three(3)feet. +'=_� • 7 i..,. ' .` ' _ b)Notch-Plan View Elevations c) Fafade Composition Change k' ,,;`' •• ,-C,.- o+ o i) A Façade Composition Change is a substantial change in architectural elements on adjacent `s st--z e.. • 6'..-• > —, segments of an otherwise flat facade.The result is the impression of separate volumes. Fi 2.35 BuildingMassing Building Massing Proportions g• - ii) To qualify as a Façade Composition Change,adjacent volumes shall feature a changed roof 3)Elements ka form and/or height variation in addition to one of the following: p (1) Incorporate a prominent central feature or sub-volume such as a balcony,bay window, U porch,or portico. Z wa (2) Feature changed wall cladding materials/colors X a (3) Feature changed window pattem/form W iu) Utilizing a vertical expression line such as a pier,molding,downspout,minor facade offset, w or butt joint simulating a party wall between adjacent volumes is recommended. A 1-1 rW O 1 0 Ca 33 7 0 intentionally left blank O A O U E 0 0 0 AO 34 2.4 FRONTAGE&BUILDING PLACEMENT REGULATIONS Building Orientation Front Street 2.4.1 Building Orientation to Streets and Public Open Spaces 0 1) Definition VIM liii Illll in Fig.2.4.1 Building Orientation to Streets and Public Open Spaces. Building Orientation 2) Regulation IIII1 Ii1I1P 4 . 1 0 a) General i) Where building orientation to streets and public open spaces is required,all , 4 , .: F, Illll Illlll IIIIII ; V buildings shall have primary entrances that face and open directly on to publicly ,� ,AI , , i w accessible streets or public open spaces. Open Space . ` a ii) In instances where a choice must be made between orientation toward a primary ' W public street or a public open space,the primary public street should be given X precedence. O- w iii) Parking structures, garages, carriage houses, and accessory buildings are ,SIDEWALK PROPERTY LINE a permitted and should be located along alleys and not along streets or public (.: open spaces. z b) Corner Parcels Fig.2.4.1 Building Orientation to Streets and , 5 Public Open Spaces Buildings on Corner Parcels shall have an entrance(s)oriented towards at least one co street or incorporated into a Corner Entry Private Frontage Type(see section 2.4.3). „, 64 - w e z is 44 N w 0 O Co) I. z w a. O J w w A mai W 0 At 35 2.4.2 Private Frontage Types ii BACK OF SIDEWALK i ') Definition '1 b) Corner Parcels TOP DE i i) Portions of a property between the back-of-sidewalk line and the primary - 1ST OR mD FwoR i A('a Py. On corner parcels, frontage treatments shall extend along the entire length of e, __ building facade along any Street. -••� the back-of-sidewalk line for both street frontages as shown in Fig.2.4.2.Private j/ s , il) Portions of all primary building facades up to the top of the first or second Frontage Types-2)Corner Parcels. floor,including building entrances,located along and oriented toward streets as shown in Fig.2.4.2.Private Frontage /�' 1i 'Types-1)Definition. c) Edge Treatments j i) Fenced Edge, Terraced Edge, and Flush Edge are edge treatments that /��j,; i� are combined with other Private Frontage Types and establish a desirable 1.- z a) General -,,,'4 ;,;`` relationship between front setback areas and the public sidewalk. /����/, C i) Private Frontagere late the configuration of a building's primaryii) When landscaping Grand Portico,Forecourt,Grand Entry,Common LobbyRONTAGE { types regulate 8� g' P B �, 4 44 entrance,the treatment of its front and side setback zones,as well as the type of Entry,Stoop,Porch,and Front Door setback areas,an edge treatment must be Fig.2.4.2 Private Frontage Types-1) ✓ features permitted to encroach into the required setback zones. selected from those permitted for the given Corridor Center and Segment and Definition ii All buildings shallbedesi designedapplied to the setback area in accordance with the specified edge treatment's gn incorporateaPrivateFrontageTypeconfigured regulations. t,•, in compliance with the regulations is contained in this section. Z j iii) Every Primary Building Volume(see section 2.3.5-Building Massing)shall FRONT SIIIEEi have at least one Private Frontage Type. iv) Aproperty's and/or cuss permittedrequired Private Frontage Types shall be limited \ Alo to those frontage types specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in 1 ✓ section 2.1.-Development Standards. BACK OE 1.1 SIDEWALK. STREET FRONTAGE v) All permitted frontage types are allowed either alone or in combination with I REGULATIONS 11 any other permitted frontage type within a single building. 01 vi) The disposition of the Front Yard Setback zone is further illustrated in section O?f 2.4.4. ,ti V= vii)Private frontage regulations apply along the full length of the property frontage, I cto H even where there is no building facade. I i°z a`. viii)Where building orientation toward public streets/public open spaces is not 3' 6 s' ly required,buildings must still satisfy Private Frontage and Edge Treatment ,, er requirements but are not required to locate an entrance that opens directly on to W' r-i a street or public open space. &H 1 A ix) Reminder:Private Frontage Types that incorporate stairs must also refer to access and visibility requirements of the Americans with disabilities Act by ---I__'-_.---'—"_------ means of providing alternate entrance(s)with level or ramped connections to P0.0PE0.TY UNE BACK OF the sidewalk,or by incorporating an ADA-compliant ramp additively to the l sIDEwAu h c design of the required Private Frontage Type. Fig.2.4.2 Private Frontage Types-2) (.) x) Transformers,backflow devices,etc. will be allowed in the front yard setbacks Corner Parcels as long as it is screened with landscaping or architectural details(see section ai 2.6.8.7 Utility and Service Area Sitting and Screening). G a. 0 a a7 A r. 0 0 CO 36 3) Private Frontage Specifications _ a) Shopfront 1 BACK Ofy ,,AR i) Definition .--,_--— A frontage type featuring a multiplicity of welcoming entrances and display windows built at the edge of and projecting directly on to the public sidewalk. Tenant- 1 Jii) Application _ Shopfront Shopfronts are the appropriate treatment for ground-level retail and service uses oriented to Tenant - 2 display and access directly from public sidewalks. =yi • iii)Façade&Entrance Treatment ` .1Th(L--F..- yyY .ii ----r1Y;w—wwi (1) Each shopfront shall contain: II — a) At least one prominent building entrance that is always unlocked during regular business hours. PILASTERS/ PIERS 0 t b) A minimum of 70%of the storefront facade must feature clear-glass display — 7 windows framed within storefront pilasters and base. t? c) A minimum 3 foot zone behind the window glazing that provides an unobstructed I I -' a view of the establishment's goods&services,either via display oriented to the t -- - Shoplrent is GF y� sidewalk,or via a direct view into the store. with �m Recessed N,..W (2) Recessed entrances are permitted up to a maximum width of 15 feet. Entry ___Id (3) Restaurant shopfronts that are not located on street corners may set back a portion of the shopfront façade to create an outdoor dining alcove that is a maximum of 12 feet iS la IS - V deep. t A (4) Shopfront and awning design should vary from shopfront to shopfront. MEI=•MgMli °. p (5) Close proximity to high volumes of pedestrian traffic make attention to craft and ( B N B Shopfront '', 40 visual interest within the Shopfront façade important. /� with (6) Shopfront composition should include well-designed projecting signs,window signs Dining I ts• LA and awning signs. A-Shopfront Length is the length of each Shopfront Frontage Type segments as measured from AEcora _-- d a� iii. centerline of the articulations elements at either edge of the Shopfront segments. ( iv) Shopfront Length B-Tenant Length is the length of each Tenant Frontage that faces directly onto a Front or Side F 0 CC Street. _ __._.. ---- -- — (1) Along key pedestrian streets,shopfront and tenant length is strictly limited to insure a i fa; variety of entrances to occur at ground level. Shopfronts shall not exceed the lengths C-Articulation Increment is the length between each Articulation Element in a Shopfront -e segment as measured from centerline to centerline of permitted Shopfront Length Articulation shown in Section 2.1-Development Standards Charts. Elements. a) Larger retail space may be enabled by being set behind a row of smaller shopfront spaces;this technique is often referred to as"liner retail." (2) Shopfront lengths are defined using Pilasters/Piers. a) The horizontal width of a protruding pilaster or pier shall be a minimum of five A (5)percent of the width of the largest adjacent horizontal façade segment. The U adjacent wall surface shall setback from the face of the pilaster or pier a minimum E•., of twenty(20)percent of the pier width.Pilasters/Piers shall not protrude into the W public right-of-way. X a v) Setback Area Treatment ,fir to (1) Shopfronts shall be built up to the back of the public sidewalk at sidewalk grade 3' W (2) Setback areas shall be treated as Paved/Sidewalk Extension per section 2.6.9. on,„ A Unobstructed View Required t~-t W 0 0 CO 37 3) Private Frontage Specifications(cont.) RF b) Corner Entry c) Arcade d) Grand Portico i) Definition i) Definition i) Definition A frontage type featuring a building entrance and an associated or detached treatment A frontage type featuring a colonnaded space at the base of a building created by A frontage treatment featuring is a roofed entrance supported by columns appended to visually emphasize the corner of a building. setting back the ground-floor further than the upper floors,and resulting in a covered to the primary plane of the building's front facade. A"Grand Portico"is a portico sidewalk space. expressed at a civic scale,meant to project the image of an important community ii) Façade&Entrance Treatment building. A Corner Entry draws prominent visual attention to the corner of the building ii) Application primarily through vertical massing and articulation with elements such as a corner (1) When applied to buildings featuring ground level shopfronts,the arcades ii) Application tower and by"flatiron"shapes. should overlap the sidewalk within 2 A feet of the curb face. (1) A Grand Portico is an appropriate frontage for civic buildings such as city iii) Setback Area Treatment (2) Arcades are not appropriate for buildings with ground-level residential halls,libraries,post offices,as well as for quasi-civic buildings such as rn units. hotels with ground level convention facilities,or movie theaters. Z (1) Setback areas shall be treated as Paved/Sidewalk Extension per section 2.6.9. iii) Facade&Entrance Treatment (2) This frontage type is not conventional for residential buildings. 1 E ' ) Facade&Entrance Treatment (2) A corner entry mass may encroach into the required setback areas but (1) Arcade columns should be attractively proportioned and detailed. may not encroach into the public right-of-way. (2) Ceiling beams and light fixtures that are located within the column spacing F"grand stair'makes an excellent appendage to a grand portico frontage. GGCii� geometry greatly enhance the quality of the space and are recommended. iv) Setback Area Treatment iv) Setback Area Treatment z (1) The portico and stair may encroach into the front setback area. X (1) Setback areas(indicated by an"x"in the illustration below)for arcades (2) Setback areas(indicated with an"x"in the illustration below)for non- v built to the back of sidewalk shall be treated as paved/sidewalk extension commercial buildings shall be landscaped per section 2.6.9. -t per section 2.6.9. C4 (3) Setback areas for commercial buildings maybe treated as Paved/Sidewalk (2) Setback areas(indicated by an"x"in the illustration below)for arcades Extension per section 2.6.9. z , that arenot built to the back of sidewalk shall be landscaped per section 0 „gt 2.6.9. XI oa 0,it BACK Of SIDEWALK jr LCF Of LD W W I SACK Of SIDEWALK frBB X 7 Ma OF SIDEWALK o I . J U • F. BACK DFSIDEWAIK rtK IR OFICLWN[ 14 MC[Of A u DFWA X I 1 0 1 1.1 > 1 1 IKN r 1 O o E K 38 ) Private Frontage Specifications(cont.) e) Forecourt j9 Common Lobby Entry (1) A common lobby entry should be visually prominent and easy to identify i) Definition i) Definition (2) Multi-family residential buildings featuring Common Lobby Entry j A frontage type featuring a courtyard forming an entrance and lingering space for a A frontage type featuring a type of building entrance that provides access to a treatments shall have a Common Lobby Entry a minimum of every 100 single building or several buildings in a group,and opening onto the public sidewalk. multiplicity of private residential units,office spaces or hotel rooms via a semi- feet i The forecourt is the result of setting back a portion of the primary building wall. public building lobby space.The private spaces are accessible via private entrances (3) Entrances may be inset up to 5 feet from the primary building wall and are are typically not accessible from a public outdoor space. typically raised above the sidewalk. ii) Application Setback Area Treatment (1) A forecourt can be applied appropriately to any use.In is not recommended ii) Application v) in instances where there is insufficient street wall definition. (1) This Frontage types is generally appropriate for office,residential or (1) Setback areas(indicated with an"x"in the illustration below)may be { (2) Forecourt frontage treatment must be combined with stoops,flush single hotel buildings. landscaped,paved,or be a combination of landscaping and paving per section 2.6.9. entries,or with shopfront frontage types. (2) Limited Application permitted in Development Standards: Where rn • common lobby entry is specified in (Section 2.1 — Development (2) Where specified in Development Standards Charts as limited the setback Z iii) Facade&Entrance Treatment Standards)as"limited"this private frontage type may only interrupt areas shall be treated as Paved/Sidewalk Extension per section 2.6.9. p (l) The courtyard must be enclosed on three sides by building masses on the continuous ground level shopfronts up to two locations per block face, 0 same property,and therefore cannot be built on corners,or adjacent to a and may not be applied to building facades as the sole private frontage V building already set back from the sidewalk. treatment along any facade elevation. (2) The forecourt opening shall be a maximum of 30 feet wide. iii)This frontage type is appropriate for office,multi-family residential,and z (3) When combined with stoops,the courtyard may be slightly raised from lodging uses where: E sidewalk grade and landscaped or paved,with a low decorative wall W along the sidewalk edge. (1) Such uses are positioned above a ground-level retail and parking podium. Li (4) When combined with retail,restaurant and service uses,all three sides (2) Where direct access to/from such uses from streets and other public a spaces is not a priority of the courtyard must feature shopfront entrances and display windows z and the forecourt must be treated as an extension of the sidewalk space. iv) Facade&Entrance Treatment Fa iv) Setback Area Treatment S Any setback area treatment is determined by the development's primary frontage r (XI type. i •0 14 BACK Of SIDEWALK r BACK Of SIDEWALK 0 C 1K EH L___ i w C 1 U 4 BACK Of SIDEWALK i., WWL I 55 a 1.1.1.1111114 o 1.7 rri > C O C m 39 3) Private Frontage Specifications(cont.) _ iv Stoop h)Porch i) Front Door i) Definition i) Definition i) Definition A frontage treatment featuring an entrance stairway to a residence typically A frontage type featuring is a roofed space,open along two or more sides and A frontage type featuring the main entrance to a residence,in combination with a constructed close to the sidewalk. adjunct to a building,commonly serving to shelter an entrance and provide a private deep landscaped setback. outdoor space appended to a residence. ii) Application ii) Application 'i': This frontage type is suitable only for residential use. ii) Application This frontage type is appropriate for residential use only. This frontage type is appropriate for residential use only. iii) Façade&Entrance Treatment iii) Façade&Entrance Treatment i (1) Stoops may feature a portico entrance at the top of the stair,and may iii) Façade&Entrance Treatment Front Doors may feature a covered entrance or entrance platform that may encroach • encroach into the front setback area. Porches may serve multiple entrances. into the front setback area. (2) Stoops may serve multiple entrances. p iv) Setback Area Treatment iv) Setback Area Treatment F (3) Multiple stoops may be combined to increase the scale of the entrance. 1 When expressed as a separate mass appended to the n (indicated with an"x"in the illustration below)shall be landscaped ( ) p p ppe primary front Setback areas iv) Setback Area Treatment building plane,the porch may encroach into the front setback zone. per section 2.6.9. at Setback areas(indicated with an"x"in the illustration below)may be landscaped, (2) Setback areas(indicated with an"x"in the illustration below)shall be =- paved,or be a combination of landscaping and paving per section 2.6.9. landscaped per section 2.6.9. z w X w U Q d a LI v. BA W Pt F4.,M ' LACK OF SIorw. t A BACK OF 9DfWA1X L BACK OF DOMAIN 1' ill ,L IIIII� C- II=- -L----- aIlill= 1 3� U rn .. = '111111■ -- I Z4 BACK OF SIDEWALK 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK of MR Of SIGEWAIX I I w I , I I ►ti ' o NEW tl 40 3) Private Frontage Specifications(cont.) j) Edge Treatment:Fenced k) Edge Treatment:Terraced 1) Edge Treatment:Flush i) Definition i) Definition i) Definition An edge treatment characterized by a low decorative fence constructed at or very An edge treatment characterized by a raised planted front yard and decorative low An edge treatment built at sidewalk grade and that extends to the edge of the public close to the edge of the public sidewalk. retaining wall at or very close to the edge of the public sidewalk. sidewalk. ii) Setback Area Treatment ii) Setback Area Treatment ii) Setback Area Treatment (1) A low masonry base makes an excellent addition to the decorative fence. (1) The retaining wall may be located along the public sidewalk or setback Any setback area treatment is determined by the development's primary frontage (2) The fence may be located along the public sidewalk or setback as shown. as shown. type. /11 (3) Any setback area treatment is determined by the development's primary (2) Any setback area treatment is determined by the development's primary frontage type. frontage type. rn z 0 e v w sa w 2 w 0 e I BACK of SIDEWALK 1 1,BACK of SIDEWALK SACK Of SIDEWALK z 1 °a ei O O 4 BACK or SIDEWALK B.BACK Of MEN. M BACK OF SIDEWADF F I I X I I Fans 1 E W Terrace 1 qDy, A 1-1 og 0 0 41 2.4.3 Front Yard Setback iii) The disposition and treatment of Front Yard Setbacks is furthered regulated in 2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback the following sections: 1) Definition (1) Private Open Space Types provides addition specific regulation for the I) Definition Front Yard Setback is defined as the required minimum or permitted(maximum) treatment of setback zones in conjunction with various private open space Rear Yard Setback is defined as the required distance from the rear property line to distance from the back-of-sidewalk line to the primary building facade as shown types. any building as shown in Fig.2.4.5.Rear Yard Setback. in Fig.2.4.3 Front Yard Setback.(see section 2.4.2.—Public Frontage Types to (2) Section 2.6.8—Open Space Landscaping establishes landscape standards determine how to locate back-of-sidewalk) and guidelines for the treatment of front yard setback zones 2) Regulation 2) Regulation 2.4.4 Side Yard Setback a) General a) General i) All buildings must be located to conform to the minimum Rear Yard Setback 1) Definition standards as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.- C1 i) All buildings must be located to conform to the minimum and maximum Front Side Yard Setback is defined as the required distance front the side property line to Development Standards. E Yard Setback Standards specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in any building as shown in Fig.2.4.4.Side Yard Setback. ii) The rear yard setback area must be landscaped per section 2.6.8—Open Space section 2.1.—Development Standards. Landscaping. a ii) The Front Yard Setback for each Private Frontage Type shall be located as 2) Regulation V 4 depicted by the Private Frontage Type Illustrations in Section 2.4.2. i.. i iii) Portions of a building that are not part of the primary building mass,such as a) General w entrance porticos,bays and stoops,are not required to meet minimum height i) All buildings must be located to conform to the minimum Side Yard Setback wrequirements. standards as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.— U Development Standards. .a b) Additional Requirements a ii) The required Side Yard Setback shall depend upon whether or not the side c i) At required setback areas,arcades,awnings,entrance porticos,porches,stoops, facade has windows into active living spaces. Ca stairs,balconies,bay windows,eaves,covered and entrance overhangs,are iii) The side yard setback area must be landscaped per section 2.6.8—Open Space ..t permitted to encroach up to six feet within the required front street setback as Landscaping. 5' shown in the frontage type illustrations. col ii) At zero-setback areas, building overhangs such as trellises, canopies and w awnings may extend horizontally beyond the back-of-sidewalk,but may not O under any circumstances encroach further than within two and half(2'h)feet F of the face-of-curb. z O (1) Encroachments may extend up to a maximum of six(6)feet into the public CE W frontage areas. d' r,i (2) These overhangs must provide a minimum of eight(8)feet clear height above sidewalk grade. w 0 0 ✓ FRONT STREET FRONT STREET FRONT TREET F x i BACK OF SIDEWALK Front Setback • .d I FF . 'I MACK OF SIDEWALK V BACK OF SIDEWALK o I I I I a Yids .. > I Front I I I / bacq / / R W "' YSoBwrk A' I I A ' xade Yade I I I ���<� �mbac� I I , LL u Yard " Rea Y d C, I PROPERTY LINE I I I PROPERTY UNE Soawok I I I PROPERTY UNE I Setback Oi..__—_--__—_.—.i—..—..—..—..i..� i�•------��..—..—.i—..—..—..- i__— __ .—..—..—..—•�—•_—_�r a__.1__— F�1 Fig.2.4.3 Front Yard Setback Fig.2.4.4 Side Yard Setback Fig.2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback 42 2.4.6 Alley Setback 2.4.7 Frontage Coverage 2.4.8 Space Between Buildings 1) Definition 1) Definition 1) Definitit Alley Setback is defined as the distance from an alley right-of-way to any building i) Frontage Coverage is defined as the minimum percentage of the length of the Space between buildings is defined as the distance measured between the primary as shown in Fig.2.4.6.Alley Setback. frontage coverage zone that shall be occupied by a primary building facade(s). building mass of two adjacent buildings on a single property as shown in Fig.2.4.8 ii) The Frontage Coverage Zone is defined as the space between the minimum and Space Between Buildings. 2) Regulation maximum front yard setback lines and the minimum side yard or front yard setback lines as shown in Fig.2.4.7.Frontage Coverage. 2) Regulation a) General It a d ,elupc: i. building multiple buildings on a single property,the required i) All buildings shall be sited to conform to the minimum Alley Setback 2) Regulation minimum space between buildings shall be as specified for each Corridor Center ill dimensions.As specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1. and Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards. , —Development Standards. a) General z o All development shall include buildings located within the Frontage Coverage Zone ii) The alley setback area must be landscaped per section 2.6.8—Open Space P g g g Landscaping. such that minimum frontage coverage requirements are met,as specified for each a Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards. V b) Exceptions 4 i) In order to provide vehicular access to parking areas in the interior or at the F c4 rear of a parcel if no other access is available,a vehicular breezeway may count W toward frontage coverage requirements: d (1) A vehicular breezeway is a covered driveway penetrating the building. 12. (2) The width of a vehicular breezeway shall not exceed the width of the curb .y cut plus the width of an adjacent ADA complient pedestrian sidewalk. `p ii) In order to connect the public sidewalk with publicly accessible spaces such as %g courtyards,parking areas,and alleys in the interior or at the rear of a parcel,a pedestrian breezeway may count toward frontage coverage requirements: 4 ' rKt (1) A pedestrian breezeway is covered walkway penetrating the building for 0 pedestrian use only. F. (2) The width of a pedestrian breezeway shall not exceed fifteen(15)feet. C i CC 8/1 ": FRONT STREET e FRONT STREET Y Y Space Behveen Buildings A BACK OF SIDEWALK , X X �( * G I I __ _ r 7 r-- WIZ — i I �r —_ BACK-OF OF SIDEWAnC BACK OF —_— 1 SIDEWALK AUN.FRONT YARD SETBACK I W F o ! I Y I 'S S z --_ selbock ti N NI I MAX.FRONT rARD SETBACK Alle Alley I I > Sett ack , ,, I i PROPERTY LINE FRONTAGE % A l T-----"-��--- ---- __-- �_-- l Ii I ., I COVERAGE %�%A Z i Z ALLEY LL = 9 Z, ZONE '.. I� I� -I= of=I _1 _^__— 8 ' O & FRONrAGE X XT� 'O k'COVERAGE Y i i h f�°� �'1� (%) o.I r° °o 3 F Fig.2.4.6 Alley Setback Fig.2.4.7 Frontage Coverage Fig.2.4.8 Space Between Buildings AO 43 il2.4.9 Build-to-Corner i) Build-to-Corner is defined as a portion of a building that occupies the build-to- I comer zone at the intersection of two streets. ii) The Build-to-Corner Zone is defined as the space between the required minimum and maximum front yard setback lines for each intersecting streets as shown in Fig.2.4.9 Build-To-Comer. 2) Regulation All development shall include buildings sited within the build-to-corner zone such Z4 that minimum build-to-corner requirements are met as specified for each Corridor Q 1 Center and Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards. C -5 W x w U d .7 a c ._ 04 o E. z 0 a w N REQUIRED CORNER LOCATION(HATCHED AREA) CDBACK OF SIDEWALK : MIN.FRONT YARD SETBACK Z I—_ I ___— �_ O__ —_—_ _—__ W MAX.FRONT YARD SETBACK Pa o I ICI �1 1 W Io I'.' I ,,I=I a ii ` 'Ii F I1 FI Fig.2.4.9 Build-to-Comer 44 1 2.5 STREET REGULATIONS 2.5.1 Improvements to Existing Streets vi) All development applications shall clearly identify fire access routes subject to Fire Department Review. Note:Developers must reference Streetscape improvements to existing streets are required to promote the type Huntington Beach Fire Department City Specification#401(Minimum This section contains Regulations and Guidelines for the improvement, provision, of change envisioned by the community by providing attractive and compatible Standards for Fire Apparatus Access)and City Sp ecifcation#415(Fire configuration,and design of streets.Implementation of improvements required along existing environments for the desired types of new development,as well as for highly Lanes Signage and Markings on Private,Residential,Commercial and streets is also addressed in Book III Public Improvements. valued existing development. Industrial Properties)for Fire Access Road requirements. Street Regulations are set forth to ensure that streets and blocks throughout the Plan Area are The design of specific streetscape improvements is integrated with the upgraded or built with the quality and care necessary to enhance the connectivity of streets,to configuration of Centers and Segments established in Fig.2.1.Corridor Centers b) Thoroughfare Improvements create safe and attractive streetscape environments,and to encourage walking throughout the and Segments Map.This coordination results in the organization of streetscape i) Thoroughfare Improvements along existing streets from the face of plan area as it intensifies. improvements into three primary segment improvement types: "Classic curb to the thoroughfare centerline shall be paid for by the developer as The Street is defined as the area between back-of-sidewalk lines.It includes the moving lanes, Boulevard" improvements along Edinger Avenue, "Palm Tree Boulevard" development occurs. parking lanes and medians as well as the sidewalk and any sidewalk landscape areas(see Fig. improvements along Beach Boulevard north of Main Street and"Parkway" 2.5 Corridor Definition of Terms). improvements along Beach Boulevard south of Main Street. Further detail on ii) Responsibility for and timing of the installation of Thoroughfare the extent and implementation of streetscape improvements can be found in Improvements shall be done in conjunction with construction of the Streets can be publicly or privately owned and maintained. All new streets within the Plan Book III. project. Area,both public and private,shall be designed and configured according to the following c) Public Frontage Improvements regulations. i) The installation of new Public Frontage Improvements(from the back- i) The Thoroughfare is the area between a street's curbs. It includes the of-sidewalk to the face of curb)is required as development occurs. moving lanes,parking lanes,and central medians. ii) In instances where installation of required public frontage improvements ii) Public Frontage is the area between the thoroughfare curb face and the require Classic Boulevard improvements and the proposed project has less than a full block of street frontage,the public frontage improvements back-of-sidewalk line,including the sidewalk and any sidewalk landscape areas as shown in Fig.2.5 Corridor Definition of Terms. may be phased in at a later date,subject to the approval of the Directors of Planning and Building and Public Works,provided that the buildings are 2) Regulation sited to accommodate the public frontage improvements,i.e.setback. In the interim condition,the public frontage area shall be fully landscaped a) General with minimal driveway openings. C d) Locating Back-of Sidewalk I i) Improvements to existing streets are required for each Corridor Center and i) All Existing Street Improvement diagrams are installed behind the Segment as specified in section 2.1.-Development Standards along all location of the face of curb existing at the time of property development. street frontages. Therefore, the location of the back of the newly installed sidewalk ii) Street Improvements along Beach Blvd., Edinger Ave., and all other (the back of the sidewalk is furthest from the curb)is determined by existing streets shall be designed and constricted as illustrated in the adding up the cross-section dimensions of the required Public Frontage Streetscape Specifications established in this section. Improvements in-board of the existing face-of-curb. iii) In instances where installation of required public frontage improvements as part of on-site construction are found to be impractical,the required improvements may be replaced within the private frontage,as approved by the Director of Public Works and Community Development. iv) In instances where the City of Huntington Beach has preceded the proposed new development with the installation of the required Street Improvements,the property owner shall reimburse the City for the costs p of that portion of the installation along the length of the private property. 0 Wit SODOMOF Funding mechanisms such as a reimbursement agreement,Community U Facilities District,or other mechanism may be considered. Z iai 'm ,.its ' ` '�A ,A:+. v) In instances where new streets must be constructed-that is,in instances a 1'i "+ _i ti k .. where there are no existing public frontage or thoroughfare conditions- 0 I. Q, it, d, Q, 1 the public frontage and thoroughfare will be installed as part of the required > " 1 new street standards specified in Section 2.5.2.Street Types(New Street w Design).The developer will be responsible for the design and construction A FRNATE 1 '" �U i of the public frontage and the thoroughfare along these streets. .. FRONT,: ��I ® r.r 1 STREET ) Q O Fig.2.5 Corridor Definitions of Terms to 45 3) Classic Boulevard Specifications (3) Moderately large single species tree-Jacaranda mimosifolia-located along the centerline of the curbed landscaped separators with a spacing Ie c or SIDEWArx b Classic Boulevard improvements,thoroughfare and public frontage must include ,+, ti the following specifications(see diagrams): of approximately thirty(30)feet on-center and aligned across the street I t a AD olk, with other trees as much as possible.Tree canopy to be trained into a t) Thorouehfare Confiauratlon: round-shaped form with an open habit.Special sub-surface construction I �� e Three(3)through lanes in each direction,a landscaped g center median with left turn is required to allow for proper tree growth and health. I f '`eg pockets at select intersections. • (4) Separator to be planted with native/water efficient,low groundcover „� 4 ii) Center Median; of green foliage,which requires minimal irrigation and a low level of I (I) Curbed landscaped median with six(6)inch curbs and twelve(12)inch maintenance. i stamped concrete safety stepping areas on both sides. v) Pedestrian Zont ' ?� (2) Iconic double arm boulevard-scale street lighting located along centerline (I) A minimum twelve(12)foot wide sidewalk. ri,_r- o-1opCURB of the median at approximately ninety(90)feet on center.Light source ""M WA. (2) Iconic single arm,pedestrian-scale street lighting located on the sidewalk . A i.A should be located twenty-five to thirty(25-30)feet above finished grade at back-of-curb and spaced approximately at sixty(60)feet on-center and u and centered between street trees.Finish color:fresh green. I4BACK Of SIDEWALK r1 Ilkcentered between trees in the access lane.Finish color:fresh green. - (3) Moderately large single species tree-Jacaranda mimosifolia-located f (3) Picket fence style benches with Jarrah wood or FSC certified Ipe wood along the centerline of the median approximately thirty(30)feet on-center slats and steel frame,and steel trash receptacles with an aesthetic that �1 � a and aligned across the street with other trees as much as possible.Tree evokes the beach and surf culture.Metalwork finish color:fresh green. 4-A, `g canopy to be trained into a round-shaped form with an open habit.Special sub-surface construction is required to allow for proper tree growth and health. (4) Median to be planted with native/ water efficient, low groundcover of green foliage,which requires minimal irrigation and a low level of maintenance. �ot5 •��r-4--, °°AC'eE CURB F iii)Access Lane Confi¢uratiog WNWWE (1) Protected access lanes with a row of angled parking oriented at forty-five Fig.2.5.1.-3)Classic Boulevard • (45)degrees to the curb are separated from the through lanes by curbed Public Frontage landscaped separators. (2) Moderately large single species tree-Jacaranda mimosifolia-located in ' flush tree grates in the angled parking zone at approximately thirty(30) feet on-center and aligned across the street with other trees as much as possible.Tree canopy to be trained into a round-shaped form with an open habit.Special sub-surface construction is required to allow for proper tree a w• growth and health. iv) Access Lane Separator; £ A (1) A nine(9)foot curbed landscape separator(six(6)inch curbs and twelve - 4• i,- k''�; + y ; f` t • {':y U (12)inch stamped concrete safety stepping areas on both sides)located {- ,,'i W' y y, F" between the throughfare and access lanes. '' ` ' "y WRRo.OSEs -i('•�, . ', PROPOSED 0. (2) Iconic double arm boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale street lighting moos we r RETA,I p located within the curbed landscaped separators with a spacing of @ - ,'.ji„ !�` _ _-_ 3 w approximately ninety(90)feet on-center.Light source should be located1.7 1R•txacu. �^ F. r rem. W twenty-five to thirty(25-30)feet above finished grade for boulevard-scale , T A street lighting and twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade for ' t r • I s. • II , 9, .. , b v . t r • le 1 17 ig .e.-. ..... •. num ..•« ...,R n.� AM .ems ...,,t rr pedestrian-scale street lighting.Finish color fresh green. Mmb O North Side South Side PUBLIC FRONTAGE STREET PUBLIC FRONTAGE > O gia 46 4) Palm Tree Boulevard Specifications " _.,, b) Neighborhood Center Streetfront I.4BACK Of SIDEWALK Palm Tree Boulevard improvements, thoroughfare must include the following Where Neighborhood Center Streetfront improvements are required,public frontage specifications(see diagram): must include the following specification(see diagram): i) Thoroughfare Configuration: i) pedestrian Zone (1) Four(4)through lanes in each direction and a landscaped center median (1) A minimum eighteen(18)foot wide sidewalk shall provide ample room i with left turn pockets at select intersections. for pedestrians to walk,and to encourage activities including outdoor ii) Center Median: dining,locations for kiosks,food carts,and flower stalls. IL (I) Curbed landscaped median with six(6)inch curbs and twelve(12)inch (2) Iconic double arm boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale street lighting at stamped concrete safety stepping areas on both sides. approximately eighty(80)feet on-center.Light source should be located twenty-five to thirty(25-30)feet above finishedgrade for boulevard-scale Ire or cuss (2) Iconic double arm boulevard-scale street lighting located along centerline ty ,�,°r�°" street lighting and twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade for .1 Mr of the median at approximately ninety to one hundred and twenty(90-120) pedestrian-scale street lighting.Finish color:fresh green. ,W feet on-center(or every three(3)clusters of palm trees).Street lighting to Fig.2.5.1.-4)a)Typical Public Frontage be the first vertical element at the ends of the median and light source (3) Light standards selection to be specified by Planning and Building Director should be located twenty-five to thirty(25-30)feet above finished grade. and Public Works Director/Designee. !4a cK OF SIDEWALK Finish color:fresh green. (4) Furnishings (3) Clusters of three single-species, tall palm trees—as approved by Caltrans - arranged roughly every thirty to thirty-five(30-35)feet. Trees to be uplit at night. I (4) Median to be planted with native/water efficient, low groundcover i of green foliage,which requires minimal irrigation and a low level of maintenance. a) Typical Configuration: . IFACE0FCURB Palm Tree Boulevard improvements,public frontage must include the following , A` specification(see diagram): Fig.2S.1.-4.)b)Neighborhood Center (1) A minimum six(6)foot wide sidewalk separated from the back of curb by Streetfront Public Frontage a four(4)foot continuous planter strip. Public frontage less than 10 feet wide shall be completely paved. (2) Iconic double arm boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale street lighting located within the planter strip at approximately ninety(90)feet on-center. Light source should be located twenty-five to thirty(25-30)feet above finished grade for boulevard-scale street lighting and twelve to fourteen r 1 (12-14) feet above finished grade for pedestrian-scale street lighting. s Finish color.fresh green. i.- • i " ` w (3) of green foliage,bewhh requires with minimal watermgation and a lowulev el of • I � o stripPlanter planted8r e. I U�_ ram. , maintenance. Z wa (4) Picket fence style benches with Jarrah wood or FSC certified Ipe wood a. slats and steel frame,and steel trash receptacles with an aesthetic that a co evokes the beach and surf culture.Metalwork finish color:fresh green. > w A Typical Configuration a.' ,* eo O West Side J PUBLIC X- STREET PUBLIC FRONTAGE East Side 0 \ FRONTAGE 47 5) Parkway Specifications (3) Within planter strip,arrangements of two tall palm trees,with thick and ABACK OF SIDEWALK very straight trunks-Roystonea regia—thirty(30)feet apart with a street Parkway improvements, thoroughfare must include the following specifications light centered in between,are intermittent with an informal composition : (see diagram): i , of medium-height palm trees-Wodyetia bifurcate and small accent pigmy i) Thorouvhfare Confleuration: palm trees-Phoenix roebelenii. i (1) Three(3)through lanes in each direction with occasional parallel parking (4) Planter strips to be built as functional stormwater management facilities along the sidewalk curb,and a landscaped center median with left turn whenever possible,landscaped with a mix of native/water efficient,low pockets at select intersections. groundcover of green foliage,which requires minimal irrigation and a low I III 1 - ii) Center Median; level of maintenance. (I) Curbed landscaped median with six(6)inch curbs and twelve(12)inch (5) When parallel parking along the curb occurs,provide for breaks across stamped concrete safety stepping areas on both sides. the planting strip with stepping stones,in order to allow for passengers to �I �reach the sidewalk. OF CURB (2) An arrangement of alternating,informally shaped clusters of vegetation e.0 eo (Type A and Type B—described below)planted on within the median (6) Picket fence style benches with polysite slats and steel frame,and steel WSIDE RANT ALK STRIP roughly every fifty to sixty(50-60)feet on-center.Strategically selected trash receptacles with an aesthetic that evokes the beach and surf culture. Fig.2.5.1.-5)a)Typical Configuration Public clusters of vegetation to be uplit at night. Low,native/water efficient Metalwork and polysite finish color:white. Frontage groundcover of green foliage to be intermittent with the vegetation clusters. (a) Type A cluster:a single multi-trunk palm tree-Phoenix reclinata- broad-leaf tall native/ water efficient grasses and medium-height native/water efficient groundcover with flowers. (b) Type B cluster:a cluster of single-trunk,medium-height palm trees- Wodyetia bifurcate(trees selected from nurseries that seeded the trees in California)- small accent pigmy palms—Phoenix roebelenii-and low native!water efficient grasses and/or groundcover,preferably with flowers. ,. a) Typical Configuration: Parkway improvements,public frontage must include the following specification (see diagram): n) i) Pedestrian Zone (I) A minimum six(6)foot wide sidewalk separated from the back of curb by a seven and a half(7 Vs)inch continuous planter strip with twelve(12) - plig. inch wide stamped concrete safety strip along the back of curb.Public frontage less than 15 feet wide shall include a minimum six(6)foot wide df. �,o sidewalk separated by a landscape strip with remaining width.Landscape $ r�1� lit i. ' p strip shall not be less than four(4)feet wide. Public frontages less than MANS K 'Rp�`.. C 10 feet wide shall be completely paved. _.,e, yy I _ I1 r F" (2) Unique double arm pedestrian-scale street lighting(reminiscent of colored m �`' p ` m W ., Venetian lanterns that speaks to the romance and festive atmosphere of the Cbeach in a modern way)located within the planting strip with a spacing of ., . w roughly eighty to ninety(80-90)feet on-center.The light source should be M. �� w. .. .� �. a.,R. > located at fourteen(14)feet from the finished grade with filters to create Acolored effects through a wrap-around foliage mask.Finish color:gun- TMO "`." metal. 4.....a. ...'......1.t.r Cl OO East Side 1 PUBLIC FRONTAGE /L STREET PUBLIC FRONTAGE ) West Side 48 b) Neighborhood Center Streetfront with Access Lane c) Neighborhood Center Streetfront with Palm 4BACK OF SIDEWALK Neighborhood Center with Access Lane improvements must include the following Neighborhood Center Streetfront with Palm improvements must include the specification(see diagram): following specification(see diagram): i i) Access Lane Confieuration: i) pedestrian Zone (1) Protected access lane with a row of angled parking, in between the (1) A minimum eighteen(18)foot wide sidewalk shall provide ample room I -. sidewalk and the existing curb face,is separated from the through lane by for pedestrians to walk,and to encourage activities including outdoor a curbed landscaped separator. dining,locations for kiosks,food carts,and flower stalls. inI I (2) Palm trees located in flush tree wells centered in the parking lane (2) Unique double arm pedestrian-scale street lighting(reminiscent of colored I - approximately forty(40)feet on-center or every two to three(2-3)parking Venetian lanterns that speaks to the romance and festive atmosphere of the li stalls.Tree species to be specified by Planning and Building Director and beach in a modem way)located along the back of curb with a maximum Public Works Director/Designee. spacing of eighty(80)feet on-center.The light source should be located I b I AIFACEOFcumB ii) Access Lane Separator:. at fourteen(14)feet from the finished grade with filters to create colored i "',�I k } IMMO WE MP effects through a wrap-around foliage mask.Finish color:gun-metal. (I) A nine(9)foot curbed landscape separator with six(6)inch curbs and Fig.2.5.1.-5)b)Neighborhood Center Streetfront twelve(12)inch stamped concrete safety stepping areas on both sides (3) Tall palm trees located in flush tree wells along the back of curb with an located between the throughfare and access lane. average spacing of forty(40)feet on center. Tree species to be specified with Access Lane Public Frontage by Planning and Building Director and Public Works Director/Designee. (2) Unique double arm pedestrian-scale street lighting(reminiscent of colored Venetian lanterns that speaks to the romance and festive atmosphere of the (4) Picket fence style benches with polysite slats and steel frame,and steel I4BACK OF SIDEWALK beach in a modem way)located within the separator with a maximum trash receptacles with an aesthetic that evokes the beach and surf culture. . 17N spacing of eighty(80)feet on-center.The light source should be located Metalwork and polysite finish color:white. at fourteen(14)feet from the finished grade with filters to create colored I effects through a wrap-around foliage mask.Finish color:gun-metal. h I z (3) Palm trees planted at a maximum spacing of forty(40)feet on-center. <Z :< Tree species to be specified by Planning and Building Director and Public i Works Director/Designee. 'U (4) Separator to be planted with native/water efficient,low groundcover I a of green foliage,which requires minimal irrigation and a low level of '� maintenance. CE OFNIm �.3 F in) Pedestrian Zone 14 (1) A minimum twelve(12)foot wide sidewalk. t Fig.2.5.1.-5)c)Neighborhood Center (2) Unique single arm pedestrian-scale street lighting(reminiscent of colored Streetfront with Palm Public Frontage Venetian lanterns that speaks to the romance and festive atmosphere of the beach in a modern way)at a maximum spacing of eighty to ninety(80-90) feet on-center along the sidewalk back of curb and placed between trees in the access lane.The light source should be located at fourteen(14)feet m from the finished grade with filters to create colored effects through a C U wrap-around foliage mask.Finish color:gun-metal. 1' z (3) Picket fence style benches with polysite slats and steel frame,and steel w trash receptacles with an aesthetic that evokes the beach and surf culture. O Metalwork and polysite finish color:white. w w A O O 49 6) Standard Avenue 7) Neighborhood Streets "-.--k--"" ,—» ...4-1,- ^ - I.4BACK OF SIDEWNX Standard Avenue improvements must include the following specification (sec Neighborhood Street improvements must include the following specification(see diagram): diagrams): i) pedestrian Zone i) pedestrian Zone (1) A minimum eighteen(18)foot wide sidewalk shall provide ample room (1) A minimum six(6)feet wide sidewalk with a minimum six(6)feet wide for pedestrians to walk,and to encourage activities including outdoor continuous planting strip or twelve (12) feet wide sidewalk without i dining,locations for kiosks,food carts,and flower stalls. continuous planting strip. (2) Decorative double arm boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale street (2) Streets with five (5) lanes or more shall provide pedestrian-scale/ I lighting at maximum spacing of eighty(80)feet on-center.Light source boulevard-scale decorative street lighting at a maximum spacing of ninety i should be located eighteen to twenty-five(18-25)feet above finished (90)feet on-center.Pedestrian-scale light source should be located twelve grade for boulevard-scale street lighting and twelve to fourteen(12- to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade and boulevard-scale light FACE Of CURB 14)feet above finished grade for pedestrian-scale street lighting.Light sources should be located eighteen to twenty-five(18-25) feet above standards selection to be specified by Planning and Building Director and finished grade. SIM Public Works Director/Designee. (3) Streets with four(4)lanes or less shall provide pedestrian-scale decorative Fig.2.5.1.-6)Standard Avenue (3) Palm trees to be planted in flush tree wells at back of curb with a street lighting at a maximum spacing of ninety(90)feet on-center. Light maximum spacing of forty(40)feet on-center.Tree species to be specified source should be located twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished by Planning and Building Director and Public Works Director/Designee. grade. I4axcK OF SIDEWALK I4BACK OF SIDEWALK (4) Trees should be maintained in a waythatprovides unobstructed views to b „r �'"'(4) Light standards selection to be specified by Planning and Building (1 `3A n 1 showroom windows and building signage. Director/Designee. - (5) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large shade tree with a maximum spacing of thirty(30)feet on-center.Palm trees can be e-A ^<,e .3 used as accents.Special sub-surface construction is required to allow for proper tree growth and health.Tree species to be specified by Planning and Building Director/Designee. I I (6) Where no on street parking is present:trees must be located in continuous I I planting strips located along the back of curb(to buffer pedestrians from the adjacent roadway). /FACE or CURB PEACE OF CURB V 1,6. 1b-11. SIDE PLANT SI (7) Where parallel parking is present:trees may be located in planting wells I WALK S.. owR a (with flush mounted tree grates as an option),or in continuous planting strips located along the back of curb. Fig.2.5.1-7)Neighborhood Streets (8) Where angled parking is present:Trees shall be located in planting wells (with flush mounted tree grates as an option)at the back of curb. w (9) Native/water efficient, low groundcovers and shrubs, which require Cminimal irrigation and a low level of maintenance,must be located within U planting strips. zii) Landino Zone a (1) The planting strip shall include a one(1)foot wide,paved auto passenger O landing located along the back of curb. w w A 'i: F.. x 0 0 • 2.5.2 Provision of New Streets 2.5.3 Block Size J 1) Regulation 1) Definition e/FP� 1 i) The construction of new publicly accessible streets is required in instances i) Block Size is a measure of the total length of the street-fronting property /`_______ where: lines along all block faces enclosed within the nearest surrounding publicly — — —� accessible streets. (1) The acreage of land to be developed exceeds the Maximum Block Size S`,v4AX development standard. ii) Block Face is a measure of the length of the public right-of-way line between e— .ix r --- r ill (2) The satisfaction of East-West Street Connection requirements result in the two street intersections. required construction of a new street. 2) Regulation .- -- I 1 0 1 LL }in (3) The satisfaction of Residential Transition Boundary Street requirements 1 o result in the required construction of a new street. a) Maximum Block Size I�g o►, (4) The satisfaction of Building Orientation to Streets and Public Open Spaces i) The Maximum Block Size regulation specifies the maximum total linear m l g result in the required construction of a new street. perimeter of contiguous property lines that form an individual city block. L" BACK OF"SIDEWALK — - '" ""—"" '" —'ii) Maximum Block Size regulations result in limitations on the amount of '— ii) A single new street may satisfy multiple new street requirements if the street � � conforms to all regulations for each requirement. contiguous property that may be developed within the boundaries of publicly accessible streets. iii)New streets intended for public access may also be constructed voluntarily to iii) Single properties or assemblages of contiguous properties-that exceed the / _____.BLOCK FACE r fulfill the design and development objectives of the private property owner. specified Maximum Block Size standard must as part of new development, iv) The provision,location,design and configuration of new streets shall conform construct new publicly accessible streets in locations that result in the creation Fig.2.5.3 Block Size to the regulations specified in the following sections. of city blocks that do not exceed the Maximum Block Size. v) All development applications shall clearly identify fire access routes subject iv) New streets must be designed,configured,and located in accordance with the to Fire Department Review. Note:Developers must reference Huntington standards specified in the following sections. •Z Beach Fire Department City Specification #401 (Minimum Standards for Z Fire Apparatus Access)and City Specation#415(Fire Lanes Signage and v) The Maximum Block Size shall be as specified for each Corridor Center and .;p Markings on Private,Residential,Commercial and Industrial Properties)for Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards. ; Fire Access Road requirements. vi) In no case do alleys or passages qualify as defining edges of a block. For tD the purposes of determining block size,alleys and passages must always be W considered as part of the interior of a block. "E •W b) Maximum Edinger Avenue Block Face '''F i) Any development proposed on a single parcel or assembled parcel 1)with Edinger Avenue frontage,2)with a perimeter greater than 1900 feet and 3) located on a block with a block face longer than the Maximum Edinger Avenue Block Face shall provide: (I) At least one new street perpendicular to Edinger Avenue (2) The new street shall create a connection to a street parallel to Edinger w Avenue. c U F Z W a, a • 0 .a W A H W O O as 51 2.5.4 Street Connectivity 2.5.5 Required East-West Street Connection 2.5.6 Residential Transition Boundary Street 1) Regulation 1) Regulation 1) Regulation i) All new Streets shall connect with existing streets and be configured to allow i) All properties with a side or rear property line along the plan area boundaries i) A street shall be located along the Residential Transition Zone boundary within for future extension whenever possible. and indicated in the map below shall contribute to a connected vehicular the Plan area.As shown in Fig.2.5.6 Residential Transition Boundary Street. ii) Dead end streets and new gated internal streets shall not be permitted. through street parallel to Edinger Avenue. ii) Newly constructed segments of this street shall establish vehicular connections iii) In order to maintain the accessibility provided by the block structure of the ii) Newly constructed segments of this street shall establish vehicular connections with segments previously constructed on adjacent properties. corridor,existing public streets or alleys may not be closed permanently unless with segments previously constructed on adjacent properties. iii) The provision of this street satisfies the required east-west street connection the closure is part of the provision of a network of new streets that provide iii) Street segments shall be configured to allow for future extension whenever requirement. equivalent mobility and satisfy all street regulations. possible. iv) Coordinate transition of the street segments for each section. 1 ® ....-'''''''— e�gd�y p®� yy{p�r.._ LIT—', --. 111111 !! IIIt111� E 1111- =ii1111111% 1 _ r IIIP I I NEW.8_: Eon.i. • i L. i DEVELOPMENT 11 " { —F ."y".,"—.��-- -.—-t ry.I.. —1-- I �, I. I I I I I ciwtIE>as*NDerror I I I I I I / .Aw1.i _... '-� I I i I I I 1 1 I I I I II ,_. 2.5.6 Residential Transition Boundary Street FJ I. - _ i r pro •cc. GoldenwestSt. i --- _ III ki. us E. sE. ; l iu itn ntili� O Beach Blvd. L. =11 _7/411Ir 111.111111 cl m 7 Gothard St. fTTTT Ttvc, w Residential Transition Near Edinger Ave. o Fig.2.5.5 Required East-West Street Connection w > iii .. 0 J ma Residential Transition Near 5-Points 52 2.5.7 Street Types(New Street Design) 1) City Street-illustrated in Figure 2.5.7-1) In instances where new streets are required(e.g.to satisfy the Maximum Block ila*.ck Of SIDEWALK BACK Of SIDEWALK► Size regulations)as well as in instances where new streets are voluntarily provided a) Purpose: :k1 b,%. •,-t AU ., • by property developers,such new streets shall be designed in accordance with the Organize the primary public realm to create an environment suitable for shopping regulations provided in this section. and strolling along active retail, eating, and entertainment uses. City Street j4 The configuration and design of new streets is regulated by specifying a range sidewalks should be wide and unobstructed to provide ample room for pedestrians eq of permitted Street Types that fit contextually within each Corridor Center and to walk,and to encourage activities including outdoor dining,locations for kiosks, Segment. Any of the permitted Street Types may be selected for application on food carts,and flower stalls. ' ' a property within a single Corridor Center and Segment,provided that 1)a single 1 I street type is employed continuously for the entire block;2)streets being installed b) Pedestrian Zone to satisfy Maximum Block Size requirements may not be Alleys or Passages;and 3) ;y�r�— ���•—i—r�;, i) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large,open-habit deciduous I a,,,,,,u ,,,,mum TRAM WM ,,,,,,,,,s MM.( 1 coordinate transition of the street segments for each section. trees. The range of Street Types permitted within each Corridor Center and Segment is (1) Trees shall be located in planting wells with flush mounted tree grates at I( STREET:6B'ROW(TYPICAL) y specified in the Development Standards Chart for each Corridor Center and Segment. the back of curb with a maximum spacing of forty(40)feet on-center or The design standards specified for each permitted Street Type are detailed in the text in the parking zone.Special sub-surface construction is required to allow and illustrations set forth for each Street Type in the sections below. for proper tree growth and health Note:Construction of all street sections requires Fire Department approval. See the BACK or SIDEWALK BACK OF Slnf WA '• Planning and Building Director. (2) Trees shall be selected and maintained in a way that provides unobstructed 1 ., t , views to showroom windows and building signage. „ ii) Decorative pedestrian-scale street lighting in sidewalk with a maximum spacing .. of 80 feet on-center. Light source should be located twelve to fourteen(12-14) BC-- feet above finished grade. ' ' 1 c) Parking Zone ; i) On-street parking oriented parallel or at a forty-five(45)degree angle to the curb. v—.1--,r— —ilz--1—T.-4--ir i m7—.1 ii) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large,open-habit deciduous trees. SWEET:so ROW(MICA) ) (1) Trees shall be located in curbed planting wells or flush tree grates every two(2)parking spaces at forty-eight(48)feet on-center. Fig.2.5.7.-1)City Street m c O I z I X• 1 a O .a w m A :: 1 I.*• j 0 0 m 53 2) Public Open Space with City Street- 3) Neighborhood Street-illustrated in illustrated in Figure 2.5.7-2) I BACK Of SIDEWALK Figure 2.5.7-3) I I 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK a) Purpose: •• ...1 A'' ...1 Ae a) Purpose: • 1. F""". ..°'4,r• • Physically define the edges of linear green, square, or plaza 4 Provide an intimate and attractive neighborhood street that is - ^ with a streetscape environment that enhances the value of its °'Y intended as a narrow street to ensure slow moving vehicular traffic °� ea° surroundings. i.„ T,_ and create a livable environment. 4� ,` M b) Pedestrian Zone b) Pedestrian Zone i) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large, I i) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large I I open-habit deciduous trees. ,_y shade trees with maximum spacing of thirty(30)feet on- . ^-1--,-1—.°--l--T�-,--L;1d L MM.LAKE°N"r.ACE center. EDE. , 'MWLL ,MYR ;MAUL .wE (1) Trees shall be located in planting wells with flush 1 'K""" I.�. FAMR° .I mounted tree grates at the back of curb with a maximum • j( s,..,„mow:s•,,Row.. \ (1) Trees may be located in planting wells(with or without K STREET:SE'ROW MIN spacing of forty(40)feet on-center.Special sub-surface / flush mounted tree grates) at the back of curb, in construction is required to allow for proper tree growth • continuous planting strips a maximum of eight(8)feet and health. '4 ACK OF S1DF A wide located along the back of curb,and/or in the Parking I I Zone.In all instances special sub-surface construction is (2) Trees shall be maintained in a way that provides i b b �eAuco'SDEWALK RACK OF SIDEWALKS 1 required to allow for proper tree growth and health. q�F °� -II• unobstructed views to showroom windows and building r 1 r1 + ' 1.F 4 •t. , .r signage. ii) Native/water efficient,low groundcovers and shrubs,which . require minimal irrigation and a low level of maintenance, ' Jo Decorative pedestrian-scale street lighting in sidewalk with a -g must be located within planting strips. �� maximum spacing of 80 feet on-center. Light source should be located twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished I R R iii) Decorative pedestrian-scale street lighting shall be provided T `a1F grade. within the sidewalk at a maximum spacing of ninety(90)feet I on-center and staggered in relation to the street lights on the I I C) Parking Zone 1-7: sidewalk across the street. Light source should be located —1— 1— —)—T twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade. :—I—,— ,��>�r— ;r i) The street shall include on-street parking oriented parallel to I :MAIM.K.w a""` M VEL""`OPEN I "E" ,p°TMWL LA.TM ,°w "`" I the curb. i� \ c) Parking Zone ( STOW:Se ROW MIN STREET Row:.e•Row Mw / d) Landing Zone i) The street shall include on-street parking oriented parallel to the curb. i) Where open space is along a travel lane,a one(1)foot wide, I paved safety stepping area along the curb shall be included. b ACK OF SIDEWALK ii) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large, open-habit deciduous trees. I I OF SIDEWAIKIVI ,i A--F• .T.1 e'+ (I) Trees shall be located in curbed planting wells or flush • 1 -..011ACK OF SIDEWALK BACK 4, N.r.E, Je f. tree grates every two(2)parking spaces at forty-eight 4 ., (48)feet on-center.Special sub-surface construction is 7 A C ', w0 :g ,.� required to allow for proper tree growth and health. I.) i ?0 (2) Where trees are located in the Parking Zone,trees in the r p., Pedestrian Zone are encouraged to be staggered between 4 I the trees in parking lanes and evenly spaced for the I I A. length of the street. w CD 1 .....i. e., ,MWLAWE°nN VICE I n;A RAVEL WE .mew WADES :AM. AID D-I > d) Landing Zone W \ STREET ROW:N'ROW AMINy STREET:OW ROW MIN Q i) The planting strip shall include a one(1)foot wide,paved auto \ passenger landing located along the back of curb. Fig.2.5.7.-2)Public Open Space Fig.2.5.7.-3)Neighborhood Street with City Street ii) The median shall include a one(1)foot wide,paved safety 0 stepping area along the curbs on both sides. O OC 54 4) Public Open Space with Neighborhood OSA=OF '""""" b 5) Alley—illustrated in Figure 2.5.7-5)11111 Street—illustrated in Figure 2.5.7-4) Mi. "� �.t. "L M•' a) Purpose: 14 RIGHT ALLEY • a) Purpose: " ^s• New Alleys may be constructed to provide vehicular and I I Physically define the edges of linear green or square with pedestrian access to rear yard garages, carriage homes and a streetscape environment that enhances the value of its E service areas. surroundings. I 1 b) Components 1 I b) Pedestrian Zone 1-1 —,—L-4; i) Alley right-of-way shall be a minimum of twenty(20)feet 1 i i) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large AMURuRN A R when serving residential development. I�1 shade trees with maximums spacing of thirty(30)feet on- I1 Pa 8 (STREET ROW: MIN> ii) Alley right-of-way shall be a minimum of twenty-four(24) �"--, center. TRACK OF SIDEWALK feet when serving commercial development. y (I) Trees may be located in planting wells (with or �; w n. T " 1 A"'-.., iii) The Alley must be entirely paved (Permeable/Pervious \ ALLEY without flush mounted tree grates)at the back of curb 4y�in continuous planting strips a maximum of eight 4y� Paving materials are highly recommended for alley paving). or1=. I t • (8)feet wide located along the back of curb.In both s iv) Street lights compatible with those required on ALLEY Neighborhood Streets shall be provided at a minimum Nof instances special sub-surface construction is required spacing of one hundred(100)feet.Lighting fixtures may • RIGHT-OF-WAY • to allow for proper tree growth and health. E be freestanding in alley setback areas,or may be attached to I ii) Native/water efficient,low groundcovers and shrubs,which I garage structures. 1 require minimal irrigation and a low level of maintenance, v) When used to provide pedestrian access,state and federal I must be located within planting strips. I M; _ , R D s"ea ADA requirements shall be met. I M.PAMIR iii) Decorative pedestrian-scale street lighting shall be provided :rn within the sidewalk at a maximum spacing of ninety(90) l STREET ROW:30•ROW MIN I ii z.0 feet on-center and staggered in relation to the street lights NRACK OF SIDEWALK tT 1 P on the sidewalk across the street. Light source should :,.1 Q"'s • ,,,1 -I, !' 1--_%" —} locatedbe twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished • ALLEYMI grade. g Zone E 4fiF Fig.2.5.6.-5)Alley a e Parkin i) The street shall include on-street parking oriented parallel • ';tn to the curb. I t d) Landing Zone L7� 1,.;I 1 E, E1, i; o SPACE IT;F. w i) The planting strip shall include a one(1)foot wide,paved auto passenger landing located along the back of curb. l( STREET ROW:3Y ROW MIN ii) Where open space is along a travel lane,a one(1)foot wide, HMCK OF SIDEWALK paved safety stepping area along the curb shall be included. 4e 7A vt e'S 0 W F , a iMa ca 7—L,—.1,—„—. A I SIMMIt PKIGVILUNE TM,SL«CRENAM] .;: ( STREET ROW:39.ROW MIN ) Fig.2.S.7.-4)Public Open Space with Q Neighborhood Street CO 55 intentionally left blank W O .a 0 0 56 2.6 OPEN SPACE REGULATIONS 2.6.2 Special Public Open Space Requirement 2.6.3 Provision of Private Open Space The following special requirement applies to development within the area shown in 1) Definition This section contains Regulations and Guidelines for the provision and design of Fig.2.6.2 Town Center Neighborhood Map open spaces and landscaping elements other than new streets which are covered in i) Private Open Spaces are privately controlled outdoor spaces that are extensions Section 2.5. They are designed to ensure that publicly accessible open spaces are 1) Primary Open Space of private indoor open space. provided and built with the quality and care necessary to ensure the development i) At least one Primary Public Open Space larger than a'h acre shall be provided. ii) Private Open Spaces arc privately owned and maintained. of a varied network of well used,inter-connected public spaces that enhance the livability of the Plan Arca. ii) The Primary Open Space shall count toward all affected developments' 2) Regulation Provision of Public Open Space requirements. 2.6.1 Provision of Public Open Space iii) All affected properties shall contribute to the construction cost of the Primary i) The amount of Private Open Space required shall be as specified for each Open Space. Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards. 1) Definition iv) The Primary Public Open Space shall be centrally located within the Town ii) Private Open Spaces shall be designed as one of the Private Open Space Types it Public Open Spaces are outdoor spaces that are accessible to the public and Center Neighborhood(The exact location of the Primary Open Space may be defined in section 2.6.5—Private Open Space Types. include seating,lighting and landscaping. They may or may not be sheltered determined by developers but must be determined before development occurs). iii) Private Open Space shall be built by developers as development occurs. from the elements. v) The Primary Public Open Space shall be a green,square,or plaza,see Section iv) Required maximum setback areas shall not be counted towards Provision of ii) Public Open Spaces can be publicly or privately owned and maintained. 2.6.4—Public Open Space Types. Private Open Space requirements. vi) The Primary Public Open Spaces shall abut public streets,alleys or passages or v) Private Open Space shall not be exposed to utility,service,or loading areas. abut a public easement for vehicular/pedestrian access on at least three sides. i) The amount of Public Open Space required shall be as specified for each vii)The Primary Public Open Space may be used towards the park dedication or Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards. park in-lieu fee requirements pursuant to the Huntington Beach Zoning and ii) Public Open Spaces shall be designed as one of the Public Open Space Types Subdivision Ordinance Chapters 230 and 254. r'z defined in section 2.6.4. p iii) Public Open Space shall be built within the development area by developers as PI development occurs. '.7 iv) In instances where small or awkwardly shaped properties make the provision U of on-site public open space impractical,the Planning and Building Director may permit the in-lieu payment of the cost to construct the required amount of - 'td -l � usable open space off site. .U v) At the discretion of the Planning and Building Director,required open space may be constructed off site and/or as part of a larger public open space being - a provided by the City or other private developments. a 1 -• vi) Exceptproperties with a S ial Public - p pee' Open Space Requirement pursuant to / Section 2.6.2 on-site public open space shall not be used to satisfy compliance AN with park dedication or park in-lieu fee requirements pursuant to the Huntington / 0 Un Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance Chapters 230 and 254. ,• I o�II 3) General Requirements _� 1 ar-PP i) All Public Open Spaces shall abut public rights-of-way or be otherwise ,ma I C connected to public sidewalks and shall be open to the public twenty-four(24) I. U hours a day. At the discretion of the Public Works Director/Designee,public t, access to a Public Open Space may be restricted after dark. w ii) Unless otherwise specified in 2.6.4.Public Open Space Types,the minimum d width of a Public Open Space shall be twenty(20)feet. iii)All Public Open Spaces shall be visible from surrounding streets and avoid la masses of shrubs around edges. A A I �dmger ve. C I I I I 1 ��� 1 0 I Flg.2.6.2Town Center Neighborhood Map Oa 57 2.6.4 Public Open Space Types streets shall be primarily lined with shopfronts or residential units 0 , provided a minimum of one single public or private entry point is Public open spaces within the Plan Area shall be designed as one of the incorporated along the front facade. Public Open Space Types defined in this section.Guidelines for design are provided in Section 2.6.8. 5) Mid-Block Greenlid lirili_ k i) A square located in the "middle" of a block for community recreation. i) An open space available for community recreation, and respite ii) A Courtyard Square shall be spatially defined by building frontages P7I from the city. on all sides. , , , ,- ii) A park may be independent of surrounding building frontages. iii) Landscaping consists of paths,lawns or ornamental grasses,and iii) Landscaping consists of naturalistic/informal paths and trails, trees. si► meadows,water-bodies,woodland and open shelters. iv) Courtyard Squares shall connect to a public right of way through 1)Park 5)Mid-Block Green iv) Parks are larger than the maximum block size. They typically a network of Passages/paseos and/or stairways and shall be ADA separate districts;large parks are districts in their own right accessible. v) Park shall be adjacent to a public street or an easement for vehicular/ v) Courtyard Squares shall be a minimum of thirty(30)feet along the pedestrian access East-West axis and twenty(20)feet along the North-South axis. 2) Linear Green vi) Courtyard Squares shall not exceed the maximum block size. i) A long,narrow open space available for community recreation and 6) Courtyard Plaza civic purposes. i) A plaza located in the"middle"of a block for community recreation ii) A linear green shall be surrounded by streets on all sides. and commercial activities iii) Landscaping consists of lawns or ornamental grasses and shrubs, ii) A Courtyard Plaza shall be spatially defined by buildings on at least paths,and trees. three(3)sides. lib: iv) Linear greens shall not exceed the maximum block size. iii) Landscaping is primarily enhanced/enriched hardscape. 2)Linear Green 6)Courtyard Plaza v) A linear green must beat least fifteen(15)feet wider than either of iv) Courtyard Plazas shall connect to a public right of way through • its flanking streets. In shopping districts linear greens should not a network of Passages/paseos and/or stairways and shall be ADA exceed 100 feet. accessible. o, 3) Square - v) Courtyard Plazas shall be a minimum of thirty(30)feet along the East-West axis and twenty(20)feet along the North-South axis. i) An open space available for community recreation and civic vi) Courtyard Plazas shall not exceed a size of one fifth(I/5)acre. purposes. ii) A square is a free standing city block;it shall be spatially defined 7) Passage/paSeO by building frontages and streets on all sides. i) A pedestrian only connector passing between buildings to provide , iii) Landscaping consists of paths,lawns or ornamental grasses and shortcuts through long blocks and access to rear parking areas or trees. courtyards. w iv) Squares shall be located at the intersection of important streets. ii) Passages/Paseos shall link two or more public spaces. = 3)Square 7)Passage/Paseo Uv) Squares shall not exceed the maximum block size. iii) Passages/Paseos shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet and a maximum of twenty(20)feet in width. w • iv) Walking surface is primarily enriched/enhanced hardscape i) An open space available for civic purposes,commercial activities, A. and community recreation. 8) Pocket Park/playground • , ii) A plaza shall be open to by a public street on at least one side. i) A pocket park is a small open space designed for recreation of , iii) Plazas should be located at the intersection of primary pedestrian nearby residents;a playground is a small open space equipped for A - routes. children to play in while being supervised by adults. ~ ii iv) Landscaping is primarilypaths,lawns or ornammental Pocket Park/Playground p' g p grasses, ) A k/ l yground shall be a minimum of thirty(30)feet O trees and enhanced/enriched hardscape. along the East-West axis and twenty(20)feet along the North- South axis. C v) Plazas shall not exceed one(1)acres. 0q iii) A Pocket Park/Playground shall not be located on the corner of a vi) The ground level frontage(s)not separated from the plaza by public block where build-to-corner is required(see section 2.4.9) 4)Plaza 8)Pocket Park/Playground 58 iv) A pocket park may be primarily paved with enriched/enhanced hardscape or treat water from storms prior to it entering the storm drain system 3) Priority Projects landscaped;a playground should have the character of a small park. 5) Balcony i) A project is a Priority Project if it meets any of the following criteria 2.6.5 Private Open Space Types ) An outdoor space extending from a private upper floor of a building,which is (1) Residential development of 10 units of more Private Open Spaces shall be designed as one of the Public Open Space Types accessed directly from a secondary unit entrance. (2) Commercial and industrial development greater than 100,000 square feet defined in this section. ii) Access to a Balcony shall be limited to the dwelling served. including parking area al ,COUI[yard iii) The minimum dimensions for a Balcony in any single direction shall be four (3) Automotive repair shops(SIC codes 5013,5014,5541,7532-7534,and (4)feet. 7536-7539) i) A private or privately shared internal open space enclosed by buildings on at least 2 sides,and by buildings or walls on at least three(3)sides. 2.6.6 Stormwater Best Management Practices (4) Restaurants where the land area of development is 5,000 square feet or ii) Courtyards shall be a minimum of thirty(30)feet alongthe East-West axis and more including parking area(SIC code 5812) rt3 Water pollution degrades surface waters making them unsafe for drinking,fishing, twenty(20)feet along the North-South axis. and swimming.The 1972 amendments to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (5) Hillside development on 10,000 square feet of more,which are located on iii) Landscaping may consist of enriched/enhanced hardscape and/or planted areas prohibit the discharge of any pollutant to navigable waters unless the discharge areas with known erosive soil conditions or where natural slope is twenty- including water efficient lawns,trees,plants in pots,fountains,etc. is authorized by a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(NPDES) five percent or more iv) Courtyards located over parking podiums shall be designed to avoid the permit.Since 1990,the City of Huntington Beach has been required to:1)develop (6) Impervious surface of 2,500 square feet or more located within,directly sensation of forcedpodium hardscape throughthe use of ample landscaping implement a stormwater management program designed to prevent harmful adjacent to(within 200 feet),or discharging directlyto receivingwaters iape P P B pollutants from being washed by stormwater runoff,into the storm drain system,and I ) B and enriched paving with planters. within Environmentally Sensitive Areas 2)obtain a NPDES permit. The City's NPDES Permit requires new development v) Private yard spaces may include edge walls or fences,provided that their and significant redevelopment to minimize short and long-term impacts on receiving (7) Parking Lots 5,000 square feet of more,or with 15 parking spaces or inclusion does not violate Building Orientation or Private Frontage Treatment water quality to the maximum extent practicable. more,potentially exposed to urban stormwater runoff requirements. The City's General Plan and Local Coastal Program also include development goals (8) Gas Station modification(Underground storage tank,fuel islands,canopy 2) Private Yard and policies that include stormwater management;including landscaping policies replacement of installations) i) A side yard or rear yard(excluding required setback areas)which is accessed and requirements,open space goals and policies,preservation or integration with New/raw land(previouslyunderdeveloped) by secondary unit entrance(s). natural features,and water conservation policies. (9) that includes 5,000 or more square feet of pervious surface. 0 ii) The primary access to a Private Yard shall be from the dwelling(s)served. 1) Definition (10)All Significant Redevelopment projects,where Significant Redevelopment in) The minimum dimensions for a Private Yard in any single direction shall be Stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) are methods minimizing the is defined as the addition of 5,000 or more square feet of impervious surface eight(8)feet. effect of urbanization on site hydrology,urban runoff flow rates,or velocities,and on an already developed site. Significant Redevelopment includes,but is iv) Landscaping consists primarily of planted areas including water efficient pollutant loads. not limited to: plantings of,lawns,trees,plants in pots,etc.and may be combined with a Porch. 2) Regulation (a) Expansion of a building footprint li v) Private yard spaces may include edge walls or fences,provided that their i) As outlined in Section 2.6.7,new developments and significant redevelopments (b) Addition of a building and/or structure inclusion does not violate Building Orientation or Private Frontage Treatment are required to incorporate a minimum level of stormwater management Best (c) Addition of an impervious surface,such as construction of a new F it requirements. Management Practices (BMPs) that will allow for the implementation of parking lot that is not part of a routine maintenance activity. innovative,effective,cost effective,multi-beneficial BMPs. (d) Replacement of impervious surfaces,building and/or structures when ii) Stormwater management facilities shall be designed as one of the Stormwater 5,000 or more square feet of soul is exposed during replacement i) A patio,porch,terrace,or other platform extending from or adjacent to a BMP Types defined in section 2.6.7 Stormwater BMP Types and illustrated in construction. Replacement does not include routine maintenance building at the ground floor which is accessed by secondary unit entrance(s). Fig.2.6.7 Stormwater Management Types. activities, trenching and resurfacing associated with utility work, wa ii) The primary access to a Patio/Terrace shall be from the dwelling(s)served. iii) Priority Projects shall include Source Control and Treatment Control BMPs. resurfacing and reconfiguring the surface of parking lots(unless 5,000 p or more square feet of impervious is added to the existing parking U iii) The minimum dimensions for a Patio/Terrace in any single direction shall be iv) Priority Projects shall include Site Design BMPs where applicable and feasible. lot area)or reconfiguration of pedestrian ramps and replacement of z eight(8)feet. v) Non-Priority Projects shall include Source Control BMPs. damaged pavement. a 4) Rooftop Deck or Garden vi) Non-Priority Projects shall include Site Design BMPs where applicable and p feasible. 4 i) A private or privately shared deck or yard on the roof of a building. D vii)Non-Priority projects are encouraged to include Treatement Control BMPs w ii) The minimum dimensions for a Rooftop Deck or Garden in any single direction Ca shall be eight(8)feet. Refer to www.ocwatersheds.com1stormwaterprogratu for further information .r about Source Control BMPs,Site Design BMPs and Treatment Control BMPs i-r iii) Gardens and green roofs are encouraged to help minimize heat sinks and to pre- O 0 59 and retains it between storms. Excess water held in the system is slowly paving and into the ground. Types of paving include pervious asphalt, released at pre-development rates. pervious concrete,and permeable unit pavers. ii) Waterscape 2.6.7 Stormwater BMP Types d) Transportation&Filtration (1) An open and sculpted pool, fountain or other permanent civic water Stormwater management facilities shall be designed as one of the following feature that can capture stormwater and retain it between storms. Excess i) Green Roof Stormwater BMP Types. Additional information on the design,construction,and water captured by the system during storms can be stored for reuse or A roof of a building that is partially or completely covered with vegetation and soil. functionality of stormwater management facilities can be found in the California slowly released at pre-development rates. The soil reduces run-off rates and the vegetation reduces runoff volume. The roof Stormwater BMP(Best Management Practices)Handbook. includes a waterproofing membrane and may also include additional layers such as (2) Water stored in the system can be used for irrigation or treated for other a root barrier and drainage and irrigation systems. 1) Source Control BMPs potable water uses. ii) Vegetated Swale/Strip Minimize or prevent potential pollutants from contacting rainwater or stormwater iii) Rainwater Harvesting/Retention Vault (1) A vegetated channel designed and maintained to transport shallow depths runoff or to prevent discharge of contaminated runoff to the storm drain system or (1) A structure with a permanent pool of water that captures stormwater and of runoff slowly over vegetation. In most soils,a bio swale also allows receiving waters, retains it between storms.Water held in the system can be stored for reuse stormwater infiltration. or slowly released at pre-development rates. a) Routine Non-Structural BMPs This management type is useful when there is insufficient space on the site to Prevent pollution by educating the public on proper disposal of hazardous or toxic infiltrate the runoff or build a surface facility. •nio Swale or ...4.. \ wastes, regulatory approaches, street sweeping and facility maintenance, and Water captured in underground vaults can be used for irrigation oror treated for other _ ' *Rain Garden detection and elimination of illicit connections and illegal dumping. potable water uses. •stormdrain goner, •Underground mlet,&pipe b) Routine Structural BMPS b) Detention Vault Prevent potential pollutants from contacting rainwater or stormwater runoff or to i) Detention Basin/Pond ot prevent discharge of contaminated runoff to the storm drain system or receiving (1) An open system that captures stormwater temporarily. Water held in the waters. Reduce the creation or severity of potential pollutant sources or to reduce system is slowly released at pre-development rates. Permanent pools of •Permeable/Pervious the alteration of the project site's natural flow regime. water are not held between storm events •Waterscape 1/1Paving 2) Site Design BMPs ii) Rainwater Harvesting/Detention Vault •Landscaped IUF Open Space (I) A structure that captures •Landscaped Setback Create a hydrologically functional project design that attempts to mimic the natural stormwater temporarily.Water held in the system •Retention n Arca hydrologic regime. is slowly released at pre-development rates.Permanent pools of water are Pond not held between storm events •Green •Landscaped Tree Well or a) Landscaped Setback Areas&Open Spaces This management type is useful when there is insufficient space on the site to Roof Val-fed Tree Well •. g 2.6:7 Storm Water Manag nt Coordinate the site design and landscaping of Front Yard,Side Yard,or Rear infiltrate the runoff or build a surface facility. t Yard setback areas and Public or Private Open Spaces to function as part of the Water captured in underground vaults can be used for irrigation or treated for other Stormwater"treatment train"that reduces run-off rates,volumes,quality as much as potable water uses. possible(see section 2.6.4 and 2.6.5 for open space types and 2.6.8 for Open Space Landscaping) C) In,filtration i) Rain Garden c 3), Treatntent Control BMPs (I) A vegetated depression designed and maintained to receive runoff from URemove pollutants from stormwater runoff prior to discharge to the storm drain adjacent impervious areas and slowly infiltrate the water into the ground. system or receiving waters. ii) Landscaped i Stormwater management Facilities include,but are not limited to,the following Tree Well rr a types: (I) A landscaped area which can accommodate a tree in an otherwise paved O area. The landscaped area is constructed to absorb stormwater as soil w infiltration rates permit. w a) Retention iii) Grated Tree Well A i) Retention Basin/Pond `" (1) An open system with a permanent pool of water that captures stormwater (1) A hole that is covered by a grate which can accommodate a tree in an otherwise paved area used. The hole is constructed to absorb stormwater C as soil infiltration rates permit. 0 iv) Permeable/Pervious Paving ___(1) Paving materials that allow some stormwater to infiltrate through the 2.6.8 Open Space Landscaping 4) Walls and Fences d) Seating Walls When designing seat walls with straight edges of more than six(6)feet in length, 1) Public Spaces a) Decorative Frontage Walls and Fences use detailing to prevent damage from skateboarding. i) Public spaces should provide a variety of seating options,areas of sun and i) Fences along front yards and along side yards lining public sidewalks should shade for year-round climatic comfort,shelter,and night lighting to encourage employ a combination of thick and thin structural elements with thicker ele- e) Materials and Colors public activity and ensure safety. ments for supports and/or panel divisions. Fence posts and/or support columns i) All fences and walls should be built with attractive,durable materials that are ii) Public spaces should be visible from public streets and sidewalks. should be defined using additional trim,caps,finials,and/or moldings. compatible with the character of the locality(see Section—2.8 Architecture ii) All walls should have a cap and base treatment. Regulations). iii) Frontage walls may occur as garden walls,planter walls,seat walls,or low ii) Appropriate fence materials include,masonry,and metal. i) The grading of all paved areas and adjacent non-paved areas,the selection of retaining walls. paving materials,and the design of drainage facilities should maximize paving (1) Wood picket fences are only recommended along residential streets. For permeability and be configured to allow water run-off to percolate back into iv) Entrances and pedestrian"gateways"should be announced by posts or pilasters, wood picket fences,a paint finish or vinyl coating should be applied. native soil as much as possible. and may be combined with trellises,special landscaping,decorative lighting, Along other streets wood should not be used. public art or other special features. ii) Paved areas should incorporate best management practices to control stormwater (2) For iron or metal fences,recommended materials include wrought iron, as outlined in the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System(NPDES) v) Chain link fencing barbed wire,razor-wire,and corrugated metal fencing shall cast iron,welded steel,tubular steel,anodized aluminum or aluminum. Guidelines—for more information refer to h //e a. / not be permitted �� P 8ov/n es� Metal fences should be mounted on a low masonry wall,and/or between 3); Planted Areas b) Screening/Wing Walls and Fences masonry piers. i) Side yards-defined as the portion of side setback areas behind the front setback iii) Appropriate wall materials include stone,brick,precast concrete,textured a) Plant Materials area-and rear yards may contain landscape features that protect the privacy of concrete block,or formed concrete with reveals. A stucco finish may be used the property's occupants such as landscaping,trees and screening/wing walls. over a masonry core. i) Plant materials should always be incorporated into new development site m design. Screening/wing walls may not exceed a height of six(6)feet,and must be (1) Exposed block walls should be constructed with a combination of varied i-Z constructed of materials that are compatible with the architecture and character P height block courses and/or varied block face colors and textures(e.g.a ,p ii) Mature,existing trees should be preserved whenever possible. of the site.Natural colors,a cap or top articulation,and related dimensional post !,,. combination of split-face and precision-face blocks).Plain gray precision- iii) Tree sizes should be suitable to the proximity to utility lines and the planting spacing increments should be used at screening fences to enhance compatibility. face concrete block walls are not recommended. Design treatments and e, areas provided. ii) Design elements should be used to break up long expanses of uninterrupted finishes previously described should be applied to these walls for improved ., iv) The use of C.U.Structural Soil as the sub-surface construction element for walls,both horizontally and vertically.Walls should include design elements visual compatibility with building architecture. 'W street trees within paved areas,planter islands and medians is required. such as textured concrete block, interlocking "diamond" blocks, formed s'U concrete with reveals,or similar materials.Landscape materials should also be iv) Piers and posts should be constructed of the same or a compatible material as y v) Plant and landscape materials should be selected from native species as wellbuilding(s).the principal � used to provide surface relief. 8(s) as non-native/non-invasive species that are well adapted to the local climatic conditions.They should be resistant to local parasites and plant diseases.Turf iii) Electric boxes and trees should not be placed nest to walls. These can be used i is highly discouraged. to climb over the wall quickly and unnoticed 0 • vi) In general,deciduous trees with open branching structures are recommended in IV shopping areas to ensure visibility of shopfronts. More substantial shade trees e) Security Fences are recommended in front of private residences. Tree selection shall be made i) Use of security fences should be minimized,and limited to special locations based upon the volume of root space provided and the size of the root flair at where additional security is necessary,such as adjacent to the railroad tracks. maturity. Such security fences should not exceed eight(8)feet in height. vii)Evergreen shrubs and trees should be used for screening along rear property ii) Security fences should be designed to maintain a visually open character to c lines,around trash/recycling areas and mechanical equipment,and to obscure the extent possible.This may be accomplished by using metal picket or open 0 grillwork and fencing associated with subsurface parking garages. However, grille fencing or by mounting metal picket or open grille fencing on top of a U screening should also be designed to maintain clear views of crossing streets low masonry wall. z and sidewalks for safety. m 1 iii) Screening and security walls and fences shall not be located such that they a I separate adjacent Front Yards. p b) Stormwater Management iv) KNOX®Fire Department Access Key Box shall be provided.Main secured icl All landscaped areas including those constricted as part of street or sidewalk building entry shall utilize a KNOX® Fire Department Access Key Box, w improvements should be designed to allow aquifer filtration and ntinitnizc A installed and in compliance with City Specification#403,Fire Access for j stormwater run-off utilizing Stormwater Management BMP Types see section 2.6.7. Pedestrian or Vehicular Security Gates&Buildings W 0 p 1 Ga 61 5) Lighting d) Luminaire Types 6) Other Site Furnishings a) Design I) New area lighting fixtures shall be of the cutoff type to prevent light from being a) Selection and Design emitted above a horizontal line relative to the point of light source. i) Street light furnishing installed as part of the Public Frontage treatment ii) New fixtures should use a reflector and/or a refractor system for efficient I) Public gathering places and other publicly accessible areas should be detailed requirements shall be as specified by the Public Works Director/Designee. distribution of light and reduction of glare. with decorative,pedestrian-scaled site furnishings and equipment. ii) Lighting fixtures should generally be directed downward from the horizontal iii) New fixtures should not cause glare or transmit it to upper stories of buildings. ii) Seating, freestanding planters, ornamental trash and recycling receptacles, plane of the light source to preserve a dark sky and prevent unnecessary light House-side shields and internal reflector caps should be used to block light bike racks, drinking fountains,pergolas,trellises,heaters,umbrellas, wind pollution.Exceptions may be made for uplit trees and architectural lighting. from illuminating residential windows. screening,and decorative bollards are recommended. iii) Pedestrian-oriented areas,including walkways and paths,plazas,parking lots, iv) Small decorative"glow"elements within a luminaire are permitted to emit a iii) Landscape structures and sculptural objects should reference the human scale and parking structures shall be illuminated to increase safety and provide clear low amount of light above the horizontal. in their overall massing and detailing. views both to and within the site. iv) All on-site and building-mounted lighting fixture design should be architecturally e) Uplighting b) Materials and Colors compatible with building design and with the character of the corridor. i) Components should be made of durable highqualitymaterials such as painted i) Building facade uplighting,roof`wash"lighting,and landscape uplighting po v) Unnecessary glare from unshielded or undiffused light sources should be should be operated on timers that turn off illumination entirely after midnight fabricated steel,painted cast iron,painted cast aluminum,and integrally colored avoided.Commercial buildings and landscaping can be illuminated indirectly nightly. precast concrete. by concealing light features within buildings and landscaping to highlight ii) Shielding and careful placement should be used to prevent spill light from being (1) Bollards should be cast iron,cast aluminum,cast anodized aluminum,and attractive features and avoid intrusion into neighboring properties. visible to pedestrians,motorists,and nearby residential dwelling windows. precast concrete. vi) Lighting and planting plans for Public and Private Frontage areas should be iii) Adjacent to single family homes,a combination of lower mounting height and (2) Recycled materials should be used so long as the finish or look of the visually and aesthetically coordinated. luminaire shields should be used to protect residences from spill-light and glare. material is consistent with or similar to the finishes prescribed above. b) Height iv) Illumination levels of facade uplighting,roof wash lighting and landscape ii) Colors and finishes of mechanical enclosures and equipment should be uplighting should use lower brightness levels where the illuminated facades, coordinated with colors and finishes of streetlights,fencing and other painted i) For building-mounted lights, maximum mounting height should be roofs or landscaping face residential buildings,except across wider streets or metal surfaces to be used on site,or with the associated building's material and • approximately twelve(12)feet above finished grade. boulevards with landscaped medians and street trees. color scheme. ii) For pole-mounted lighting at pedestrian plazas,walkways,and entry areas,a iii) Masonry surfaces should be treated with an anti-graffiti coating. pedestrian-height fixture ten to fourteen(10 to 14)feet in height from grade to light source should be used. iv) Metal surfaces should be powdercoated or painted with Waterborne Acrylic (1) Taller, grand-scale lighting may be used to accent gateways or as Polyurethane. supplementary lighting. v) For powdercoated finishes,a chemically compatible ultraviolet protectant clear coating is recommended to prevent color fading. iii) Bollard mounted lighting and stair lighting are also recommended for low-level et illumination of walkways and landscaped areas. 7) Utility and Service Area Sitting and Screening iv) Bollard illumination should be shielded or kept at a sufficiently low level to i) For safety, screening devices shall be designed to maintain visibility of prevent glare impacts for passing motorists. movement behind the screen. v) In general,height of light sources should be kept low to maintain pedestrian ii) Utility, Trash, Recycling, Food Waste and Service Equipment, including scale and prevent spill light from impacting adjacent properties. satellite receiving dishes,transformers,and backflow devices,shall be enclosed or screened from view by landscaping,fencing or other architectural means. 0 c) Material and Color Backflow devices shall be built to the City's latest standards U i) Color and finish of lighting metalwork should match that of other site iii) Trash facilities and recycling containers must always be within structural Z furnishings,and/or of the building's metalwork or trim work. enclosures. x ii) For powdercoated finishes,a chemically compatible ultraviolet protectant clear iv) Rooftop equipment must be set back a minimum of ten(10)feet from building G coating is recommended to prevent color fading. walls,screened on all sides,and integrated into the overall building design. r`tt iii) Color of lighting source types: in pedestrian-intensive areas,warm white, • wr energy efficient source types(with color temperatures specified as 2700 degrees C] Kelvin to 3200 degrees Kelvin) such as metal halide, induction lighting, 1—i compact fluorescent,and light-emitting diode(LED)are strongly encouraged. .. 0 0 02 62 2.6.9 Setback Area Landscaping v) Oceanside Imagery. At least half of the trees and shrubs should incorporate " iii plant material featuring palm fronds or other forms associated with proximity III ¢. e Setback areas shall be landscaped in accordance with the following regulations. to the beach. - ■ i Rill ,, vi) Screen Walls. Screen walls and fences should be visually appealing and well ii i��l) Perimeter Block Setback Areas tea crafted extensions of the architecture of the development.The overall height of - The following setback area treatments are permitted or required as specified for decorative walls or fences shall not exceed eight(8)feet,and must conform to wa r9 each Corridor Center and Segment in Section 2.1-Development Standards for standards and guidelines in section 2.6.8-item 4)-Walls&Fences. a- r MI front and side yard setback areas located between buildings and public streets other l Ai la than alleys. The disposition of the front setback zone is further illustrated and 0) Boulevard Landscaping `�r �� �' addressed in Section 2.4.3-Private Frontage Types. i ma i) Coordinated Fivntage. The treatment of the public frontage and private Ni ', frontage should be coordinated to provide a cohesive and unified landscape -? -- ii • iii a) Sidewalk Extension �< �J'INN treatment. 1s m i) Where minimum sidewalk widths established in Public Frontage Types ii) Visual Accent to Boulevard-Oriented Development. Landscaping or a �e!a 'p mu t standards result in the extension of the sidewalk width on to private property, ii 11 Ma combination of landscaping and decorative low walls or metal rail fencing 'Vet such sidewalk extensions must be at the same grade and provide no obstructions, should provide visual accent softening effect between the sidewalk and i edges or barriers to access between portions of the public and private property, s, ��1 A°• buildings,but should not be so dense as to obscure visibility of buildings and c �a a Public Access Easement shall be provided for the sidewalk extension and ! �a e entrances from the primary thoroughfare. ¢' i=� must be granted to the City. i iii) Complete coverage of Setback Zone. Living groundcover or decorative paving o ii) Construction staging should be organized to allow the construction of the entire / Rl • materials,accented by trees and shrubs must cover all setback areas other f F os ... sidewalk(within and outside of the public right-of-way)at the same time. - \ o ;iouaa than those covered by the public sidewalk,walkways connecting to building �__ auas lemma iii) Paving material and design should be the same as or sufficiently similar to the entrances, or permitted access ways (pedestrian or vehicular) to parking \ . mosts o portion within the public right-of-way to create the effect of a single pedestrian facilities. Landscaping should include a minimum average of one(1)tree that dr/ IIII��� walkway. reaches at least twenty-five(25)feet in canopy height at maturity,for every t • ;2 forty(40)feet of linear frontage. Palms should be placed in the foreground to ? a • ��• ����'���� iv) No trees are required in the setback zone(other than those back-of-curb,as ar ws un facilitate the beach image and increase visibility and canopy trees should be ••; i t•a a a specified in Public Frontage requirements). Those tress within the Public I ■.�.� 0 tea ROW mayrequire Sub Surface Construction to facilitate places in the background or side yards to frame buildings and provide screening. uw� 1�a i t,9 hardscape damage °t and minimize Approval required by Planning and Building Director/Designee. r ., `!_� iv) Limited number of species in regular pattern.Within a single development, / r Ib) Parkway Landscaping trees and shrubs should be a single or at most two species,with one preferablythe same as that used in the public median. Trees and shrubs should be planted �'f'�' i) Coordinated Frontage.The treatment of the public frontage and private frontage in regular or formal patterns or equally spaced clusters to emphasize the civic should be coordinated to provide a cohesive and unified landscape treatment. character of the boulevard. 4 That is,the sidewalk should run between parkway strip landscaping(a portion >; I = Si of the Public Frontage),and setback area landscaping(all or primarily within v) Oceanside Imagery. At least half of the trees and shrubs should incorporate �I the Private Frontage area)that are easily identifiable as a single,cohesive plant material featuring palm fronds or other forms associated with proximity I, ?:�a y- a design(Public easements may be required). to the beach. tv, ism - I ii) Screening. Landscaping or a combination of landscaping and decorative walls vi) Screen Walls. Screen walls and fences should be visually appealing and well �E Arid IMO •- or fences should provide substantial screening of buildings and interior spaces crafted extensions of the architecture of the development.The overall height of from view from(and of)the main thoroughfare. decorative walls or fences shall not exceed three(3)feet,and must conform to standards and guidelines in section 2.6.8-item 4)-Walls&Fences. w iii) Green landscape. Living groundcover,trees and shrubs must cover all setback C areas other than those covered by the public sidewalk,pedestrian walkways r�armed. co) connecting to building entrances,or permitted access ways(pedestrian and/ -a t•-• or vehicular)to parking facilities.Notwithstanding the presence of decorative w screening walls,landscaping should include a minimum average of three(3) i , X a. trees that reach at least twenty-five(25)feet in canopy height at maturity, ' O for ev44 'a ery thirty(30)feet of linear frontage-the trees may be distributed v ; irregularly over the frontage area. Sub Surface Construction may be required - I- 1alto accommodate root growth. Cl Multiple species in naturalistic pattern.Trees and shrubs of varied species and '1 "= heights should be planted in informal clusters and naturalistic patterns,evoking W a park-like setting when viewed from the primary thoroughfare. Fig.2.6.9- Fig.2.6.9- 0 Parkway Boulevard Oa 63 d) Neighborhood Street Landscaping 2) Interior Block Setback Areas i) Visual Continuity along Blockfront. Setback areas along a development should Setback Areas located between properties,i.e.all rear setback areas,for side setback provide a visually coherent and continuous green landscape design. Adjacent areas not located between buildings and public streets,as well as for setback areas developments should strive to create strong visual relationships for an entire along mid-block alleys and that are not covered by pedestrian or vehicular passages/ block frontage. breezeways,or parking lots(see section 2.7.3 for parking lot landscaping)shall be ii) Green Setback Area. Living groundcover accented by trees and shrubs must landscaped as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1— cover all setback areas other than those covered by the public sidewalk, Development Standards,in accordance with the following standards. walkways connecting to building entrances, or permitted access ways (pedestrian or vehicular)to parking facilities. Lawns are discouraged due to a) Groundcover their high water requirement. Landscaping should include a minimum average i) Cover side and rear yard areas with landscaping,pervious surfaces consisting of one(I)deciduous or broadleaf evergreen tree that reaches at least twenty-five of; (25)feet in canopy height at maturity,for every residential unit enfronting the sidewalk,or for every thirty(30)feet of linear frontage,whichever is greater. (I) Living groundcover or other pervious surfaces such as decomposed iii) Screen Walls. Screen walls and fences should be visually appealing and well Byre,mulch rocks,and boulders accented by shrubs crafted extensions of the architecture of the development Front yard fences along residential projects should be positioned just inside of the planted area, b) Moderate Screening leaving a portion of setback area landscaping between fence and sidewalk.The i) Provide light visual separation along property lines consisting of: overall height of decorative walls or fences shall not exceed three(3)feet,and must conform to standards and guidelines in section 2.6.8—item 4)-Walls& (1) Landscaping that screens parking/service areas and blank side and rear Fences. building facades. (2) Landscaping that maintains views to building entrances and signage (3) One(1)tree per thirty(30)linear feet of property line(excluding curb cuts)spaced regularly along the applicable property line (4) One(I)shrub per five(5)linear feet of frontage(excluding curb cuts) (5) Living groundcover or other pervious surfaces such as decomposed granite,mulch,rocks,and boulders accented by shrubs e) Heavy Screening i) Provide heavy visual separation along property lines of Retail Anchor, Entertainment/Recreation,Commercial Services,Commercial Goods,and Vehicle Sales uses consisting of: (1) Landscaping that screens parking/service areas and blank side and rear building facades (2) One(1)small tree or palm per twenty(20)linear feet of property line (excluding curb cuts)spaced regularly along the applicable property line w (3) Solid screening at least six(6)feet high utilizing:hedges,screening walls 0 or fences F' (4) Livingperviousdecomposed groundcover or other surfaces such as decom granite,mulch,rocks,and boulders accented by shrubs a. O a j w r-i 0 0 64 intentionally left blank • O U z z 0 A O oa 65 2.7 PARKING REGULATIONS 2.7.2 Parking Types A property's permitted parking types are determined by Corridor Center or Segment This section contains standards and guidelines to ensure that parking throughout the For all parking types,parking shall be connected with the street by a driveway(as Plan Area is convenient and accessible,accommodates all land uses,and reinforces stated under Access in Section 2.7.3). the desired character of each Corridor Center and Segment. For detached single-family homes,only garages,car ports,and driveways shall be 2.7.1 Provision of Parking permitted. I) Regulation 1) Surface Parking Lot-Front A parking lot that is located between a building and the street. i) The minimum and maximum number of parking spaces to be provided by all net new development shall be as specified for each Corridor Center and 2) Surface Parking Lot-Side Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards. A parking lot that is located in part or entirely along the side of a building,in a side ii) The maximum number of parking spaces permitted only applies to parking yard,and fully or partially extends toward,but does not intrude into,the front yard spaces that are provided in surface parking lots. setback area. iii) Net new on-street parking spaces provided along new streets (see section 2.5.1—Provision of New Streets)or service lanes may be counted toward the 3) Surface Parking Lot-Rear minimum parking requirement for commercial development on that property. A parking lot where a building(s)is located between the parking lot and the street. A • iv) Minimum parking requirements may be reduced in developments where it rear parking lot does not extend beyond the rear wall of the primary building into any can be demonstrated that shared parking facilities will meet parking demand side yard setback and,except where driveway access is provided. Rear parking lots without providing separate facilities for each use. should be screened from the street. (I) Mixed use developments are eligible to be considered for reductions in the minimum parking requirements. 4) Surface Parking Lot-Exposed (2) Mixed use projects will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis by the A parking lot that is located fully or partially behind a building facing a front street and is exposed to a street on 2 or more sides. Planning and Building Director/Designee. v) For physically constrained properties: 5) Parking Structure-Exposed (1) The number of Parking spaces required may be reduced by the amount An above-ground parking structure that is fully or partially exposed to the street on the t9 of Public Open Space provided for the development over and above ground level. the required minimum at 200 square feet per space with a maximum reduction for non-residential development of ten(10)parking spaces and 6) Parking Structure—Wrapped:Ground Level 0 t' a maximum reduction for residential development of five(5)parking A partially submerged or above-ground parking structure where non-parking uses N ' spaces. Applications to provide Public Open Space in lieu of parking are integrated into the ground level of the building along the parcel's entire street spaces on site will be reviewed by the Planning and Building Director. frontage(s). The parking structure may be exposed to the street on upper levels. 7) Parking Structure—Wrapped:All Levels OA partially submerged or above-ground parking structure where non-parking uses are integrated into the building along the parcel's entire street frontage(s)on all levels of t the building. The parking structure is totally hidden behind non-parking uses. d8) Parking Structure—Partially Submerged Podium A parking structure built below the main building and partially submerged underground > where above ground portions of the structure are exposed to the street. w (=t The parking podium may project above the sidewalk or average finished grade by a .741maximum of five(5)feet. r 9) Parking Structure—Underground 0 0 A parking structure that is fully submerged underground and is not visible from the 02 street. 66 • � i•♦:i :. ��s �% ma i � c. �d*�.• 7i • • ' 4.4•44. „ • •• . • O•i.� ♦ 00 :--›-- • �♦4.i ♦i 9♦4ce ••� �♦. � iiB • ♦� s ♦♦♦♦F44.♦ N f• • ♦.... .♦ Nov..o � 0 ' 1)surface Parking lot Front <4% <e> .:•:. 7)Parking Structure-Wrapped:All Level . 4)surface Parking lot-Exposed d v�i B`i� 9 I 4.• Oi♦i • • ♦ • i9 . ♦♦4♦.i:== F�♦.ii 4 •.4. Sall , e♦ 4b ):♦ :♦ / i p e a♦ ptlir♦6+•♦♦♦ 4Rgatln 2)surface Parking lot-Side l (-4 5)Parking Structure-Exposed 8)Parking Structure-Wrapped:All Level - \ A Ord"�.y O c^o`A P9sr 6`/ O se.';.,'pc0, \ 'Q'<O'er 4rl '79 F s♦ii. 0 ' ♦.♦ ♦♦••�� �tl > �F 0. 'r�DF♦i♦i♦i / sOi.�.♦ �Str4 A 41 3)surface Parking lot Rear 6)Parking Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level 9)Parking Structure Underground go 67 2.7.3 General Parking Requirements a) Location Parking Structures shall be located and designed to minimize their impact on public streets and public spaces. 1) cress Parking lots shall be setback a minimum of five feet from the back-of-sidewalk along streets. 4) Parking Stall Design and Striping Detail a) Location b) LandscapingSee the City of Huntington Beach Zoning Ordinance,Chapter 231 Off-street Parking and Loading Provisions for parking stall design and striping details. i) Access to parking facilities and loading areas shall be provided from alleys or i) Parking lots shall be buffered from adjacent development with moderate adjacent parking lots wherever possible. screening(see section 2.6.8). 2.7.4 Parking Guidelines ii) If alleys are not available,access to parking facilities and loading areas shall ii) In order to provide shade and add trees to the City,continuous rows of parking be provided from local streets wherever side streets are available. When a lot stalls shall be subdivided by trees planted at a minimum spacing of one tree abuts an arterial highway and a local street,access to on-site parking shall be from the local street. every five spaces. iii) If neither alleys,adjacent parking lots,nor local streets are available,access (1) Trees shall be located between the sides of angled or perpendicular parking to parking facilities and loading as approved by the Public Works Director/ stalls.Trees planted between two abutting head-to-head parking stalls do Designee. not satisfy the requirement. It should be anticipated that extensive Sub- Surface Construction will be required to provide adequate root space to b) Curb Cuts&Driveways allow trees to grow without hardscape damage for an extended period of time. In addition,the Sub-Surface Construction could provide additional i) Along all streets,the maximum number of curb cuts associated with a single WQMP solutions. building must be one(1)two-lane curb cut or two(2)one-lane curb cuts. ii) The maximum width of driveways/curb cuts is twelve(12)feet for a one-lane (2) Trees shall be planted in curbed landscape islands or in flush tree wells and twenty-four(24)feet for a two-lane driveway. with tree guards. iii) The total width of parking access openings on the ground level of structured iii) Wheel stops or curbing shall be used adjacent to tree wells and planter areas to parking may not exceed thirty(30)feet. protect landscaping from car overhangs. Fiv) Driveways shall be set back a minimum of five feet from adjoining properties, c) Pedestrian Circulation and a minimum of three feet from adjacent buildings. i) Parking lots shall be designed with convenient,safe,and efficient pedestrian 1 C) Fire Access circulation routes to buildings main building entrances and sidewalks. These i) All development applications shall clearly identify fire access routes subject routes shall be designed to include sidewalks and walkways with a minimum five foot width. to Fire Department Review. Note: Developers must reference Huntington Beach Fire Department City Spec cation #401 (Minimum Standards for d) Lighting Fire Apparatus Access)and City Specation#415(Fire Lanes Signage and Markings on Private,Residential,Commercial and Industrial Properties)for i) Parking lots shall be illuminated to increase safety and provide clear views both Fire Access Road requirements. to and within the site.Lighting and planting plans shall be coordinated to avoid light pole and tree conflicts. 2) Parking Lots 3) Parking Structures w 0 F z w a. a - a w w act 68 i) The Police and Fire Department emergency radios may not be able to receive or transmit in the subterranean garage. Effective 800 MHz radio antenna should i) Exterior driveway surfaces should be paved with non-slip,attractive surfaces be installed so that emergency personnel can receive/transmit in the parking such as interlocking unit pavers or scored and colored concrete. structure. ii) Residential parking should be secure and separate from the commercial uses. ii) Lights should be located directly between parking stalls of in the center of iii) Driveways should utilize pavement treatments that help motorists and parking structure aisles. Most crime in parking structures occurs between the pedestrians identify the driveway parking vehicles. -_- _, .,, iii) The interior of parking structures should be painted light colors such as white to 2) Parking LOPS reflect light and add up to 20%more light to interior of the structure. - i) Trees in parking areas should be large and have a high-branching,broad-headed iv) Surveillance cameras should be place at the entrance and exit of the parking form to create maximum shade. structure as well as the interior areas. Specifically,elevator waiting areas and ii) Curbed planting areas should be provided at the end of each parking aisle to stairwells should be covered.Cameras should be 24/7 recorded with clear signs protect parked vehicles from turning movements of other vehicles. posting this. iii) Landscaping in parking lot interiors and at entries should not obstruct a driver's v) Surveillance cameras should be installed in parking areas and record 24 hours, clear sight lines to oncoming traffic. seven days a week. Cameras should cover as much area as possible. iv) The main pedestrian route from a parking lot to a building entrance should () Pedestrian Circulation be easily recognizable, accessible, and demarcated by special paving or landscaping,such as a shaded promenade,trellis,or ornamental planting. i) Parking Structure stairwells should be designed to allow pedestrians to be seen in the stairwell from outside of the structure and pedestrians to see out. i) Parking structures should be design to use as much natural light as possible. . 2.8 ARCHITECTURE REGULATIONS • z o i) Parking lots should utilize permeable paving systems and bio-filtration swales wherever possible unless not allowed due to Fire Department restrictions or inappropriate due to soil conditions. ii) The size of surface parking lots should be minimized to reduce surface water runoff and minimize heat island effects. iii) Rooftop Gardens or other rainwater capture and recycling systems are , encouraged on flat sections of parking structure roofs in order to facilitate C storm-water management,as well as add visual interest to the structure. 5) Security ' w c O U z z w w O IL w 69 Architecture Regulations are set torch to ensure that new and renovated buildings in •s conceptua y,eptcte, m ,e accompanying•ragram,a ortzonta artic anon Requirements for Side and Rear Facades are the same as those for Street Façades the Plan Area embody architectural characteristics that maintain the desired human of street facades shall be applied within the first floor(or in the case of buildings in the following cases: scale,rhythm,and character appropriate for the Beach/Edinger corridors. above four stories,optionally within the second floor as well),to form a horizontal "base"of the facade at the building scale.A secondary lower base treatment shall be t) Where building wall to building wall clearance is more than ten(10)feet. 2.8.1 Facade Height Articulation Regulations provided at the pedestrian scale(i.e.within the height of the ground floor,relating to ii) Where a side or rear yard of greater than five feet exists and the adjacent the height of the human body).These treatments strongly define the pedestrian-scale property has no building volume providing horizontal obstruction. 1) Definition space of the street and shall be well-integrated into the overall facade composition. iii) Where the side or rear wall faces upon a public open space such as a plaza or See Section 2.8.2—Architectural Elements Regulations 3)Facade Guidelines a) courtyard. i) Façade articulation is the use of architectural elements,or features,to compose Building Base for additional guidelines outlining recommended Building Base a building's facades such that all new or renovated buildings have a well- design. formed"base"and a"top." b) Flush Treatments Permitted ii) Base:A base treatment is a horizontal articulation of the lower part of a building b) Top Element: The minimum requirement for Height Massing Elements may be satisfied by flush facade's design that serves to establish a human scale for pedestrian users and wall height massing treatments where building wall to building wall clearance is passers-by,and aesthetically"ties"a building to the ground. A substantial horizontal articulation of street facades shall be applied at the top of the more than five feet and no greater than ten(10)feet. uppermost floor of the facade,to result in a termination of the facade that provides iii) Top:A building's top or cap contributes to the distinctive skyline and overall Flush wall height massing treatments shall consist of one or more of the following an attractive facade skyline and a completion of the upper facade composition.This massing of the corridors,whether seen immediately looking up from the street "cap"shall be architecturally integrated with any sloping roof volume(if used)that elements which match vertical increments used on the street facade(s)of the below or at a distance from another part of the city. building: occurs above the eave line. iv) Street Facade:The plane of a facade that fronts upon a street,extending from i) Integral color change between increment of base and portion of wall above, the ground up to the street facade eave line(see diagram on opposite page) 4) Side and Rear Façade Height Massing Elements I and/or between increment of top element and portion of wall below. v) Side Facade:The plane of a facade that fronts upon a side yard or side property ii) Horizontal score lines matching top,bottom,and/or other lines of street facade Z line,extending from the ground up to the side wall eave line.(see diagram on a) Full Requirements horizontal articulation. p opposite page) F+ iii) Horizontal facade recess(es)matching top,bottom,and/or other lines of street vi) Rear Facade:The plane of a facade that fronts upon a rear yard,rear property facade massing elements. line,or alley,extending from the ground up to the rear wall cave line.(see diagram on opposite page) �i c) No Requirements 2) Regulation"$ No Side or Rear Façade Height Massing is required in the following case: i) Facade Height Articulation c g requirements shall be as indicated by Corridor i) Where building wall to building wall clearance is five feet or smaller. nil Centers and Segments in section 2.1—Development Standards. ii) The application of architectural elements and architectural style such as(but not 5) Facade Height Articulation Element Guidelines limited to)those outlined in Section 2.8.2—Architectural Elements Regulations The following arc examples of top element types that may be used to satisfy the gand 2.8.3—Architectural Character Guidelines are strongly recommended to required street facade height massing requirement: create well-integrated and attractive architecture. r•_ 3) Street Facade Height Articulation Str�tss aATp rii a) Base Element: T,p St, \ O i,1,,,,I� ♦ STR( sa U � .'TFA N'tiv,11 STAE l., ♦♦ ��f Of :FA w ♦s s v 'a.♦ 50EE4 �Ap pE a ♦♦ SIOE EAi 0 t ♦ " 1.4 A `♦♦` T°pT,h9 ♦♦, Tet�l r it r tio'nn nt ► l,tie nt 4t1hM O its l)9 aaS''hin Ca ak Ftited l 4 Fie9 per 70 Note: Fabric awnings are not counted towards a required height massing element. .' Non,%Im,evo„y de.,net EDDY type vs. apply Io.erd,building leas .I,B..n.n e° a) Cornice "a^ , B°ides 000 1 A Comice may be applied as the top of street facade or a building base as a built-up Ren�Rp eeO44, PF 1 material articulation that steps forward from the facade plane into the right-of-way " J or required setback. This step provides a significant opportunity for shadow lines and facbee de This to this end,a used omn of Cade cindepeendently "steps"or layers , should be used. element can be used on a facade independently or can be Ilifrn) in__ located atop a series of pilasters which are placed at regular intervals(usually to dictate bay width). . i.COMPOUND li.COMPOUND i SUSPENDED ii.BRACKET-SUPPORTED iii ROOF CANOPY b) Canopy CORNICE CORNUISSTERS CANTILEVERED CANOPY CACA'NOPFED 'CANOPY Y A Canopy element serves as an intermediate or final height massing element or`lid" A)Cornices B)Canopies at a ground floor facade,or as a street facade cap. Its purpose is to provide shade .- or cover for pedestrians or sidewalk dining and/or to establish a strong horizontal massing element and"shadowline"in the façade. It can be a continuous horizontal element,a series of repeated elements(typically above shopfront windows),or a single"feature"element occurring at a structure's main or secondary entrance. A Canopy and its related building components should be constructed of an accent I building material(such as metal,tempered glass,or roof material used elsewhere on 1 ' w building)that is compatible with the primary building material. I I .w O ilk= c) Shaped Parapet _ 1 L sea , ,a, A Shaped Parapet is the freestanding upper extension of the street facade extending SUSPENDED BRACKET-SUPPORTED BRACKET-SUPPORTED COMPOUND " w above the point where the roof intersects behind it.A Shaped Parapet provides visual cANDEI:vER LEDGE CAP CANTILEVER LEDGE CAP CANTILEVER EBB AND CAP ABOVE CG CORNICE UP completion to the top of a building facade and develops a distinct and recognizable jj,- skyline for the building.The form of a Shaped Parapet may be unrelated to the roof ,Sl S om ce L F form behind it.In many cases,the form of a shaped parapet has traditionally been • u symmetrical. Generally,Shaped Parapets and their related components should be r constructed of the primary wall cladding(such as brick,stone,or stucco)or an D°°°'"° E b°ctet, A.GREENHOUSE accent building material(such as wood or metal)that is compatible with the facade a� PENTHOUSE Cm)b<R.H FLOOR CAP ce composition. COMPOUND MANSARD CAP n�!MAN 1 Q ..STEPBA<K CAP .ii SARD CAP STEPBACK CAP WITH ENTABLATURE 00 d) Façade Offset AND CAP ABOVE ri A Facade Offset is a horizontal plane break where a portion of the facade steps back C)Shaped Parapet a sufficient distance in order to break the building into smaller volumes.Generally, a Facade Offset(recess line)applies a Cornice,Canopy,or Shaped Parapet along the edge of the offset to add visual interest and appropriately define the resulting m building volume. G U 2.8.2 Architectural Elements Regulations E. �e HHMm1 w This section contains architectural requirements and guidelines toguide the design pm.) pep°'' q andBs I law*EEF t--\, a of architectural elements used within new buildings free standing parking areas �, p in the Plan Area. The following regulations and suggestions will ensure that new ill eB� CA IN D)Facade Offset O CO 71 buildings maintain the quality and character of Huntington Beach while providing ample opportunities for creativity and choice. Requirements and guidelines regulating architectural elements are identified as they apply to a particular building type,such as Residential,and noted accordingly. 1) Facade Requirements a) Building Base See Section 2.8.1 for required Building Base regulations. There are no additional Building Base requirements. Requirements. Guidelines s 1. Facade 2. Roof 3. Sustainability I 4. Facade 5. Roofs 1 6. Color A. Building Base A. Roof Types A. Solar Access, A. Building Base A. Roof Types A. General co'' B. Facade B. Roof Materials Daylighting Passive B. Facade B. Roof Materials Guidelines N Compositions C. Roof Equipment Solar Heating& Compositions C. Roof Equipment C. Windows and Screening Cooling C. Windows and Screening w D. Main Entrances B. Materials D. Main Entrances 0 Cj E. Secondary C. Other E. Secondary zEntrances Entrances cF. Loading and Service F. Loading and Service a w Entrances Entrances w A G. Entrance Doors G. Entrance Doors H. Garage Doors H. Garage Doors 00 I. Wall Cladding I. Wall Cladding l4 72 i açades o k ii) Portionsblsetbuilding al to containing service racd doorsavisible from the public street shall be designed to include attractive and durable materials and ) `` equlYe be integrated into the architectural composition of the larger building facade i) Glazing: Wall composition for Street facades shall contain a minimum of design. Architectural treatments,materials,and colors shall be extended from iii) Mansard roofs(i.e.a flat-topped roof that slopes steeply down on all four sides, twenty(20)per cent,and a maximum of sixty(60)per cent glazing(percentage adjacent building facade areas into the facade portion containing truck doors to thus appearing to sheath the entire top story of the building)shall only be does not include parapet height).Overall wall composition for Side and Rear avoid creating a gap in architectural expression and to maintain a high-quality permitted as follows: walls does not have a minimum glazing requirement. appearance. ii) Balcony and porch walls shall not be made of a solid material and shall have a (I) The maximum slope shall be no steeper than three feet of rise for every minimum of twenty(20)transparency distributed evenly throughout the railing. g) Entrance Doors two feet of run(3:2). There are no Entrance Door requirements(see guidelines). (2) The minimum height of mansard roofs(from eave to roof peak)shall be C) Windows one typical building story height or thirty(30)per cent of the building i) Curtain-wall window walls building systems may be used in the Neighborhood h) Garage Doors facade height as measured to the eave,whichever is smaller. Boulevard Segment with the following requirements: (3) Mansard roofs shall fully enclose the perimeter of a building.Where i) Garage doom shall be recessed a minimum of twelve(12)inches from the face (1) Ground floor must be of a contrasting solid material such as stone or of the facade wall within which it is located. a break in the horizontal run of mansard roof occurs,an architectural concrete termination is required(e.g.the roof intersects into a tower). ii) For Detached singe-family homes: (2) Floor lines shall be clearly expressed on the facade. (4) Mansard roofs shall include a cornice at the cave line where the roof (1) All single-car wide garage door facades shall be set back a minimum of overhang depth is less than two feet,and an edge termination at the peak. (3) Mullions shall be used to break up glass into smaller typical window size six(6)feet behind the front wall of the primary building mass. increments to prevent unrelieved glass surfaces. (5) Mansard roofs shall have functioning or decorative dormer windows or (2) All two-car wide garage facades shall be set back a minimum of twenty ii) Where multi-pane windows are utilized, "true divided light"windows or (20)feet behind the front wall of the primary building mass. vents to add visual interest. sectional windows shall be used. "Snap-in"muntins(i.e.detachable vertical b) Roof Materials w or horizontal glass plane dividers or glass pane dividers sandwiched between I) Wag Cladding ...- layers of glass)shall not be used. There are no Roof Materials requirements(see guidelines). There are no Wall Cladding requirements(see guidelines). 7 iii) Depth of glazing: Window frames shall not be flush with walls. Glass shall [' be inset a minimum of three inches from the surface of the exterior wall to add 2) Roof Requirements c) Roof Equipment and Screening ." • r:. 4 relief to the wall surface. Window frame and sills shall not count toward this i) The following shall be completely screened from view-as seen from public recess dimension. a) RoofTypes streets and sidewalks within 300 feet of the subject property, Sa � except from points p d) Main Entrances i) Roofs on additions and accessory buildings shall match the roof of the original of view in excess of ten(10)feet above finished floor grade of the subject ' tj property: or primary building in terms of materials,slope,detailing and style,to the t i) The main pedestrian entrance shall be easily visible and recognizable,and shall degree possible.They shall contribute forms that complement and add to the (1) Roof mounted equipment such as cooling and heating equipment, ` u be architecturally treated in a manner consistent with the building style. overall character of Huntington Beach. antennae,solar panels and receiving dishes a ii) At mixed-use buildings,entrances to residential,office or other upper story (2) To reduce glare,light colored roofs(including"cool roofs") uo uses shall be clearly distinguishable in form and location from retail entrances. e4 ii) Screening shall consist of architectural enclosures that are derived from the e) Secondary Entrances building's architectural expression,such as parapet walls or other screening treatment. Picket fencing,chain-link fencing and exposed sheet metal boxes i) Secondary entries,such as side or rear building entries shall not be more are not permitted. architecturally prominent or larger than the main entrance. iii) A section drawing shall be submitted to the Planning Department to demonstrate m appropriate screening to conceal mechanical equipment through building C f) Loading and Service Entrances O design features. U i) Service entrances shall not face front streets when a side street,rear street, Z alley,or parking lot entrance location is possible. 3) Sustainability Requirements ;,- m ii) All service entrances and associated loading docks and storage areas shall Sustainable or"green"building practices shall be incorporated into all projects a be located to the side or rear of the building and shall be separated and proposing new structures and/or site improvements. The following guidelines ,4 0 architecturally screened from any pedestrian entrances. provide a broad overview of how to incorporate sustainability into building architecture. In addition to these guidelines,application of"Green Building" w techniques such as those found in(but not limited to)I)the Leadership in Energy A and Environmental Design(LEED)Green Building Rating System (http:// A www.usgbc.org)2)the National Association of Homebuilders Model Green Home W 0 0 73 i) Every property should provide trash and recycling enclosures that are capable 4) Facade Guidelines of handling the refuse generated by that site. At least half of the trash and ui s u i y use . to me seconu uour,uepenumg on me netgnt ur me ouumngy swum oe recycling area should be dedicated to recycling containers. Composting designed to read as a base that"anchors"the building(i.e.,the portion of a) Solar Access,Daylighting,Passive Solar Heating&Cooling facilities should be provided if possible. the facade above)to the ground. i) Where possible,massing and orientation of new buildings should maximize ii) Recycle and/or salvage at least 75 percent of non-hazardous construction and south-facing vertical facades. demolition debris by weight(residential)or by weight in volume(commercial). ii) At nonresidential buildings,a building base should be created by any one or combination of the following treatments: ii) Where not in conflict with the design guidelines,shading devices such as 4) Façade Guidelines (1) A horizontal projection or visible thickening of the wall surface,this may building/roof overhangs, latticework and trellises should be incorporated be accompanied by a change of material and/or color,this may be an primarily into south-facing facades and designed to balance summer cooling a) Building Base exterior version of a"wainscot." and winter heating by maximizing solar gain during the winter and minimizing solar gain during the summer. i) A base treatment should occur at both of the following scales on commercial (2) A"heavier"design treatment,such as a darker color and/or stronger,more iii) Window orientation and openingshading buildings: permanent material,for the baseportion of the façade than for the portions penin size should also work with structures S in order to balance summer cooling and winter heating by maximizing solar (1) At the scale of the pedestrian(i.e.within the ground floor portion of the above. gain during the winter and minimizing solar gain during the summer. facade),a base treatment should be created at a height between nine inches and six feet. (3) A horizontal architectural line or feature at or below the top of the first iv) Window orientation and opening size should be designed to allow interior story. Examples include a belt course or secondary cornice(related to or spaces to maximize daylighting and minimize artificial lighting.The use of repeating the pattern of an upper cornice)separating the first two floors. skylights and"light shelves" (facade-mounted horizontal surfaces beneath windows to diffuse sunlight deeply into interior spaces)is also encouraged for (4) A ground level arcade with columns may be used.Column spacing should this purpose. be regular and related to the structural bay of the building. (a v) Roof forms,shading devices,and façade cladding systems should be designed iii) At residential buildings, a building base may be created by any one or and oriented to direct airflow that facilitates natural building ventilation by combination of the following treatments: replacing warm indoor air with cooler outdoor air,especially at night. (1) A visibly thicker and continuous base portion of the wall along the ground, vi) Exterior building wall design may incorporate hollow cavities that help insulate where the wall above the base sets back. 4 the building.These hollow cavities can also be designed to direct airflow that supports natural ventilation. (2) A material and/or color change of the base wall relative to the building wall above. The base material should generally be heavier(e.g.of darker vii)Solar panels should be utilized where possible. color and/or a heavier or more permanent material)than portions of the viii)Wherever possible,comply with CEC's voluntary Tire lI energy Efficiency building above. E. standards in effect at the time the building construction begins. (3) A horizontal architectural feature at or below the top of the first story,such cl b) Materials as an intermediate cornice line or protruding horizontal band. ao i) Locally produced and recycled building materials should be used whenever iv) Parking Podiums:Where parking podiums are part of the design of a residential ei A possible. development,they should be designed as the building's base or part of the building's base,with wall textures,colors,and dimensional modules that are ii) At least 20%of construction/building materials should be non-toxic,recycled coordinated with the architecture of the residential portion of the building content materials and should be utilized whenever possible. above.Materials,detailing and design elements should be used to break up a monotonous facade. w c) Other v) Base treatments on additions and accessory buildings should be carried over Ufrom the primary building. wb) Facade Composition y i) Façade elements should be located and arranged according to the building's a architectural style and respond to its site. W (1) Buildings should be"four-sided",meaning that all facades including side A and rear facades should be considered visible(unless facing"blind"onto an adjacent party wall)and should be treated with an architectural facade composition. O (2) Distinctive building elements such as,for example,a corner tower are O encouraged to accent terminating views within the Plan Area. 74 ii) Facade Wall Composition. related to the overall facade composition.A contrasting material to the ii) Window Treatment: (I) Unifying architectural approaches should be used to lay out a window wall surface should be used. (1) Window trim: Expressed window frames and sills should be used to pattern across a facade,such as aligning windows by using common sill (8) Balconies or alcoves that are recessed into the building facade may use a enhance openings and add additional relief. They should be proportional or header lines. curb wall with open railing at top. to the glass area framed(a larger window should have wider framing (2) At attached residential dwellings,facades of attached residences within (9) Barrier railings of balconies that project from the wall surface of the members). Upper story windows and parking structure "window" the same project should be distinct and even different,but also should building should use a visually open design made of pickets or bars rather openings should be detailed with architectural elements such as projecting maintain unifying compositional elements such as a common window than solid wall panels. "lug"sills,and/or lintels. header or sill line,and/or aligned vertical centerlines of windows and (2) Window accessories such as window boxes for plants,fabric awnings, doors between upper and lower floors. (10)Ornamental wall-mounted outdoor lighting (sconces) may be used PP etc.should be considered to add visual interest,in coordination with the to accent entries,mark a sequence of repeating pilasters,or serve as a (3) Horizontal ornament such as awnings or belt courses,string courses or "centerpiece"for a facade panel. Style and material should be consistent selected architectural style.Decorative grillework is recommended for cornice lines should be carried across adjacent facades to unify various with that of the building. parking structure openings,to add detail and help"break down"the scale. building masses and convey the sense of a consistent building wall. (3) "Lug sills"(protruding window sills—see glossary)should not be formed iii) Facade Additive Elements. o) Windows of rigid foam or other substrates sprayed with stucco or other wall finish (1) Covered outdoor spaces such as arcades and galleries are encouraged to Windows should be designed to match the character and style of the building. material.They should be constructed with a permanent material such as Windows throw out a buildin fa g painted wood,painted FRP,metal,precast concrete,GFRC,terra cotta,or gh protect pedestrians from summer heat and winter rain. gs c ades should be related in deli gn,operatin type,proportions,and trim.They should be used as architectural elements that add stone. (2) Window Bay Projections are encouraged at upper stories as they create relief to the facade and wall surface. iii) Components: architectural interest and a regional architectural context.They also serve i` to increase usable internal floor space for upper story tenants. i) Window Form: (1) If horizontal or vertical aluminum sliding windows are used,assemblies with extrusions and frame members of minimum one and one-half inches "=t° (a) Window Bay Projections may be used on second and higher stories. exterior width dimension should be used, to avoid an insubstantial (1) Window openings, operating types (single-hung, casement, etc.) and C proportions of window frames and members should be designed in (b) Window Bay Projections may be considered a"primary wall material" accordance with the building's architectural style. appearance common to aluminum sliding windows. "- or an "accent wall material" and conform to the Wall Cladding iv) guidelines below. (2) At additions and accessory buildings: windows should be of the same Glazing U (3) Storefront awnings and canopies: Colored fabric mounted awnings architectural style as the main building,including opening mechanisms (1) Clear glass should be used.If tinted glazing is used,light tints and green, 'M supported by a metal structural frame are recommended.The awning formand trim. gray or blue hues should be used. C should not dominate or obscure the storefront or facade—i.e.,a straight (3) Where greater privacy is desired for ground floor restaurants or professional (2) If solar or heat control is desired,reflective glazing and/or reflective v sloping profile is recommended and a bulbous quarter-round profile is services,large storefront windows should be divided into smaller units adhesive films should not be used.Nonreflective types should be selected w strongly discouraged. Internally illuminated fabric awnings should not or panes. An"industrial sash"type of multi-pane window may be used instead. Low emissivity glass and external and internal shade devices are xC be used.For a sequence of storefronts or windows,a sequence of discrete where appropriate with the building's architectural style. other options that should be used as well. a awnings or canopies for each storefront or building bay should be used, (4) A vertical proportion of window openings(e.g.,3:2 to 2:1 height:width v) Location d rather than one continuous run-on awning.Awnings should not cover up ratio)should es typically be used. Openings may be composed of a series of (1) Windows should face onto shared courtyard areas,parking areas and/or tV intermediate piers,pilasters,or other vertical architectural features. vertically proportioned panes or frames. activity area. (4) Trellises,Marquees,and Architectural Canopies:Materials,colors,and (5) Commercial clerestory windows are a recommended feature in storefront form should be derived from the building architecture,e.g.a trellis painted glazing to provide natural light in conjunction with required height for d) Main Entrances the same color as a building's trim scheme is appropriate. shopfront. i) Main Entrances should incorporate one or more of the following treatments: w (5) Alcoves and balconies are encouraged at upper stories to create architectural (6) Upper floor windows should be smaller in size than storefront or first alinterest,a regional architectural context,and to provide outdoor spaces for (1) Marked by a taller mass above,such as a modest tower,or within a volume O floor windows,and should encompass a smaller proportion of the facade that protrudes from the rest of building surface. U upper story tenants. They also increase safety by allowing residents to surface area.Exceptions to this include large window openings are used as z passively watch their immediate neighborhood. (2) Accented by special architectural elements,such as columns,overhanging ri1 "penthouse"glazing(top Boor of a four or more story building). roofs,awnings,and ornamental light fixtures. X (7) At (6) Protrusions such as balconies and porches may be used on second and a. freestanding parking structures,long-span facade openings with height: O higher stories. Protrusions of this type should extend no greater than two (3) Indicated by a recessed entry or recessed bay in the facade.Recommended a width ratios more horizontal than 1:3 should not be used. Vertically at feet from the face of the building.Alcoves used in conjunction with these treatments include special paving materials such as ceramic tile;ornamental > proportioned window-like openings (3:2 to 2:1 ratio) are strongly w elements increases the usability of this element,while providing shadow encouraged. ceiling treatments,decorative light fixtures;and attractive decorative door A and visual interest to the facade composition. pulls,escutcheons,hinges,and other hardware. „' ' (7) Balconies and porches should be constructed of materials and proportions (4) Sheltered by a projecting canvas or fabric awning,or as a permanent W 0 C 122 75 architectural canopy utilizing materials from the primary building. Doors may be flanked by columns,decorative fixtures or other details. accordance with the selected architectural style. ii) Entrances to upper-story uses on the primary elevation should incorporate one ii) Commercial (3) Framing elements such as trellises above openings and trim around the or more of the following treatments: (1) Doors at storefronts should include windows of substantial size that permit edges of openings should be used. (1) Located in the center of the facade between storefronts, as part of a views into the establishment. iv) At live-work facades,garage or studio doors should be compatible with a symmetrical composition. residential character.Large featureless doors should be avoided.Glazed multi- (2) Doors at storefronts should match the materials,design and character of (2) Aligned with prominent facade elements of upper stories, such as an storefront windows.High quality materials such as crafted wood,stainless panel doors may also be used to impart a residential scale. expressed or embedded entrance tower. steel,bronze,and other ornamental metals are encouraged. v) At garage entrances of Parking Podiums and Freestanding Parking Structures: Vehicle entrances should be treated with architectural articulation and landscape (3) Accented by architectural elements such as clerestory windows,sidelights, iii) Residential materials,to"mark"an important and frequently used common entrance and and ornamental light fixtures,and identified by signage and/or address numbering. (1) Doors at residential mixed-use buildings should match or complement the make it easily recognizable.Treatments should include; materials,design and character of the primary building,as well as convey (1) indenting or recessing the mass of the structure or podium at the entry (4) Indicated by a recessed entrance,vestibule or lobby distinguishable from the residential character of the building. storefronts. (2) applying architectural framing to the opening (2) Doors at residential uses should incorporate high quality materials such as iii) Bollards should be installed at the entrances of large commercial or civic crafted wood,stainless steel,bronze,and other ornamental metals. (3) trellising with or without plant materials buildings to prevent a vehicle from crashing through the front doors of the iv) Security (4) ornamental door grillework, ornamental lighting and signage, etc., building. consistent with the architectural style of the building. (1) If utilized at storefront windows,doors,and loading docks,roll-up security e) Secondary Entrances doom should be detailed to conceal door housings and tracks and provide i) Wall Cladding i) Side or rear buildingentries should be visible and easyto find,but visuallyan attractive and finished appearance for all exposed components.The zI roll-up door housing should not protrude more than six(6)inches from ') General Guidelines secondary to main entrances the building facade plane. (1) Materials used should be appropriate to the architectural style and building ii) Secondary entries should be easy to find,particularly for customers or visitors type. Authentic materials and methods of construction should be used to accessing them from parking lots. (2) At live-work units,if roll-up security doors are used,they should be iii) The design of the side or rear entry should be architecturally related to the front detailed to conceal door housings and tracks and provide an attractive and the degree possible. entry,such as in use of materials and proportions. finished appearance for all exposed components.The roll-up door housing (2) Wall cladding materials on additions and accessory buildings should be should not protrude from the facade plane. carried over from the primary building where possible. I- iv) Secondary entries should be enhanced with detailing,trim and finish consistent , with the character of the building. (3) If the building massing and pattern of windows and doors is complex,a rj h) Garage Doors simple palette of wall materials,textures and/or colors should be used. If O f) Loading and Service Entrances i) Single-car garage doors are strongly recommended for mixed-use buildings the building volume and the pattern of wall openings are simple,additional U and for all commercial use garage entrances. wall materials,textures and articulation may be utilized. Loading and services entrances should not intrude upon the public view or interfere with pedestrian activities. ii) Where double car width doors are used,a width of eighteen feet should not be ao exceeded. N g) Entrance Doors iii) The following scale-reducing design treatments are recommended to avoid i) General projecting an automobile-dominated appearance to the street or alley: (1) Doors are the one part of the building facade that patrons and visitors will (1) Garage doors that face the public right of way should have window inevitably see and touch,and should be well-detailed and made of durable openings or open grillework on the upper portion of the door. O high quality materials. (2) Door design treatments such as vertically proportioned segmentation and O U (2) Detailing such as carved woodwork,metal trim,or applied ornament detail should be used to minimize the apparent width of the entrance—in wshould be used,to create noticeable detail for pedestrians and drivers. a, a O .7 W at A W O 0 00 76 (4) For individual buildings or portions of buildings intended to appear as individual i)Wall Cladding(cont.) buildings, materials used as primary Material Description Usage Recommendations Use cladding should be limited in number— Full Brick&Thin Brick Veneers Full size brick is preferable to thin veneer brick. When used,brick veneers should be mortared to give the appearance of full- Commercial& one or two maximum in most cases. depth brick. Detailing should avoid the exposure of sides of veneer tiles;wrap-around corner and bullnose pieces should be used Residential to further minimize the appearance of veneer. Brick wall cladding is frequently complemented by light-colored(white,off-white, (5) Grout and sealant colors should be Brick coordinated with colors of abutting light gray)accent materials such as limestone,glazed terra cotta tile,precast concrete,and/or glass fiber reinforced concrete (GFRC).Accent materials are typically used at window and door frames,wall bases,cornices,and as decorative elements.Other materials as well as other building colors. accent materials such as granite,river rock or colored glazed terra cotta are also occasionally used,tan and yellow brick colors are appropriate. (6) An anti-graffiti coating should be Hollow concrete masonry unit. Creativity in selecting block sizes,surface textures,stacking/bonding patterns,and block and grout colors should be used.In the Commercial& applied at the ground floor level and case of a building base,facade composition should be coordinated with the architecture of primary building walls above.To Residential wherever exposed facade surfaces may c„e c rate Block avoid an institutional(i.e."project"or"prison")appearance,a plain stack-bond block pattern of standard size blocks should not be accessible from upper floors through be used.Decorative treatments such as alternating block courses of differing heights,contrasting grout colors,alternating surface wall openings. A clear matte finish textures(e.g.precision face and split face)and/or compositions of colored blocks should be used,along with matching cap and _trim pieces. _ is generally recommended for such An exterior siding product available in Acceptable substitute for wood siding when used in the formats described below under"Wood".Extra care and training must be Residential coatings. Of planks,panels and shingles and taken to ensure properly installation,proper tools are used for cutting,and non-rusting hardware is used for fastening. (7) Building Base,Parking Podium or Above _C Fiber-Cement or composed of portland cement,ground 'd Cementitious Siding sand,cellulose fiber and sometimes Ground Parking Structure Materials: a clay,mixed with water and cured in an may be clad,built with materials that u _ autoclave. extend down from portions of the Sr` Fiber-reinforced plastics Concrete reinforced with either glass Use to simulate materials such as stone,wood or metal.Joints should be integrated into the design to ensure a solid appearance. Commercial& in building above,or built with contrasting ti (FRP)&Glass Fiber fiber(GFRC)or plastics(FRP) Residential C materials of a more substantial character. •..: Reinforced Concrete(GFRC) Q Visible facades of Parking Structures, a Profile,Corrugated,and Other Sheet Detail with adequate thickness to resist dents and impacts with trim elements to protect edges.A high quality,durable,fade- Commercial& 7 Metal Siding Rolled and Extruded Metal Surfaces resistant coating system or paint such as Kynar,Tnemec,etc.is recommended.Natural metal colors are recommended. Residential if not clad, should display quality V materials of a substantial character Stucco non insulating material made Stucco and EIFS finishes are acceptable finishes for upper stories only at street exposures on commercial buildings.They may Commercial& Da that are complementary to surrounding of sand portland cement and water. not be used at storefronts.They may be used at ground floor portions of rear or side service and parking exposures,however the Residential a Stucco&EIFS(Exterior EIFS shares a similar appearance to ground floor street facade cladding materials should continue to be used as a building base and accent material.Close attention rid such as Precast Concrete, stucco but has insulating should be aid to detail and trim elements for a highqualityinstallation;for EIFS,high-density versions should be specified at Insulating and Finish P �' ty Pee F Poured-in-Place Concrete,and Concrete ground floor level to resist impacts. Very stylized or highly textured surfaces are strongly discouraged.Joint patterns should be U Block. Systems) W architecturally coordinated with overall facade composition.Ground floor level window and door trim elements should not be F made from stucco,cement plaster or EIFS;they should instead be made of wood,metal,precast concrete or other contrasting U 5) Roof Guidelines - --- _ _ .duralil materials ce Horizontal sidings such as clapboard Trim elements should be used for all wood siding types.Timber detailing and exposed bracing may be appropriate."TI-11" Residential Q and tongue-in-groove;vertical siding plywood panel siding is not recommended unless detailed with additional trim to emulate a board and batten style and must be of o0 a) Roof Types Wood such as board and batten;and other a smooth grade to avoid a rustic,textured appearance. Spacing of siding should not exceed 8". eV i) All pitched and continuous sloping roof forms horizontal sidings such as smaller (i,e. without flat horizontal portions) are — wood shingles. encouraged. These include gable,hip, and Tile made by Firing Clay.Glazed and Should be limited in use to a facade cladding or decorative wall accent material.Simple color palettes and design motifs should Commercial Pyramidal roofs. Ceramic Tile Unglazed be used Accentsand Storefront Bases ii) Flat or shallowpitched roofs should be _ — w Concrete that is formed on site with a Long surfaces of uninterrupted flat concrete walls should not be used.The use of textured form liners,pigments,stains,and/or Commercial& Ca ornamented with shaped parapets, caps, or Ot lower level of precision. special aggregates should be used to create visual interesting surfaces.At a minimum,the design of exposed concrete walls should Residential C cornice treatments,using one of the methods G incorporate the location and spacing of formwork tie-holes,expansion joints and control joints into the facade composition.To F below: 13 the degree possible,formwork should shape architectural profiles of walls that create bases,cornices,pilasters,panel frames,and W Poured-in-Place Concrete other elements contributing to facade composition and human scale.Concrete walls may also be clad with other finish materials (I) The primary cornice should be decorated v o. such as stucco and patterned to match other building walls.The architectural treatment of poured concrete that is used as a or bracketed with parapets, finials, or rO building architectural base should be extended to concrete used elsewhere N the project for site work material. d simple decorative panels or molding. 0 ,t - w C Concrete that is cast in a shop with a The location and spacing of panel and expansion joints should be incorporated into the facade composition.Castings should be Commercial& id (2) An architecturally profiled cornice and/ 0 A u high level of precision. shaped to form architectural profiles that create bases,cornices,pilasters,panel frames,and other elements contributing to facade Residential or expressed parapet cap should be used d Precast Concrete to composition and human scale.Cement type,mineral pigments,special aggregates and surface textures maybe exploited in precast 1.4 to terminate the top of the parapet wall. concrete to achieve architectural texture and variety. (3) Surface mounted cornices, continuous Stone(including river stone),stone These materials should be used as a wall base or wainscot materials and for copings,trim,and special decorative elements. Commercial& 0 shading elements,or trellises should be Stone veneers,cast stone,or terra cotta. Improperly simulated or contradictory finishes(i.e.use of panelized concrete to simulate a stone wall appearance with visible Residential 0 straight-line joints cutting across individual stones)should not be used. R' 77 elements.Lightweight asphalt shingles should not be used. (2) Sloped panels should match slope exactly 5)Roof Guidelines ‘+t 011,..1 11.1.21 palsy,..,.Qya 01 c vtmrg anomcr prt.",K:a mum.tcompom,u (2) Metal Seam Roofing:Finishes should be painted or coated.Copper,zinc, iii) Where possible,downspouts should be concealed within walls.The location, folded)overhanging edge termination and a heavy gage sheet metal and other exposable metal roofs should be natural or oxidized. spacing, materials, and colors of exposed downspouts, gutters, scuppers, thickness selected to avoid"oilcanning"distortion. Single layer,flush (3) Sheet metal shingles,such as copper, conductor heads and other visible roof drainage components should be g zinc,and alloys. incorporated into the architectural composition of the façade and roof;haphazard sheet metal parapet caps should not be used.Finish should either be of an upainted ornamental metal such as copper or painted to match adjacent (4) Solar(or photovoltaic)roof shingles: Where solar and non-solar shingles placement should be avoided. Half round gutters and round downspouts are wall surface. Unpainted galvanized metal should not be used in zones TS are combined in the same roof plane,shingles should be configured to recommended as a type appropriate for most architectural styles. Attachment match the visible size and layout of solar and non-solar roof shingles for hardware should be of a high visual quality,corrugated downspouts should not and T6. be use an unobtrusive appearance. iii) Smaller,subsidiary roofs may be used at storefronts;these should match the iv) Mechanical equipment,should be incorporated into the architecture of the principal building in terms of style,detailing and materials. (5) Tar and Gravel,Composition,or Elastomeric Roofs(at flat roof locations): building and included as a part of the building proper. Light,reflective colors are recommended to minimize heat gain within the iv) Roof overhangs for both flat and sloping roofs are encouraged to add depth, buildings.Roof surfaces utilizing these materials should be screened from 6) Color Guidelines shadow and visual interest,and can be used to create a Street façade Top view from adjacent buildings and sites by parapet walls. Element as defined in Section 2.8.1.They should be designed as follows: (6) a) General Guidelines (I) At roof overhangs,vertical roof edge fascia over eighteen inches in height Terra Cotta Barrel Tile:Natural clay color should be used. Doubling the are recommended to be subdivided or accented by additional horizontal tiles at the roof edge is appropriate. i) Colors that reflect the City's relationship with the coast should be used. layers,stepbacks,trim,and other detailing. iii) Roof materials that should not be used include: Different shades of whites and pastels are appropriate.Extremely bright colors (2) Brackets and corbels(i.e.decorative supportingshould not be used as primary wall colors. pieces designed to bear (1) Corrugated sheet metal,unless used as an accent roofing material. ii) Secondary color should complement the primary building color,and may be the weight of projected overhangs),or other expressed roof overhang (2) Stamped sheet metal used to simulate Mediterranean or Spanish roof tiles. a lighter shade than the body color,or use more saturated hues.Secondary supports (whether structural or nonstructural) are encouraged to add color can be used togive additional ern hasis to architectural features such as richness to detailing. The spacing module of repeating supports should (3) Wood shakes or shingles. P g , building bases or wainscots,columns,brackets,cornices,capitals,and bands; relate to ildi the bung's structural bay spacing or window mullion spacing. or used as trim on doorframes,storefront elements,windows and window c) Roof Equipment and Screening 0 (3) The soffit(i.e.the underside surface of the roof overhang)should be frames,railing,shutters,ornament,fences,and similar features. 4 designed as a visible feature and detailed accordingly. Soffit beams, i) Roof-mounted equipment such as antennae and receiving dishes should be iii) Accent colors may be more saturated in color,or brighter in tone,and used to coffers,light fixtures and other design articulation are encouraged. located behind parapets,recessed into the slope of roof hips or gables,or highlight special features such as doors,shutters,gates,ornament,or storefront enclosed within roof volumes. elements.Bright colors should be limited to retail establishments,and used ] v) At Freestanding Parking Structures,the"skyline"at the roof deck should be F. Materials,architectural styles, colors and/or other elements from the U designed and shaped to create an interesting visual profile,as follows: F facade composition shall be used to integrate the screening into the (1) At stair and/or elevator towers,special roof forms such as sloped or curved building's architecture. U roofs are encouraged. (2) Along parapet edges, cornices, (2) In the design of screening enclosures,use dimensional increments of shading elements, and/or trellises are window spacing,mullion spacing,or structural bay spacing taken from 0o encouraged toprovide additional visual interest.The height ofparapet f.4 8 gh the facade composition. walls and/or guard railings may be varied in coordination with the overall facade composition but should be tall enough to conceal vehicles. ii) Solar panels if not completely concealed should be architecturally integrated into the roof. (3) Due to their highly visible location,light poles and fixtures at roof parking (I) Flat roofs-pavers should be screened with parapets or laid flat. decks should be specified or designed as decorative fixtures,architecturally Gcoordinated with the style of the building. U vi) Variations of the roof and/or cave line should be used to mark main building F. entrances and also to differentiate between individual units within attached a residential buildings. a m b) Roof Materials m i) Roof materials should match or complement the existing context of the project A area. ►a ii) Roof materials that should be used include: 0 (1) Asphalt shingles:Projects using asphalt shingles should use the highest G quality commercial grade materials,and be provided with adequate trim A 78 6) Color Guidelines basis for reinforcing and strengthening the City's identity by applying that character to the design of new buildings and development in the project area. This can be catch the eye and stand out in the visual field. accomplished either through the full emulation and/or the interpretation of the iv) Colors should be compatible with other buildings in the surrounding area following styles. (unless those colors violate the above principle).Colors of adjacent buildings This information is intended to provide guidance for architects and developers to should be taken into consideration. make sensitive reference to,incorporate,and/or harmonize with characteristics of v) Fluorescent colors should not be used. predominant architectural styles such as(but not limited to)massing,horizontal and vertical scale increments,façade composition,roof form,architectural elements, 2.8.3 Architectural Character materials,and colors. The beach and surf lifestyle are essential to the culture of Huntington Beach. a) Spanish Mission Revival/Mediterranean Style(1915— This culture should be instilled into the built form of new construction through 1935) the use of appropriate architectural styles. This section contains an overview of the predominant architectural styles that will continue to define the character and i) Features of Spanish Mission Revival and Mediterranean Styles: identity of Huntington Beach. A small number of buildings designed in other (1) Spanish Mission Revival and Mediterranean styles(and their sub-styles styles or displaying a degree of stylistic influence from other styles may be found such as Spanish Colonial Revival) were period revivals that became throughout the City,but detailed descriptions of those styles have not been included popular in California beginning in the 1920s. The historic heritage of the here.Reference books such as What Style is It?A Guide to American Architecture by John C.Poppeliers&S.Allen Chambers(Hoboken,NJ:John Wiley&Sons, California Missions,the exotic imagery of Spain and Mexico in movies, Inc.,2003)may be consulted for further detail on these and other architectural and California's climate being likened to that of the Mediterranean were styles.Within individual style descriptions below,the dates shown indicate the sources of inspiration. historic period of initial popularity of the style. (2) These styles were applied widely to commercial,civic,mixed-use,and . Z With the goal of strengthening Huntington Beach's"sense of place"and architectural residential buildings. ; F identity in mind,the Architectural Character discussed here is included to provide a (3) Building masses are composed of simple rectangular stucco-clad volumes r or combinations of simple volumes,punched by deeply recessed openings for windows and doors,many of them arched. ,a., U OC O U F z W a, a 0 0 0 79 (4) A variety of proportions of overall building masses and individual features i) Features of Contemporary Styles: (windows clusters,porches,etc.)am used. 1( ) For the purposes of this Plan, Contemporary Styles comprise those (5) Roofs are typically finished in fired clay red"barrel"tile,sometimes architectural styles that draw on Modernism,Post-Modernism,and other mixed in with flat roofs with parapet walls with a shaped top profile. current styles in practice today. Most Contemporary Styles have drawn (6) Both formal and informal arrangements of window and door openings are upon contemporary building materials,modern construction methods to create a visual identity that is distinct from historic architectural styles. used;arched openings are used individually and in sequence as arcades. (7) Storefront designs similar to those used within the Early 20th Century (2) Styles that incorporate pedestrian and urban principles including appropriate scale and compositionrelative tosurroundingbuildings,facade Commercial Style can occur within storefront openings on facades. Storefront materials and colors such as ceramic tile,dark painted woods, rhythm and a high level of articulation are encouraged. Contemporary and dark metals are selected in coordination with overall building colors. styles with simple building volumes,minimal surface articulation and relief,and unomamented detailing that conflict with the intimate and (8) Wall colors are white or light earth tones(cream,ochre,tan,etc.) human-scaled characteristics of traditional styles that support downtown (9) Dark painted or stained wood and dark metal(wrought ironwork)are used urbanism should be discouraged. as trim and ornamental elements in Mission and Spanish styles,while (3) In some cases and especially in"Post Modern"styles after 1980,designs light or colored trim may also be used in Mediterranean styles. b) Contemporary Styles(1950s—present) _r _8 VLTL¢.INS MLMORIAL,s, . it l� st IMP I ►r, It A.V .• :4:4' a+ ' �p. IllaitN �■ ttlt■ Itti 1r t00 i q N ,jaggi. . 1 Mill . r. l II ■ �: t A. rtcra — - 1u MENU ■ , w 7fl l l bill ill igig _ A ', j .ai •� G t ^ l • !tom �` — _ . ^ ,' : _ • t f4 'Ir ,.. s'^,-.1111111,111111 .•mfil ., 1 "ii oa ..,._-. '. i.- �i.i t q,.� — I �- "1 80 have drawn upon other historical styles previously described in this geometric forms or volumes that may"stand out." Examples include homes of the east,and the Arts and Crafts movement and its related document for inspiration or emulation,but their scale and use of materials barrel vaults,angled planes, curved planes, and extended overhangs. informal lifestyle. is not limited to the roots of those historical styles. They may be accented with special materials such as sheet metal or tile. Theses styles wereapplied primarilyto residential buildings. (2) tY (4) Contemporary Styles have been used on all building types,including (8) Contemporary Styles employ a wide palette of building materials. Metal (3) Building massing is typically composed of one low simple gable-roofed commercial,residential,industrial,and civic uses. They have frequently cladding,concrete,glass,tile as well as natural materials may be used in rectangular volume;where applied,additions are also of simple volumes. been used on building types outside of downtown districts(such as office unconventional ways for aesthetic purposes.Materials as well as colors park campus buildings,suburban schools,and industrial buildings). are often used to define building volumes or even functions. (4) Front facades typically have a central shallow pitched gable roof (5) As mentioned above,buildingmassingand form of ContemporaryStyles perpendicular to the street;on occasion it is parallel to the street with a ty (9) Building colors may be composed of contrasting hues and tones,with dormer above. In the former case,a sub-gable may be offset from the typically feature simple volumes,often using geometric forms.They may individual building elements or forms emphasized through use of an main gable to create a front entry or porch. be asymmetrical or symmetrical in organization.They do not necessarily accent color.Strong,saturated hues are often used to play off of neutral follow strict proportional guidelines. hues. (6) Building elements such as walls,windows,and roofs are often expressed as individual planes or forms.Windows can often be expressed as"voids" C) Craftsman/California Bungalow(1905—1925) between walls,or act as entire wall planes(such as curtain walls).Where i) Features of Craftsman and Bungalow Styles: they are expressed as openings in walls,they are typically composed as (1) The Craftsman and California Bungalow styles emerged after the turn a series of rhythmically or strategically placed"punched openings"for of the century to satisfy tastes for greater simplicity and natural forms. compositional reasons. Influences from other styles typically used for larger homes can be seen (7) Flat roofs are used in many cases,but shaped roofs are often treated as applied to Bungalow styles,including Shingle Style and Colonial Revival O a a v : a 33 rII*"it� 4,4 ' • .AFal al", i..i- a� xA. rra III aum r w q#7£� \t ,." `_ un�i �Z or - t ��1,.: Cli lilt -r �� Ca. _ im m ■II II'Pr h — n•n•: . - - i.0 r 'I pi t1 r .} �g CAI00 ' �,=y,1.id, r.l pl ' I r"i 1 1! E " 't i'I/Nt�I,• ���i°*..1 I1c1 ® II. •"L. , '' i i e•i'jM`• - `_� --r \� Yf�y I i IPA • 1 '.:N il�I�1 • Rii-$ 7 j —..(4 la, — d;a i', .1. t�' 1 tl r l i i t,-` A ii o '� E wa i 1 i p [1 , T \.� A. ' ;1 jA-_..- ',e 1,�C1 '� 1 �A4 ' ���rrr r [fi �� ill �� - I��:: _ I 9_e �' T 11 = - ��� 1 1'�' �• II to -n , I� ►� 81 (5) Proportions of both the overall building mass and of individual features materials and responds to the regional climate. It is based on traditions (windows clusters,porches,etc.)are horizontal. handed down through generations and constructed by the building owner (6) Window and door openings are generally composed to align both or by the community rather than an architect and is most common in horizontally and vertically on facades;symmetrical facade arrangements residential structures. are common. (2) Contemporary interpretations generally utilize lightweight materials such (7) "Elephant"columns(relatively stout-proportioned,tapered columns)and wood siding,board and batten and metal sidings. double columns at entry porches are a common feature;other decorative (3) Wood trellises and sun shades are used as a means of sun control as well elements include ornamental brackets to support roof overhangs. as architectural expression. (8) Craftsman Bungalows are typically clad with wood shingles or siding, (4) Detailing is simple but well crafted. Ornaments should generally be while California Bungalows are typically surfaced with light-colored avoided. stucco.In both cases,trim is painted wood of a contrasting light or dark (5) Porches with simply detailed wooden color. P Y posts are most accurate to historic precedents however simple true classical orders are also successfully d) Costal Vernacular i) Features of the Costal Vernacular Style. (1) Vernacular architecture is historically made from locally available ', yd r. I' Y - 7 ,., ! rat,; ,3 tl, iA, --.------,.____--. r. e i r,. w t ' mil, . , r - '` m _ _ sr .0-4,4 1--.44..".:.. . - , • • . .7: 77/70':114*4f# eV i c '- ! I a A S ►" -. II_ All c� ' - 'now _ ___ — a: �- o aC.....) t- j.e i C 82 incorporated for a more refined appearance. 1) Appabiuty (6) Roof forms are simple,moderately sloped gabled and shed types. Large I) All signs in the Plan Area shall adhere to the regulations in this section. roof overhangs moderate sun. 2) In the event of a conflict between this Section and any other (7) Wood shingle look and aluminum standing seam roofing is typical. City code,the provisions of this Section shall apply. (8) Color palettes are simple and washed,light colors are common. 3) "Permits Required"noted in the City of Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs,Section 233.04, items A-F,indicates requirements for sign permits. Unless otherwise 2.9 SIGNAGE REGULATIONS noted,a sign permit is required for all types listed in this section. This section contains standards and guidelines for signage to ensure that signs installed in the Sub-Area Plan Boundary are consistent with the overall quality and character of new development anticipated for the corridors. Regulations include permitted sign types as well as sign size,location,materials,illumination,color, and design. z -. o e U W t� _ G k � .• .., + . a II s f i1 \ � ' t��� $ ► . I< .' I i � Y•� /a _ :. ' � h .. �� _ 1 1 li {� * , � ' 01 "� A _ `oo II: �' ` i iI ,. ( IS „' IL-4 _, __,� _ `- l . i q ` U} '^,,.p u ` - I IllUl IA � i tea .3.1 • ' , ''' �t "/ .. . 4 ia,6 • . 4 tt Pl . 2�, i{[ ■ v .. W - /41"\kkos\c„....411,14\\Ir , _,-------- - ._._,,..... ____ ' /1 • 1. , " - --1-,-IIL--- -..., ca '� tin .' 11 �tol � .. f- , ' 1111 in ,142,1#/,4 E ' a ' %; '. ':- , \ II I , -- 1 cv-,,,,, .--- . ,tiod, 1 1 f ' , . ear! - - 83 intentionally left blank N ' w O U F. z X a 0 w O O CO 84 4) All Temporary Signs as noted in the City of Huntington Beach Zoning Directional Sign: An on-premise incidental sign designed to guide or direct Sign: Any medium for visual communications,which is used or intended to be and Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs,Section 233 as"Real pedestrian or vehicular traffic. used to attract attention. Estate Signs"and"Open House and Real Estate Flags";"Subdivisional Electronic Readerboard: A changeable message sign consisting of a matrix of Sign Area: For Total Sign Area see Section 2.9.1.,for sign area of individual Sign Directional Signs"(Section 233.16);and"Promotional Activity Signs" lamps which are computer controlled,independent of sign type. Types see Section 2.9.2. (Section 233.18)shall be regulated per the respective requirements therein. Exposed Incandescent Bulb illumination: The illumination of a sign by Sign Height: Measurement from the adjacent sidewalk or curb to the highest 5) "Exempt Signs"noted in the City of Huntington Beach Zoning and incandescent bulbs which are intended to"spell out"letters and numerical characters portion of the sign,including architectural elements. Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs,Section 233.08,shall be and/or provide graphic accents,are mounted directly to the face of the sign,and exempt from sign permit requirements unless expressly prohibited whose light-emitting surfaces are fully visible. Sign Copy: Any words,letters,numbers,figures,designs,or other symbolic representation incorporated into a sign for the purpose of attracting attention. for specific sign types and districts indicated in this section. Exposed Neon Tube Illumination:The illumination of a sign by neon tubes which 6 "Subdivision Directional Signs"as described in the Cityof Huntington are intended to"spell out"letters and numerical characters and/orprovide Sign Type: See Section 2.9.2 Sign Type Regulations. St Pe graphic Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs, accents,are mounted directly to the face of the sign,and whose light-emitting tubes Site: One or more parcels of land identified by the assessor's records where an Section 233.16,shall comply with the requirements therein. are directly visible. integrated building development has been approved or proposed. The site shall 7) Signs for Service Stations shall be as permitted by the City Exposed LED Illumination: The illumination of a sign by use of Light Emitting include all parcels of land contained within or part of the development application. of Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance, Diode(LED) sources which are intended to"spell out" letters and numerical Subdivision Directional Sign: A sign providing direction to a land development Signs, 233 Si ,Section 233.06.E"Service Stations."Chapter characters and/or provide graphic accents,are mounted directly to the face of the Project. p sign,and whose light emitting surfaces are directly visible. Temporary Sign:A sign which is installed for a limited time and is not constructed 8) All issues not specifically addressed herein shall be addressed pursuant to the City of Huntington Beach Zoning External Illumination: The illumination of a sign by projecting light on to the or intended for long-term use. and Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs. face of the sign from a light source located outside of the sign,such as"gooseneck" Total Sign Area:see Section 2.9.1. lamps;light sources are shielded from direct view. Valance: The vertical front face of a fabric awning,parallel to the face of the 2) Definitions Freestanding Sign: A sign permanently attached to the ground and which does building to which it is mounted. Abandoned Sign: A sign which no longer directs,advertises,or identifies a legal not have a building as its primary structural support. This includes ground signs, business establishment,product,or activity on the premises where the sign is monument signs,pole-mounted signs,and tower signs. Window Area: Any window pane or group of window panes contained entirely o within glazing separators(muntins,mullions,piers,columns,etc.)of one and one Z displayed. Grand Opening: A promotional activity not exceeding ninety(90)calendar days quarter(1/)inches or greater in width.Multiple window panes divided by glazing o Animation: The use of a sequence of progressive changes of parts or lights or used by newly established businesses to inform the public of their location and separators less than one and one quarter(1''A)inches in width shall be considered e degree of lighting in a sign's design. services. to be a single window area. V Awning:A fabric-covered shelter structure attached to and supported entirely by a Halo Illumination:The illumination of a sign by projecting light behind an opaque ti building facade,typically above a window,entrance,or storefront opening. letter or emblem onto the backing panel which results in the appearance of"halo" 2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks w of light around the letter or emblem;light sources are shielded from direct view. V Bonus Sign: An internally illuminated freestanding sign designed with opaque e Illegal Si n:A signwhich was erected without the benefit of apermit that does not 1) Definition Z sign faces/panels,and illuminated for items of information only. g V meet the requirements of this ordinance,or has not received legal nonconforming Freestanding Sign Setback is defined as the distance from a side property line, 5 Canopy: A permanent architectural structure made of rigid materials such as status. driveway,or street intersection to any portion of a freestanding sign. p metal,wood,etc.mounted on the face of a building or is freestanding as common ei in service stations. Incidental Sign: A small sign pertaining to goods,products,services or facilities 2) Regulation which are available on the premises where the sign occurs and intended primarily Changeable Copy Sign: A sign or portion thereof with characters,letters,or for the convenience of the public. illustrations that can be changed manually or electrically without altering the face a) Side Property Lines or surface of the sign. Indirect Illumination:A light cast on the surface of a sign from an exterior source. i) Pole Signs shall set back forty(40)feet from side property lines as shown in the Internal or Interior Illumination: The illumination of a sign or sign face by Fig.2.9.1.Freestanding Sign Setbacks diagram. A projecting light through translucent panel(s)or panel(s)with openings from a light 0 source within an enclosed sign cabinet. ii) Setbacks required for all other freestanding shall be as determined by the C.) Planning director. F" Logo:A trademark or company name symbol. w Planned Sign Program:City-approved entitlement which incorporates coordinated b) Driveways a, and quality sign design elements. Freestanding signs shall not be located within a ten(10)foot by ten(10)foot triangle ' Portable Sign: Any sign not permanently attached to the ground or a building. adjacent to driveways as shown in the Fig. 2.9.1. Freestanding Sign Setbacks diagram. Q Primary Sign:The main or principle Freestanding Sign on a property. Promotional Activity Sign:A temporary sign used to advertise a short term special activity or sale,i.e grand opening,under new ownership,fall sale,etc. O Secondary Sign:A sign that is in addition and subsidiary to a Primary sign. 0 Secondary Sign copy is limited to business identification only. 85 c) Street Intersections Unless otherwise noted,all signs(including temporary signs)shall count toward Interstate 405 and parcels facing on Beach Boulevard(except south of Adams the total sign area permitted based on the following Lineal Building Frontage Avenue).They shall be configured wholly or as part of one of the permitted sign Freestanding signs shall not be located within a twenty-five(25)foot by twenty(25) Ratios: types described in this section including compliance with their respective height foot triangle defined by front property lines at a street intersection as shown in the and area requirements. Permitted electronic readerboard signs shall comply Fig.2.9.1.Freestanding Sign Setbacks diagram. with allrequirements A throughD of the Cityof Huntington Beach Zoning a) Commercial Uses:Maximum Total Sign Area Permitted and Subdivision Ordinance, Chapter 233 Signs, Section 233.12.`•Electronic 2.9.2 Total Sign Area i) Lineal Building Frontage Ratio:For each establishment,one and one-half Readerboards" (1%:)square feet of total sign area shall be allowed for each lineal foot of vi) Commercial messages which identify,advertise,or attract attention to a business, 1) Definition -'•'-' building frontage. product,service,or event or activity sold,existing,or offered elsewhere than i) Sign Area is the area included within the outer dimensions of a single sign ii) For multi-tenant buildings, each establishment shall be calculated upon the same property where the sign is displayed are expressly prohibited, (excluding structural supports). individually per lease space frontage. Allowable building frontage square except as indicated for exempt signs. ii) Total Area is the combined sign area of all signs on a ro footage shall be divided between eligible sign display areas which are those vii) designare established in the text for each signof the followingpages. Sign gn gn P facing parking lots or side streets or areas permitted by an approved Planned Sign type P 8e (I) For freestanding signs,sign area shall be calculated on one(I)face of the Sign Program. viii)Freestanding signs shall not obscure any fire fighting appliance,including but not sign,provided a sign face on a double-sided sign is not separated from iii) Each lease space shall be calculated individually and permitted sign area limited to fire hydrants,fire connections,etc. the opposite side of the sign by more than twelve(12)inches at any point. based on the linear frontage of one establishment or façade shall not be (2) placed on another establishment or facade. b) Area For illuminated awning or canopy signs,sign area shall be calculated around the sign copy only. iv) Total sign area of parking lot frontage may not exceed the total sign area of The maximum size for each Sign Type shall be as specified in the Section 2.1 (3) For signs without border or frame(channel or skeleton letters),the area street frontage regardless of the permitted lineal frontage ratio. Development Standards Charts unless otherwise specified in this section. shall be within a rectangular area of eight(8)continuous straight lines b) Religious Assembly,Schools,and Commercial c) Number of Signs (with right angles)formed around the extreme outer limits of the sign Recreational Uses within Public Parks:Maximum Total message,including all figures and any background or color which is an The maximum number of signs permitted for each Sign Type shall be as specified in Sign Area Permitted this section. rA integral part of the sign. Z i) Lineal Frontage Ratio: For each site,one(1)square feet of total wall- I) Grand Projecting Sign 0 P 2) Regulation mounted sign area shall be allowed for each lineal foot of street frontage of the building,up to a maximum of thirty-two(32)square feet. 2) Marquee Sign c.,, ii) Freestanding signs shall have a maximum of thirty-two(32)square feet. 3) Wall Sign 4 4) Monument Sign r.,./ 2.9.3 Sign Type Regulations 5) Ground Sign Z1) Definition 6) Pole Mounted Sign To remain clear i) A Signis a specific configuration Sign Type pec guration of sign elements(such as placement, Tower a: orientation,and size)that result in a unique N 9 type. 8) Projecting Sign z t p F. 25 ii) The physical configuration of each Sign Type is established by the text,plan, 9) Awning Face Sign .•.......:••, and section graphics in this section. tia�` 1�`� iii) The Si Types 10)Awning Valance Sign '• •'-•-• ype established in this plan are summarized on the following I:�s • .:ti:vi ,::•••• w 8 11)Awning Side Sign I I page) p Min. Driveway / - .. 12)Canopy Fascia Sign o I 10' 2) Regulation .) I wide . 13)Above Canopy Sign Z i landscape a) General 14)Café Umbrella Sign area 't 15)Recessed Entry Sign la. o i) Sign types not listed in this Section are not permitted. I' w a c ii) A property's permitted sign types shall be as specified in the Section 2.1 16)Window Sign > Development Standards Charts. m A Sign Type Setback iii) In the event that a sign falls under more than one sign definition found within pi Pole 40' this Section,the more restrictive sign regulations shall apply. ii—i ►Wi z All other freestanding Subject to Director k) Signs shall not display animation unless otherwise noted,except public O Signs Review service signs such as those for time and temperature,and permitted electronic readerboards. Ca Fig.2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setback Diagram v) Electronic readerboard signs shall only be permitted at parcels abutting 86 2.9.4 Sign Guidelines—All 1❑ 2 I 13 3 n Sign Types I) In general,natural construction ...1.Ff4 f: :I �I• materials such as wood,metals, I ceramic,glass,and stone should ;, 11 be used for visible components ofC41 l - ■11111111111 ,11111111111 signs.Synthetic materials should I w I■I MINIM. only be used if they are designed ,I,W e ,I o 1, , ,1.I n_I. , Mill I. to be indistinguishable from the mg _AWE _0i.J i II MYNJ 1 I I' II,y1I y ii :{L•iIl recommended natural materials, or if they have a secondary or minor visual presence.Large plastic panels should be avoided. 5 16 I I 7 Materials subject to yellowing from exposure to sunlight or heat such as A.'",... 'pd polycarbonate should not be used. • 2) Internally illuminated"can" � • y signs consisting of rectangular �� „ enclosures with large translucent plastic sign faces ABC1 ...,< , . _ . 1 It fl,,, , z :YiJ :YSJ o Q J U $ ® 19 [10 11.rr 1, w 1. . 1,Fk . ~" ,,. . , e. I■I�I "E V 1�, . ,,,, II '?'I" -i 3 o°� vit ■11111111111 `1rt.i i 0 I1.1. ) 'h1' • 11111111 1.-1 1 m C O V 12 13 14 151 116 w 1. -a .�1-Fkw vi k 1A"--, J è A 11 I F1�, T,:, },,,,,,':I ' > 11111111111 r~.r 11.1.1.1 x I^I I I•.I I EH Jipii! .im 87 1) Grand Projecting Sign bottom Grand Projecting Signs arc tall,vertically oriented signs which project from the 2) Marquee Sign building perpendicular to the facade and which are structurally integrated into the building. Marquee Signs are large,canopy-like structures mounted over the entrance to a theater that include one or more readerboards. a) Number of Signs a) Number of Signs i) Only one(1)Grand Projecting Sign shall be permitted per establishment. r i) Marquee Signs shall be permitted only at movie theatres,live performance ''1. 135-7 ii) The area of Grand Projecting Signs shall not count towards the total sign area theatres,or night clubs-with a capacity of 200 persons or greater permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio. s2n ii) Only one(1)Marquee Sign shall be permitted per establishment. z b) Design iii) Marquee Signs shall have no more than three(3)faces. 7� i) Grand Projecting Signs shall project no more than six(6)feet from the facade b) Sign Location s1 A>. .. of the building. ., Marquee Signs shall only be located directly above the primary public entrance of „ A- ' ii) No portion of a Grand Projecting Sign shall be lower than twelve(12)feet the theatre. , /•� above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects. c) Design iii) Letter width shall not exceed two-thirds(2/3)of the sign width. i) The area of Marquee Signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted _ iv) No portion of a Grand Projecting Sign shall extend more than ten(10)feet above the roofline. based on the Linear Building Frontage Ratio. r^O r�' ii) Marquee signs shall project no more than twelve(12)feet from the facade of ,.__ �, ' II v) Only the following types of establishments may use animation on Grand � ..ram z Projecting Signs:night clubs,movie theaters,and live performance theaters the building. j�j O with a capacity of 200 persons or greater.When used,animation shall consist iii) No portion of a Marquee Sign shall be lower than eight(8)feet above the level of flashing or chase lights only;light sources shall be of incandescent,neon, of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects. 1)Grand Projecting Sign .4 or LED type only.Flashing xenon strobe lights and rotating lights shall not be iv) Marquee Signs may use animation of sign lighting.When used,animation shall O permitted. consist of flashing or chase lights only;light sources shall be of incandescent, w a vi) Signs that project over the public right-of-way shall require an Encroachment neon,or LED type only.Flashing xenon"strobe"lights and rotating lights shall rot Permit from the Department of Public Works. not be permitted. a z c) Guidelines d) Guidelines C7 i) As prominent landmark features,the position of Grand Projecting Signs should i) Exposed materials used in Marquee Signs should be metal and paint only,with N be architecturally composed relative to important features of the building's the exception that plastic may be used for readerboards. l.,yq facade design—for example, located symmetrically within the facade,or ii) Marquee Signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination, r aligned with the primary entrance. exposed incandescent bulb illumination,and/or LED illumination only,with - ii) Exposed materials used in Grand Projecting Signs should be metal and paint ,f v only. o Qy q iii) Grand Projecting Signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination, B Uexposed incandescent bulb illumination,and/or LED illumination only. �t �' •v z r iv) Letters should be oriented right-side-up and stacked in a single upright row .it ,,A - rot with the first letter being at the top of the sign and the last letter being at the , % � 0 I j a A _ A '1 is f x u_ u ' 'ill O Emilia 0 t0 2)Marquee Sign 88 the exception that readerboards may use internal illumination. total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio 3) Wall Signs n Menu or Menu Case Wall Signs: Wall Signs are signs which are located on,and parallel to,a building wall. i) Menu or Menu Case Wall Signs(non-drive-thru locations)are discrete wall- mounted signs or freestanding sign cases containing restaurant menus: a) Number of Signs (1) Shall be mounted at the ground floor facade of a restaurant or cafE with i) Wall Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated indoor or outdoor seating. ri ground floor entrance. (2) Shall be limited to the size of two pages of the menu utilized by the Eli El ii) One wall sign is permitted per street or parking lot frontage for each separate restaurant plus the frame. business on the ground floor. (3) Shall not protrude more than three(3)inches from the facade. Lettering 11 1 b) Sign Location shall not exceed one(1)inch in height. i) Wall Signs shall only be mounted on a wall area below the second floor level. (4) Shall not exceed one sign or sign case per façade. Exception: Wall Signs may be mounted above the second floor level on an architectural tower configured to display wall signs. (5) Shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear 00 000 001:100 9 Frontage Ratio. — ii) Signs for second floor businesses with exterior access may be permitted by Planned Sign Program. (6) Shall be illuminated by indirect illumination only. c) Design g) Guidelines i) Wall Signs shall project no more than one(1)foot from the facade of the i) Exposed materials used in wall signs should be wood,ceramic,metal,and paint. building. Use of plastics should be avoided or minimized,especially polycarbonates and otherplastics thatyellow with exposure to heat or ultraviolet light.Wall signs ;�ii�i�i,19 Po B gn ♦P* �►� ii) Wall Signs over fifty(50)square feet in size shalt have an opaque background, • w may also be painted directly onto the facade of the building and/or inscribed z where only items of information may be internally illuminated;or,signs shall O into the facade of the building. 3)Wall I I S i n 1 F be of individual or channel letter design. 9 e ii) Wall signs should be illuminated by external,exposed neon tube,exposed .a iii) Multi-business consolidated wall signs shall be permitted provided the signs do incandescent bulb, exposed LED, or halo illumination only. Internally V not exceed the allowable sign area. illuminated"can"signs with large translucent plastic panels should be avoided. iv) Raceways shall only be permitted when electrical components cannot physically iii) Where individual letters are used,letters should be three dimensional,created w be placed within or behind the wall or parapet. by raised letter forms mounted to the building facade or sign panel,or by incised E v) Only the following types of establishments are permitted to use animated Wall Z Signs,and only below the second floor level:night clubs,movie theaters,and 6/5 live performance theaters-with a capacity of greater than 200 persons.When e, used,animation shall consist of flashing or chase lights only;light sources shall e4 be of incandescent,neon,or LED type only. Flashing xenon strobe lights and El rotating lights shall not be permitted. vi) Channel letter signs qualify for a fifteen(15)percent bonus in allowable size. t l' d) Changeable Copy Wall Signs: w 0 For changeable copy wall signs at Churches,Schools,and Commercial Recreational U uses within Public Parks: one sign per site with a maximum area of ten(10)square [- feet;this area shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the . '[""1"„" Z Linear Frontage Ratio a e) Menu Board Wall Signs: > a i) Menu Board Wall Signs at drive-thru locations: A (I) One(1)per drive-thru lane. „'y (2) Maximum area of ten(10)square feet;maximum height of six(6)feet ►;�i;�;�-�sir ��►-����"���� 0 CD above grade. ��tv�;Ii�►.1 ►�pppp$� (3) Menu Board Wall Signs at drive-thru locations shall not count towards the 3)Wall Sign 2 A 89 openings cut out trout the sign panel. illuminated;or,signs shall be of channel letter design. 4) Monument Sign and d) Changeable Copy Signs 5) Ground Sign i) The maximum area of and other requirements for freestanding Changeable Copy Signs shall be as follows: Monument Signs are freestanding signs which arc mounted on the ground and are flush or have a clearance from the ground of not more than two(2)feet,and (1) For Hotels with Convention Facility: A maximum of thirty(30)percent supported by a solid base,one or more uprights,braces,columns poles,or similar of the allowable sign area as changeable copy. structural components. (2) For Live Entertainment Uses: A maximum of thirty(30)per cent of the Ground Signs are signs or sign panels with their backs mounted on mounded earth, allowable sign area as changeable copy. or consist of individual vertical letters mounted on the ground. 3 For Tenant Directory Uses: A maximum area of thi rty-two ry (32)square feet;a maximum height of six(6)feet above grade(in addition to other a) Number of Signs permitted signs). i) Monument or Ground Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential with a (4) For Menu Board Uses at drive-in food service, in addition to other dedicated ground floor entrance or multifamily residential uses. permitted sign: One sign per drive-thru lane;a maximum area of ten(10) ii) A maximum of one(1)per arterial street frontage on parcels with less than 400 square feet;a maximum height of six(6)feet above grade. feet of arterial street frontage. (5) For Religious Assembly, Schools,and Commercial Recreational uses iii) A maximum one(1)primary freestanding sign and two(2)secondary signs on parcels with 400 feet or more of arterial street frontage within Public Parks: A maximum of thirty(30)per cent of the allowable sign area as changeable copy. (1) Secondary signs are limited to monument or ground signs. iv) A maximum of one(1)freestanding sign with changeable copy per site. e) Guidelines Cv) A maximum one sign per site for Churches, Schools, and Commercial i) The architectural design of a Monument or Ground Sign should be an extension Recreational uses within Public Parks. of the building's architecture,or strongly complementary to the building's 4)Monument Sign architecture in form,materials,and color. 7 b) Sign location: ii) Exposedmaterials used in Monument or Ground Signs should be wood,metal, i) No freestanding sign shall be located along a local street. stone,brick,concrete(including precast and GFRC),and/or paint. Plastics ii) Freestanding signs on the same site shall be located a minimum of 150 feet should be avoided. zapart unless approved by a Planned Sign Program. iii) Monument or Ground Signs should be illuminated by external or halo iii) The location of commercial and neighborhood identification monument or ron ground signs shall comply with the requirements of Diagram A. , e•i iv) Monument or Ground Signs shall be located in a landscaped planter a minimum of two(2)feet wider than the sign itself. v) Monument or Ground Signs for Church,School and Commercial Recreational Uses within Public Parks shall be set back a minimum of five(5)feet from any interior property line. w 0 vi) Monument or Ground Signs for Neighborhood Identification Uses shall be set back a minimum of twenty(20)feet from any interior property line. A B C at c) Design G i) Monument or Ground Signs shall not have more than two(2)faces. 5)Ground Sign at u) Monument or Ground Signs over thirty-two(32)square feet in size shall have Aan opaque background,where only items of information may be internally 90 illumination only.Internally illuminated can signs with large translucent plastic (3) Monument or Ground Signs shall be located in a landscaped planter a panels should not be used. minimum of three(3)feet wider than the sign itself. 6) Pole Mounted Sign and e) Guidelines 7) Tower Sign i) Pole Mounted or Tower Signs should have an articulated architectural character Pole Mounted Signs are permanent freestanding signs not attached to a building,in and well—crafted details. which signs are constructed on or are affixed to the ground by one or more exposed (1) A single unomamented pole support design topped by a can sign typical columns,poles,or similar structural components.Tower Signs are freestanding of a commercial strip should not be used. signs similar to monument signs in that support poles or structures are concealed within an architectural enclosure of relatively constant width from bottom to top. (2) At a minimum,design treatment or ornamentation of structural supports as a decorative composition(for example,featuring columns,struts,braces, a) Number of Signs fittings,caps,decorative frames,bases,etc.)together with decoratively framed sign panels is recommended. i) Pole Mounted or Tower Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses (3) Alternatively,a Tower Sign should have an internal structural support with a dedicated ground floor entrance. within an architecturally composed exterior featuring a base,shaft,and ii) A maximum of one(I)per arterial street frontage on parcels with less than 400 feet of arterial street frontage. top. iii) A maximum one(1)primary freestanding sign and two(2)secondary signs on ii) The architecture and composition of a Pole Mounted or Tower Sign structure parcels with 400 feet or more of arterial street frontage should provide visual interest and detail at both automotive and pedestrian- scale speed and perception. (1) Secondary signs are limited to monument or ground signs. iii) The architectural character,materials,and colors of a Pole Mounted or Tower iv) A maximum of one(1)freestanding sign with changeable copy per site. Sign are recommended to be an extension of,or complementary to those from the primary building(s). y a b) Sign Location iv) Exposed materials used in Pole Mounted or Tower Signs should be wood, z Pole Mounted or Tower Signs shall not be located along a local street. metal,stone,brick,concrete(including precast and GFRC),and/or paint. 171 t c) Design O i) Pole Mounted or Tower Signs shall not have more than two(2)faces. ii) Pole Mounted or Tower Signs over fifty(50)square feet in size shall have V e an opaque background,where only items of information may be internally Z illuminated;or,signs shall be of channel letter design. 6)Pole Mounted Sign to iii) Street addresses shall be included on all Pole Mounted or Tower Signs with minimum six(6)inch numerals. N d) Changeable Copy i) The maximum area of freestanding signs with Changeable Copy shall be as follows: • w A (I) For Hotels with Convention Facility: A maximum of thirty(30)per cent 0 Cd of the allowable sign area as changeable copy. z (2) For Live Entertainment Uses: A maximum of thirty(30)per cent of the ts allowable sign area as changeable copy. a O ii) Sign location: - .a W (1) Freestanding signs on the same site shall be located a minimum of 150 feet yj apart unless approved by a Planned Sign Program pursuant to Huntington A Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs,Section t Xi 0.0 233.20 Planned Sign Program. (2) The location of pole mounted and tower signs shall comply with the 7)Tower Sign 0 requirements of Figure 2.9.1. co 91 v) Pole Mounted or Tower Signs should be illuminated by external,halo,exposed neon tube,or exposed LED illumination.Internally illuminated can signs with large translucent plastic panels should not be avoided. 8) Projecting Signs Projecting Signs are signs which are oriented perpendicularly to the building facade and which are mounted directly to the building facade or suspended under a bracket, `)� °ya7 armature,or other mounting device attached to the façade and project to the wall ) >B more the eighteen(18)inches. _ ,-11 C 1 n� c - 14 q o r a) Number of Signs 0 '; 9 cy Projecting Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ., o-. ground floor entrance. [ .... 11 o� �t 'et ^ 1i b) Sign Location e 1, _ 0 '= [f`:_' Projecting Signs shall only be mounted on the wall area below the second floor, / / centered above the store entrance or lease length.They may be mounted above or below an awning or canopy. c) Design '1; ' i ) '1i��' —u. yu u. �ui) Projecting Signs shall project no more than four(4)feet from the facade of the ^O r i III ..r i ' III building. ram• ��• C i ii) No portion of a Projecting Sign shall be lower than eight(8)feet above the level e of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects. 8)Projecting Sign 1 8)Projecting Sign 3 a iii) Projecting Signs shall be illuminated by external illumination only. a t7 pC d) Barber Pole p i) Any barber shop shall be entitled to display one(1)barber pole in addition to z other permitted sighs. ii) Barber poles shall not exceed four(4)feet in length(height). ON iii) Barber poles may be internally illuminated. . ti N iv) Barber shall not be mechanically rotated. 417,1 `>✓ r.v Shall not count towards the total sigh area - Y�' - g permitted based on Linear Frontage I art, a 0 Ratio. w e) Guidelines 8 8 c -4 - o� U i) Exposed materials used in Projecting Signs should be wood,metal,and paint. 11••, 1!,(4,• t- Use of plastics should be avoided or minimized. MT T� [ • rs r i. o .a W .t 1, I i ,I•:�, _ I 4; 47III vw III o '.-�-.'J vial 0 al 8)Projecting Sign 2 8)Projecting Sign 4 92 ii) Projecting Signs incorporating a distinctive shape relating to the business arc c) Guidelines c) Guidelines recommended,as well as signs utilizing three-dimensional and well-crafted designs. i) Awning materials should be canvas or nylon;plastic should not be used. Awning materials should be canvas or nylon;plastic should not be used. 10)Awning Valance Signs Awning FaceSignsx> 11)Awning Side Signs Awning Face Signs are signs applied to the primary face of an awning,including Awning Valance Signs are signs applied to the awning valence. Awning Side Signs are signs applied to the side panel of an awning,perpendicular sloped awning faces and vertical box awning faces. to the building wall surface. a) Number of Signs a) Number of Signs Awning Valance Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a a) Number of Signs Awning Face Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated dedicated ground floor entrance and multi-family buildings with a common lobby Awning Side Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance. entry. ground floor entrance and multi-family buildings with a common lobby entry. b) Design b) Design b) Design i) Awning Face Signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated i) Lettering for Awning Valance Signs shall not exceed one(I)line of lettering. i) The area of Awning Side Signs shall not count towards the total sign area awning. ii) Awning Valance Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to the permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio. ii) No portion of an Awning Face Sign shall be less than eight(8)feet above the awning,or as printed or woven directly into the awning fabric. ii) Lettering for Awning Side Signs shall not exceed one(I)line of lettering. level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects. iii) Awning Valance Signs shall not be illuminated. iii) Awning Side Signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated iii) Awning Face Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to the awning. awning,or as printed or woven directly into the awning fabric. iv) No portion of an Awning Side Sign shall be less than eight(8)feet above the iv) Awning Face Signs shall not be illuminated. level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects. v) Awning Side Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to the awning,or as printed or woven directly into the awning fabric. z vi) Awning Side Signs shall not be illuminated. C a O .L__. _ --. V e z c7, cp: r_i [..._ I I I p., 8 w O � I. W MN a, I o o ,� i, = j A ...... ..... - 1 111 ��1 © MO 9)Awning Face Sign 10)Awning Valance Sign 11)Awning Side Sign 93 c) Guidelines i) Materials used in Canopy Fascia Signs should be metal,wood,and paint only. i) Exposed materials used in Above Canopy Signs should be wood,metal,and Awning materials should be canvas or nylon;plastic should not be used. ii) Canopy Fascia Signs should be illuminated by external,halo,exposed LED,or paint only. exposed neon tube illumination only. ii) Above Awning Signs should be illuminated by external,halo,exposed neon 12)Canopy Fascia Signs -FF tube,exposed incandescent bulb,or exposed LED illumination only.They may 13) ove Canopy Sign also be translucent letters that are edge-lit. Canopy Fascia Signs are signs that are mounted to the front or side fascia of a Above Canopy Signs arc signs which are mounted partially or entirely above the canopy,contained completely within that fascia,and oriented parallel to the building front fascia of a canopy and oriented parallel to the building wall surface. I4)Cafe Umbrella Signs wall surface. a) Number of Signs a) Number of Signs a) Number of Signs Café Umbrella Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a Above Canopy Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a Canopy Fascia Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated dedicated ground floor entrance. ground floor entrance and multi-family buildings with a common lobby entry. dedicated ground floor entrance and multi-family buildings with a common lobby entry. b) Design b) Design b) Sign Location i) The area of café umbrella signs shall not count towards the total sign area i) Canopy Fascia Signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated Above Canopy Signs are permitted only above the front fascia of a canopy. permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio. canopy. ii) Café Umbrella Signs shall only be permitted to display the name and/or a ii) No portion of a Canopy Fascia Sign shall be less than eight(8)feet above the c) Design business logo of the business.Generic advertising such as a product name shall level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects. not be permitted. iii) Canopy Fascia Signs shall consist of only one(1)line of lettering articulated as t) Above Canopy Signs shall project no farther from the building than its iii) Sign letter height shall be a maximum of six(6)inches. individual letters mounted directly to the canopy. associated canopy. ii) No portion of an Above Canopy Sign shall be less than eight(8)feet above the c) Guidelines level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects. z z iii) Lettering for Above Canopy Signs shall include only one(1)line of lettering O using individual letters only. e V d) Guidelines a w V z z to a, N A.0 n b 1 ‘,„" -Taki 115 Cal o eT 11 UF+ _IN ,s l44,, if(S , • �' - z �;��� �, 0 I a1 ' ' _ .11u _ e 0.1 u- II u=� III I �' 11 MO m�i r�� M 12)Canopy Facia Sign 13)Above Canopy Sign 14)Cafe Umbrella Sign 94 iv) A business logo shall not exceed one(1)square foot in area. iii) If illuminated,recessed Entry Signs shall utilize external illumination only. I c) Guidelines • c) Guidelines The color combination of signs and umbrella fabric should be simple and contrasting Exposed materials used in Recessed Entry Signs should be wood,metal,and paint for legibility and avoidance of visual clutter. only. 15)Recessed Entry Signs 16)Window Signs Recessed Entry Signs are signs which are oriented parallel to the building façade Window Signs are signs which are applied directly to a window or mounted or and which are suspended over a recessed entry. suspended directly behind a window. a) Number of Signs a) Number of Signs Recessed Entry Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a Window Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated dedicated ground floor entrance and multi-family buildings with a common lobby ground floor entrance. entry. b) Sign Location b) Design Window Signs shall be permitted on windows below the second floor level only. i) Recessed Entry Signs shall not project beyond the facade of the building. ii) No portion of a Recessed Entry Sign shall be lower than eight(8)feet above the C) Design level of the sidewalk. The letter height of each Window Sign shall not exceed twelve(12)inches. d) Guidelines i) Ground floor Window Signs should consist of gold or silver leaf,vinyl,or paint 1 rn O applied to the glass,neon mounted or suspended behind the glass,or framed and F„ mounted paper signs. For metallic leaf or vinyl signs,a drop shadow behind it 7 4 w _. z V rn ti a 1 N 0 l' � A o A. S 1.,_I I III tt' ...v.v . ��:itititi:i o no 02 15)Recessed Entry Sign 16)Window Sign 95 should be avoided. Can signs will only be considered for use to incorporate longs,and are not permitted as the primary wall sign. If used,one of the following treatments should be applied: • A sheet metal or opaque sign surface with letters cut out so that only letter shapes or outlines are illuminated from within by translucent surfaces; • Or,a color scheme of translucent panels with dark colored background with light colored letters. 3) Recommended exposed and non-exposed illumination(light source) types include incandescent,halogen,neon,warm-white encapsulated compact fluorescent,warm-white encapsulated induction lamps, and LED light sources. Exposed spiral-tube compact fluorescent, fluorescent tube,metal halide,and cold-cathode light sources should only be used for non-exposed illumination,i.e.where lamps are shielded from view.Exposed high pressure sodium and low pressure sodium light sources are not recommended due to their color.The use of energy-efficient illumination sources is strongly encouraged. 4) For legibility,contrasting colors should be used for the color of the background and the color of the letters or symbols.Light letters on a dark background or dark letters on a light background are most legible. 5) Colors or color combinations that interfere with the legibility of the sign copy should be avoided.Too many C colors can weaken the legibility of the sign. e a 6) Fluorescent paint or material colors should not be used as predominant Vcolors in permanent signs or on their structural supports(except as required for municipal traffic and public safety signs). When fluorescent colors are used as part of temporary signage,they should be limited to ten(10)square feet of sign area per facade per establishment. 'L 7) Sign design,including color,should be appropriate to the establishment, r/1 conveying a sense of what type of business is being advertised er r.j 8) The location of all permanent building-mounted signs should be incorporated into the architectural design and composition of the building. Placement of signs should be considered an integral part of the overall facade design.Locations should be carefully composed and align with major architectural features.Visible architectural features such as panels,columns, etc.should not be haphazardly overlapped by building-mounted signs. C U 9) Storefront signage should help create architectural variety from establishment to establishment.In multi-tenant buildings, signage should be used to create interest and variety. p 10)All signs(mcluding temporary should •t present a neat and aligned appearance. A • All signs(including temporary signs)should be constructed and installed utilizing the services of a professional sign fabricator. 1-1 O PO 96 BOOK III : PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS The revitalization and ongoing development of the Beach and Edinger Corridors will be supported by a program of community action and investment.Given the substantial length of the corridors and the multiplicity of needs represented, this program will be implemented in phases in accordance with the availability of city resources. The prioritization of public improvements will be guided by the goals and strategies of this Specific Plan. Complementing the Development Standards, the strategic investment of community resources planned in this section are intended to accelerate the revitalization process and to add to the appeal and success of the corridors as the central spines of the city. As opportunities arise that were not known at the time of the Plan's adoption, the city may consider alternative investment strategies to more effectively realize the community's vision for the Beach Boulevard and Edinger Avenue Corridors. z z V Q} O � 04 3.1 CIRCULATION PLAN Classic Boulevard:A formal,signature streetscape with multiple rows of trees, parking for retail shops,a broad promenade sidewalk with street trees for shopping, outdoor dining,strolling,and special events. To stimulate and to support the envisioned growth and change along the Beach and Edinger Corridors,the City of Huntington Beach intends to invest capital t 1 improvement resources strategically as part of this document's circulation plan. This section describes the primary features of those anticipated investments. Monument Signage:Announces the gate- way into Huntington Beach 3.1.1 STREETSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS i `II .oS The City plans to implement phased streetwape improvements that will contribute \ significantly to the enhancement of the visual appeal and identity of the corridors. Streetscapeimprovements have been designed topromote the g � ., p gn type of change ��`.ti:.. envisioned by the community by providing attractive and compatible environments Edinger ••••"•a••`t J \ `� for the desired types of new development,as well as for highly valued existing �.,_ `� development 1}' fi trim• l \N. Implementation •�♦ Streetscape improvements will be installed and paid for by a combination of public N and private investment. New private development along the corridors will include --Jr • the installation of(or in-lieu payment for the future installation of)sidewalk and . :� Palm Tree Boulevard:Wide sidewalks, landscaping improvements between property line and curb. Private investors in 4 •.r ample lighting,shopfront visibility,and a palm corridor properties will also provide payment for the costs of installing public tree-lined median support business and mixed- improvements to the centerline of the street,as specified in the Development Code ► use development. portion of this Specific Plan(See Section 2.5-Street Regulations).Improvements in ►?_ the public right-of-way required in the Development Code match the improvements I • r. contained in this section. Public implementation of streetscape improvements will be staged over time,and j4as financial resources allow. Public implementation of streetscape improvements ♦ \ in various segments of the corridors would provide improvements between curbs Ellis.._. -- 's as well as improvements along public frontage areas of properties that have not yet • been improved per the standards of this portion of the Specific Plan. .,e- The Beach Boulevard right-of-way is owned by the State of California. Intended 7.,',,. A • design improvements will need to be coordinated with Caltrans as part of the design • development process. Design 4se • _ L IL The design of specific streetscape improvements is integrated with the configuration Parkway:Significant,informal landscaping of Center and Segment types that are the fundamental organizing principal of this — �. creates a garden-like environment appropriate Specific Plan. The integration of street design with building disposition and site - j t"'F for housing. improvements will result in the emergence of increasingly cohesive and iconic city corridors. us G The coordination of street design with development design results in the organization 1 E„ of streetscape improvements into three discrete segment improvement types:., "Classic Boulevard"improvements along Edinger Avenue,"Palm Tree Boulevard" .improvements along Beach Boulevard north of Main Street and "Parkway" improvements along Beach Boulevard south of Main Street,as illustrated in the . ra U diagram to the right. Schematic design details intended for each of these three Gcorridor segments are provided in the following sections. - = 1 ►r w`' \ C ~—_,-_\\ PCH(Pacific Coast Highway)gateway 01 • ,`• streetscape treatment south of Pacific View Avenue(outside of Specific Plan Area) _-_ 98 CLASSIC&PALM TREE BOULEVARD 'I .*. l) Classic Boulevard Improvements(Edinger Avenue,between STREET LIGHT i Goldenwest and Parkside) Illir a) Configuration: 1u1 I I I I lll i) As illustrated in the plan and cross-section diagrams to the left,Classic Boulevard Improvements r_ retain the three existing through-lanes in each direction along Edinger Avenue,and features a '�� ern landscaped center median with left turn pockets at select intersections. New protected services lanes ;,, and curbside parking(parking may be angled or parallel;diagrams on this page illustrate the option of IWO �,. C 'NW angle parking)run parallel to the through-lanes,and are separated from the through-lanes by curbed landscape separators. New sidewalks run along the building frontages. . ,,, ii) This schematic design assumes the maintenance of existing curb locations. The service lane, curbside parking,sidewalk and landscaped separator are constructed in part within the front setback s S ' zone of each property. That is,the new public frontage is constricted behind the existing curb. - ' . • ;< i b) Streetscape Elements: v^ y • f 11 i) Sidewalk:12 foot wide,scored concrete. ii) Curbed separator(between through-lanes and service lanes)-9 foot wide. , • iii) Street lighting / . ' 11 (1) Iconic Boulevard scale street-lighting(matches the Palm Tree Boulevard lighting on Beach Blvd). ,. ,...,, ,.:•-•.rag 'Sk f� Selected model/design featured in photograph to the left labeled"Classic&Palm Tree Boulevard Street 1 Pi- m Light" (2) Double arm boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale street lighting located within the curbed landscaped separators with a spacing of approximately 90 feet on-center Light source should be located I lc ) -M .fi 25-30 feet above finished grade for boulevard-scale street lighting and 12-14 feet above finished grade CLASSIC& PALM TREE BOULEVARD -,, for pedestrian-scale street lighting. BENCHES AND TRASH RECEPTACLE ` `", (3) Double arm boulevard-scale street lighting located within the center planted median with a spacing 1 ,- of approximately 90 feet on-center.Light source should be located 25-30 feet above finished grade. 6.4 C �,. _.- -h l �1 Ifft •+ approximatelyback-of-curbi ' at 60 feet on-center. ( S - 40 . . iv) Other Famishing:benches with wood or metal slats and metal trash receptacles with an aesthetic _ �„ 'r- +t " that evokes the beach and surf culture.All metalwork to be painted to match the street lighting. �_ • -; ' Selected models/designs featured in pictures to the left labeled"Classic&Palm Tree Boulevard ��- NORTH S1U1=. SOE'TH SIDE Benches and Trash Receptacle." � e_. v) Street Trees: Formal planting arrangement with street trees located in regularly spaced alee {�" _ '--- pattern. (1) Street Tree Selection:Jacaranda mimosifolia O T l t w3a 4 )' ` r 1� � n k� a -ky- r•� 1;/'r• � "'< (2) Trees are located within the median,the curbed landscape separators,and in flush tree grates in the V n R .. ,3;.."` s t Sr i,:a '.`r } '•'�. i an led arkin zone at",_ Ill g p g approximately 30 feet on-center,and are planted as close to comer curb-returns i1 �� I, .h - - - - -- _ �,. -� as possible. V �.. ` i i �-� III IIlI! (3) Trees align across the street as much as possible. c --: W _ .. -..'. vi) Other planting:median and curbed landscaped separators are planted with native,low .. '�.a,. W groundcover with green foliage,which does not require irrigation or extensive maintenance. .:�. CO > •"r` $ ='n NORTH SIDE SOl'TH SIDE CO 99 2) Palm Tree Boulevard Improvements(Beach Blvd. P:'1.>I I I I. Rn' l l.l:,-v;<1) ice rrs north of 5 Points intersection): /' j + r I I < < < 410 a) Configuration: i l / , i) As illustrated in the plan and cross-section diagrams to the right,Palm \ Tree Boulevard Improvements retain the existing four through-lanes in each u direction,and feature a landscaped center median with left turn pockets at 8 J • t select intersections. .I. II7 ®� tIN. ii) This schematic design assumes the maintenance of existing curb rt , locations. L� t i V b) Streetscape Elements: -ICE i ( _ li) Sidewalk and Sidewalk Buffer:street improvements feature a 6 foot .-.PiLliiim L !,_ ® •'k "t sidewalk separated from the back-of-curb by a 4 foot continuous planter strip. �^r�t 18 ti c.; ii) Street lighting: ' I I t a u - t erglI: (1) Iconic Boulevard scale street-lighting(matches the Classic Boulevard '! C7 <- 1rr lighting on Edinger Ave).The finish color is to be determined. - i t- ('11'i tl k-� Z. (2) Double arm boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale street lighting located i 11 _ within the planter strip with a spacing of approximately 90 feet on-center. Light source should be located 25-30 feet above finished grade for boulevard- t scale street lighting and 12-14 feet above finished grade for pedestrian-scale � _; street lighting. P\'f� - - (3) Double arm boulevard-scale street lighting located within the center ', ..r.. ' 8 planted median with a spacing of approximately 100-120 feet on-center(or 1, ,,. : . E r.. - r ' every 3 clusters of palm trees).The street lighting will be the first vertical O i� <`" -. r element at the ends of the median and the light source should be located 25-30 ® i �,, feet above finished grade. f 0 ! _ - •• - L3 t1a "—J. it- cii1 iii) Other Furnishing:benches with wood or metal slats,and metal trash vI t It 'Li +i receptacles with an aesthetic that evokes the beach and surf culture.All J r"{ 1. metalwork to be painted white or fresh green. i , , -: -_ 1 r' - - " WEST SIDE EAST SIDE R,,i,n,,,R.-e:u-R:,rul Palm(Photo hi:D.Comaggial iv) Street Trees li (I) Behind the curbs:Intermittent clusters of three,single-species,tall palm � '°'... trees,with very slim trunks. (2) Palm Tree Species Selection:Washingtonia robusta to (3) Center Median Palm Tree Planting: Palm trees planted in an alee t ' O arrangements, approximately 30- 35 feet on center in two rows where 'r - " Qpossible. r `. _ (4) Street Tree Lighting: Trees to be u lit at night,with one I50 watt u A A r 8h g: a sh, up- light _ 0 light on the side closest to moving traffic lanes. U v) Other planting:planter strips and the center median are landscaped with t mow: .. native,low groundcover with green foliage,which does not require irrigation _ _ W ....., _ 0 or high level of maintenance. -w "— �. Wd.. OWING moo. ...o.e. ` W1'F.s"1 SIDE EAST SIDE 100 3) Parkway Improvements(Beach Blvd.south of Main Street to Specific Plan Boundary): /► /► i `� y �mM",,,,m a„ a) Typical Configuration: t • 150 . i) As illustrated in the plan and cross-section diagrams to the left,Parkway Improvements aretain the existing three through-lanes in each direction,with occasional parallel parking " �r 4f .; '- H Ye "'°`"`°� along the sidewalk curb,and features a landscaped center median with left turn pockets at gg ❑ ! �; Li w , di v...."m:•r select intersections. /\ I c I 'r r _iii)_, PP ' oa,,�,.. ii) This schematic design assumes the maintenance of existing curb locations and in I ' many cases assumes the retention of the existing back-of-sidewalk location. In instances !ill. I .7 its: where public frontages feature narrow monolithic curb,gutter and sidewalk,it may not �.I - / \ 4\ be possible to implement envisioned parkway strip and sidewalk improvements until and ti+ ii, ' I�� INlllII!�!t!!!!!!i~ I I I I' '4 unless new development occurs. r., l� , , ,, ,,,, ��` = b) Typical Streetscape Elements: 1 / i) Sidewalk and Sidewalk Buffer: street improvements include a 6 foot sidewalk with a 9 I foot continuous planter strip along the back-of-curb. . • 1 tie//\ /\ . A' ,7,1 • ;, ii) Street lighting. \ p ,: if,01 1 r - (I) Unique pedestrian-scale street lighting(reminiscent of colored Venetian lanterns,that \t \I. ;Ai 1 rI ( express the romance and festive atmosphere of the beach in a modern way).Selected model/ ,'i;;,�:�I '. \V \r design featured in photographs on the following page labeled"Parkway Street Light." / , /` 1_ . :tj /a (2) Finish color:gun-metal i *-,,- _.Ct{,, 1 /\ /\ • (3) Streetlights are to be positioned within the planting strip at approximately 80 feet on- center. 1fl:.IrC.t :::IL t�li7""�'I \ "i.- I center. � �� �� it. '��, _I (' -j -_-- "t,- r--- (4) The light source should be located at 14 feet from the finished grade and use filters ' I- within the luminaires to create colored effects through awrap-around foliage mask. /\ /\ '1 ) � _�L jaK iii) Other Famishing:benches with wood or metal slats,and metal trash receptacles with ��, an aesthetic that evokes the beach and surf culture.All metalwork to be painted white. WEST SIDE EAST SIDE iv) Planting: Parkway Improvements feature an arrangement of alternating,informally shaped clusters of vegetation(Type A and Type B-described below)planted on the center median roughly every 50-60 feet on-center,and up-lit at night.Low,native groundcover with green foliage to alternate with the vegetation clusters. (1) Type A cluster:a single multi-trunk palm tree-Phoenix reclinata or Chamaerops ~Pk')',� humilis,broad-leaf tall grasses and medium-height groundcover with small,showy flowers �Ji' and native grasses. ..urs vc. 1 .., rpA•p rn _ r (2) Type B cluster: a cluster of single-trunk,medium-height palm trees-Wodyetia p - N.si,., .,1,a n bifurcate(trees selected from nurseries that seeded the trees in California),small accent V • palm-like trees-Cycas revolute,and low groundcover,preferably with flowers and native At _.__- grasses. 1 km,. "a "'" "" WM ." !N... ��^ v) Other planting:Planter strips to be built as functional stormwater management V ,00,0a„ . .. facilities,landscaped with a mix of native,low groundcovers and native grasses. C e:nw� Arrangements of two tall palm trees with thick and very straight trunks(Phoenix dactylifera or Roystonea regia)with a street light in the middle at 15'from the light poles CD WEST SIDE EAST SIDE are intermittent with an informal composition of medium-height palm trees(Wodyetia O bifurcata)and small accent palm-like trees(Cycas revoluta). 101 -- PARKWAY STREET LIGHT PARKWAY PALM TREES 4 f _I / I.. , : .r N / s /p a - ` or; t!'•! /.44y..,, 1, `� aiyY v -.yam1 C. t k 9 d_: �. - ` , w ....�tF 5 a "`rr, e:.'�' �.,-%r- _ , ,aIt& e.'dT� '�` Pharni,ror he.',11-Pigin Dare/ Phoenix reclinata-Senegal Date Palm gyp'(��� i i 'r.. ,k.- t + a ..� , tom-►. .,1 .' 4 {A, 'ilk 'N r ,t h ' fi .^t- 5 �1 , t,,1,,..� /• ,, 'may} S . r5 � e. 1`Ay 're- N I' , '� ';' .. xir ) •air • rem a°'a ','� ._ Ort a' `I t..:ifi j ' ? r rn Wadvetia biJureata-Funtall Palm Roystonea Regia-Royal Palm F Q 00 102 1 c) Special Conditions: i) There are special conditions along the length of the Parkway Improvement segment that will require the streetscape treatment to be tailored for these areas. These special conditions include: (1) Large canopies of existing trees at back of sidewalk that limit installation of sidewalk planter strip vegetation. (a) A closer look at this condition will be required to determine if the existing tree canopies should be pruned to allow for the new streetscape treatment,or if the installation of low-medium height groundcover and streetlights is more appropriate. (2) Narrow existing sidewalks that do not allow for a 9'wide planter strip. (a) Trees will be located in a narrower continuous planter strip or in tree grates. (3) A frontage road with curbed landscaped separators (a) A closer study is required to determine if the proposed sidewalk planter strip treatment can be installed in the separator. 4) Gateway Monmument—Beach Blvd.&Edinger Ave. As part of the City's ongoing sign program,a new city entry sign will be built at the intersection of Beach Blvd.and Edinger Ave.to mark this major gateway into the City. 5) Connection between Town Center Neighborhood and Village at Bella Terra As a supplement to an on-site pedestrian walkway system,potential future pedestrian and bicycle access such as an at-grade crossing or an above-ground crossing shall be pursued across the existing rail line between the former Levitz and Montgomery Ward(Village at Bella Terra)sites. Funding mechanisms,including a fair share analysis for the Edinger Corridor,shall be pursued by the City of Huntington Beach in conjunction with affected property owners. z o U O O 103 3.1.2 TRAFFIC/STREET NETWORK . 2) Beach Boulevard&Talbert Avenue Intersection IMPROVEMENTSgallipi111.111.11/1q The Beach Boulevard/Talbert Avenue intersection appears to be less likely to be To accommodate ongoing growth and investment along the Corridors,the City a aa impacted by short-term changes in land use,allowing some time to assess the intends to place the highest priority on the implementation of improvements IIII . ,# . most effective long-term improvement strategies for this intersection. Based on to expand vehicular capacity. This section outlines an assessment of needed i current land use in the area,potential redevelopment and traffic volumes,the most improvements based on Environmental Impact Report No.08-008 i I I feasible improvements that provide acceptable intersection operations are the addition of an unmarked westbound right turn lane and a second westbound left 1) Beach Boulevard&Edinger Avenue Intersection turn lane. Implementation of these improvements would require acquisition of FIG 3.1 EDINGER AVE.SIGNAL TIMING right-of-way,impacting some of the properties near the intersection. Alternative The intersection of Beach Boulevard and Edinger Avenue is the most critical improvement strategies may prove to be more viable if developed in conjunction intersection with respect to the corridors,particularly Edinger Avenue,since it with redevelopment of parcels adjacent to the intersection. will likely be impacted by short-term development. Improvements are intended to be implemented in stages allowing a linked program of land use and traffic improvements. The critical part of the circulation system to accommodate future growth is the 11111 northern part of Beach Boulevard. As part of this Plan's adoption,the Beach Boulevard/Edinger Avenue intersection is operating deficiently,a situation that is exacerbated by the I-405 interchange immediately to the north. Similarly the Beach Boulevard/Talbert Avenue intersection is close to capacity. The following ¢ `,S e « improvements for the Beach Boulevard/Edinger Avenue intersection address the '411E— operational and issues and also increase the capacity: EDINGER AVE. .......,..,_,.__,.,,,..e.s TALBERT AVE. i) Signal timing optimization along Edinger Avenue between Beach Boulevard and Goldenwest Avenue. 11111) ii) Operational changes:allowing two lanes to enter the eastbound Edingerar-, _ > 1-405 slip ramp(i.e.,one dedicated lane and one optional lane). m m iii) The addition of a third westbound through lane at the intersection. m CO iv) The addition of a fourth northbound through lane at the intersection (coupled with operational changes to the loop off-ramp just north of the intersection). FIG 3.2 BEACH BLVD.&EDINGER AVE.INTERSECTION FIG 3.3 BEACH BLVD. & TALBERT AVE. INTERSECTION These improvements will require coordination with Caltrans. Implementation of AREA TRAFFIC IMPROVEMENTS IMPROVEMENTS all four will address the operational problems and increase capacity by as much as 30 percent. z 0 F U Q 5- t� U - x 0 0 104 3) Beach Boulevard&Warner Avenue 4) Beach Boulevard&Heil Avenue 5) Beach Boulevard&Garfield Avenue Several potential strategies for improving operations at the intersection of Beach Traffic projections for the intersection of Beach Boulevard and Heil Avenue indicate Significant capacity improvements are needed to maintain acceptable long-term Boulevard&Warner Avenue are available. In general,relatively modest additions that there will be a need for capacity improvements to meet both City and Caltrans traffic operations at the intersection of Beach Boulevard and Garfield Avenue. to traffic capacity are needed at the intersection in the long-term.The addition of a operational requirements. In general,significant capacity improvements at the Second northbound and southbound left turn lanes are needed. The existing right- separate right turn lane for the eastbound,westbound and northbound approaches intersection are likely to be challenging due to the presence of a drainage channel of-way and pavement width appear to be adequate to provide the additional lanes. to the intersection would each provide an incremental improvement to capacity/ that passes under the intersection diagonally from the northeast to the southwest. However,removal of on-street parking near the intersection would be needed along efficiency in intersection operations. All would have some degree of property An effective improvement that appears to be most feasible at this time is the addition with narrowing of the median adjacent to the existing left turn lanes. impacts to the adjacent parcels. At this time,it appears that the addition of the of a second northbound left turn lane. westbound right turn lane,by itself would be sufficient to ensure acceptable long- term operations with the least impact to adjacent parcels. However,alternative improvement strategies may prove to be more viable if developed in conjunction with redevelopment of parcels adjacent to the intersection. WARNER AVE. *:.:. HEIL AVE. r GARFIELD AVE. } � ro m mF it11, FIG 3.4 BEACH BLVD. & WARNER AVE. INTERSECTION FIG 3.5 BEACH BLVD. & HEIL AVE. INTERSECTION FIG 3.6 BEACH BLVD.& GARFIELD AVE.INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS IMPROVEMENTS IMPROVEMENTS 6) Beach Boulevard,Main Street&Ellis Avenue An operational deficiency is noted at the Beach Boulevard/Main Street intersection and at the immediately adjacent Main Street/Ellis Avenue intersection.This is related to the close spacing between the intersections and the resulting queue interference. A number of improvement options at this intersection are available,mostly dealing with the role of Ellis Avenue west of Main Street in the circulation system for this area. Such options range from lane configuration changes,possibly with some p individual movement prohibitions,to full closure of Ellis Avenue at this location and conversion to pedestrian use. These improvements require further evaluation u and development of a circulation plan to achieve both planning and traffic operations y objectives. F U Pd CO 105 3.1.3 IMPROVEMENTS SUPPORTING FUTURE 3) Neighborhood Centers/5 Points necessitate including a very limited number of stops within the mainline section TRANSIT SERVICES In addition to the potential improvements identified in the Neighborhood Parkway of Edinger Avenue to meet performance specifications for the individual service. Segment,the Neighborhood Centers may be prime areas for providing future local Transit service within this district will also take full advantage of the existing transit Planning for future transit services on the Beach and Edinger Corridors requires service point at the OCTA transit center at the corner of Gothard Street and Center transit services. Depending on the types of services available,on-site and on- an understanding of existing services,those that are planned and other services Avenue. Expansion of the OCTA transit center to adjacent properties,such as the that could be developed,and integrating those services with the anticipated land street infrastructure may be needed to maximize the effectiveness of the services. Southern California Edison right-of-way and the Redevelopment Agency-owned use pattern changes. While the Specific Plan includes many details for developing Incorporating on-site transit stops in new development plans should be considered parcel,should be evaluated. alongeach of the corridor segments, for local circulator services.Roadside bust stops and turnouts should be considered it is virtually impossible to include a detailed to facilitate regional transit services. plan for transit services since the implementation of transit services are beyond the scope of what the plan can accomplish.Identifying appropriate goals and strategies 4) Neighborhood Boulevard for encouraging transit use and mandating the considering or inclusion of significant elements is appropriate for the Specific Plan and can help regional service providers As with the Neighborhood Parkway Segment,development within the Neighborhood maximize service potential within the corridors. Boulevard Segment is generally lower in density with a few possible pockets of higher density development. Expanding local transit service in this area is expected One of the key transportation benefits of mixed use development with increased to be confined to facilitating express regional services and incorporating local residential density is the decrease in the propensity of residents to be reliant upon circulator options into development. Expanding local transit service in this area is the automobile for daily activities. In addition to walking to area businesses and expected to be confined to facilitating express regional services and incorporating services,a higher percentage of residents of this type of development are interested local circulator options into development. Development of new transit service in using public transportation. The increased density also makes service options alternatives along Beach Boulevard may require the development of special with fewer stops more viable. facilities to expedite transit vehicle flow and service.Areas near major intersections The following sections provide guidance in developing services that integrate could provide opportunities for transit bypass lanes/queue jumping facilities and existing and new transit services with redevelopment of the corridors.The sections modification of traffic signal operations to facilitate transit flow. The most likely are intended to be guides that allow for substantial flexibility in implementation in areas within this segment where this approach could be used are at each of the order to adapt to changes in potential services and development scenarios. major intersections of Ellis,Talbert,Slater and Warner. Detailed evaluation of �� development proposals on approaches to these intersections should be undertaken in the context of developing new transit service to ensure that appropriate public Provide greater opportunity and convenience for residents and visitors to the infrastructure can be provided to support the service.The areas near Warner Avenue corridor to use public transit options,by incorporating appropriate infrastructure to and Ellis/Main present the greatest potential for higher density development and support transit in development plans and amenities to make these options appealing inclusion of transit facilities with new development. Special attention should be to users. given to enhancing transit services at these key nodes. 1) Residential Parkway Segment 5) Town Center Boulevard-Beach Boulevard Very few changes are expected to occur within Residential Parkway Segment that The Beach Boulevard portion of the Town Center Boulevard segment is expected would necessitate significant changes in transit service needs.There may be limited to include greater concentrations of commercial development. Transit needs within opportunities to integrate expanded amenities for future transit services that might this segment will be greatly dependent on the type of development that occurs. include Bus Rapid Transit or local circulator services within the segment. Based At the transition point near Warner Avenue,integration of transit service facilities on current projections for street capacity,it would appear that sufficient right-of- supporting various transit options should be considered with any new development. way is available throughout this segment to meet future transit amenity needs. As Further north,key facilities should be planned at approximately 1/2 mile intervals, future service programs develop,additional facilities may be required and should be integrated with appropriate development proposals and existing traffic signals for reviewed as new development occurs. pedestrian circulation. Local circulator options may require additional stops while express commuter services may have fewer,more limited stops. 2) Neighborhood Parkway Segment z Anticipated land use scenarios within this segment are generally characterized as 6) Town Center Boulevard/Town Center Neighborhood 0 being lower in density with most commercial development serving local needs.As -Edinger Avenue usuch,the need for expanded local transit service alternatives along Beach Boulevard The Edinger Avenue Corridor is comprised of Town Center Boulevard,Town Center d' may require the development of special facilities to expedite transit vehicle flow Neighborhood and the Town Center Core.The development standards for this area and service. Areas near major intersections could provide opportunities for transit encourage greater residential and mixed use densities that would suggest a greater U bypass lanes/queue jumping facilities and modification of traffic signal operations opportunity for effective transit service options. The creation of smaller blocks to facilitate transit flow. The most likely areas within this segment where this within each development along with the development of the Classic Boulevard approach could be used are at Adams,Garfield and Ellis. Detailed evaluation of street section,provide many options for servicing transit in the area.Transit service w development proposals on approaches to these intersections should be undertaken points should be located outside of the main line of Edinger Avenue as much G in the context of developing new transit services to ensure that appropriate public as possible. Transit stops and amenities should be incorporated into the public © infrastructure can be provided to support the service. frontage areas,within developments and along secondary arterials such as Center Avenue and Gothard Street. Certain transit services,such as bus rapid transit may 106 1 3.2 PUBLIC FACILITIES The Public Facilities plans identify proposed infrastructure,wastewater,water and storm drain facility improvements to serve development within the Specific Plan area. An analysis of infrastructure requirements can be found in Environmental Impact Report No 08-008,a program level environmental analysis for the Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan. m z 0 6 ►r DE O O oa 107 3.2.1 WASTEWATER FACILITIES The City of Huntington Beach is responsible for the review and approval of the collection of wastewater within the Specific Plan area,and the Orange County Sanitation District(OCSD)is responsible for the treatment of wastewater. LEGEND. _.._.._ City Boundary ..- The land use changes and increases in development intensity proposed with the Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan would result in additional growth within "'- spee ro Plan Boundary �� each of the Specific Plan segments.In order to estimate the additional wastewater ..., sewer Line upgrade T New,Li SS Line ',w generated from the buildout of the proposed Specific Plan and to identify potential Sewer Line Upgrade capacity constraints within the City's sewer system,a"Sewer Analysis Report" New tr SS Line was prepared by PBS&J and is presented in Appendix H.Volume II of the Specific •.-. Now;Line Lineage j 7.4 Plan EIR.Assumptions were made on where development would most likely occur ,� �` and wastewater flow generation calculations were performed on each of these O... sewer Lin.LineUpgrade, New 7a"SS Llna gir development areas that would discharge to the various City sewer systems.The �, `� • le" Exist.O.C.S.D.Trunk Line resulting wastewater flow calculations were used to perform hydraulic calculations tale.of Line) $ 1 • 41111111111 for each pipe segment in the affected sewer system,and based on City sewer design { ,{ y criteria,recommendations were made on pipe segments needing to be upsized as "..._,.L (7. ' ' j 2_. a result of the Specific Plan buildout.The results of the analysis are presented in r ' Figure 3.7.Note that the portion of the necessary upsizing on Beach Blvd.between e t _ �. 2 Talbert Ave.and Slater Ave.was identified by the City's Citywide Sewer Master . .- •-+ r Plan(SMP)and was completed in 2003. / a `•-- } _ e—• • • • . f It is important to note that the sewer pipe upgrades recommended here are based 'mot 'e : on the best available data,including existing flow data,calculated flow data,and fJ I, .4. i j 1 • L. I i' 1 future land use assumptions.Future development may vary substantially from those /t ,i-• • assumed here,varying the location and amount of sewer flows generated,which / ._j • $ would in turn require a different pipe size upgrade than those shown here.For each / / : . 1 [ I }< \ -- individual project that may be developed under the proposed Specific Plan,a Sewer . . �'" a"� Analysis Report shall be prepared and submitted for review and approval,and shall {.\ } �. t ' identify constraints,requirements for new connections or upgrades associated with / `�' . . W I ! — •'Y development of the individual project. • 1.- "� '•-••-••••.* ,� } j` • Sewer lines within the Specific Plan area will be contained in public or private roads r- - - - - - . -••-••-••-••r -••-••: j -„-•,-„ 'r or in easements that will ultimately be dedicated to the City of Huntington Beach. 1- "N ••- •y Sewer improvements will be designed to the City of Huntington Beach standards. { y Developers will be responsible for the construction or funding of sewer facilities �C J 1 •� I * } 1} T t +. within their project and/or off-site facilities necessary to serve the development. i I ��j `[IT .sue_ •1 4.--i i* : L: it::::..--..,_,, I t-tr t ....___._.4 t.- i ':....; f z, ' i i . . tiii ±i - i t :1 _ • .fIt 44 I tt l-ir 1 1 •-•+ • ' r+l r.____.i._______4. • . . . r =- -� I,: .LL . 1 1T • 0 FIG 3.7 WASTEWATER FACILITIES 108 ' 1 • --:_. L , ili , mi . , ,, I , trn . 1 .lii_i_i_, _.• .. 1 - • 1._l_i_, , ...._. ›.......,, , • , ...._. ___. • • •,, . - ---4-1........-----_--/4-4. •--.4 7-1 • • -161" 4 -• - •t:::/--ITIT I 1- "---.1-1. ----4--rd • ."- 1 • 1 + .•i t •• '�fa&kw1.+T se i Mi jtni i iirTh.-,; TIT • ti 1 Ii 11 r.. •__„sri__.. • r7-4--...__i". ! .' Trl If 11 i, / '1 i +••--r-r- . ''g TI:d ! `-''-j I.' N.A4--•---•--1 4---1 --•---e--dr 1 k•s — Y I l . 1?.--.- y• ----�j-►-.---tI---t tr•- 1 \-te . -__! __ ! ,1 L 1 , 1 k r-� • . ', '• • Delmore :11L •. .,,ly i .---. .-..--.---• (u') 'S ! ;as l�.--. • •i 1. • 1 • 1 F �... •-•-r--e- -•- a 1-1 r, il.:,....1---• i 1ri.... / ri Si I �-•-1 Mir Z.... .t. I I t a t 1 '—'n i -1-t , , .1 i i .___41 • • ♦--� _ _i 1-'-' '� —._._. f p T—•.��`. ' sue_. `f T+I1 f7j 1 Il I} fI• ♦♦ . i 1 1•1 1 I..1. • .1 et ♦ f LEGEND: Vj T } City Boundary T •s-- I 1 ,,. : I ' L_I t t I L —••— Specific Plan Boundary it 1m ♦ • • ♦ • • sewer Line Upgrade ' *T1h.4I 1( New 10:SS Line._ jy1T�� FySewerLlneUPader'•—SIT j New 12.S3 LineV iT i ��• i Sewer Line Upgrade Mq • • ♦ :,_ 1♦ • 4 . I ~• New 15-SS Line II+, •y Sewer Line Upgrade I�1 New lir SS Line O FIG 3.7 WASTEWATER FACILITIES Mr) Exist.O.C.S.D.Trunk Line 0 (Sire o1 Line) co 109 3.2.2 DOMESTIC WATER FACILITIES The City of Huntington Beach provides the domestic water for the Specific Plan area and all of the customers within the City of Huntington Beach. The land use changes and increases in development intensity proposed with the LEGEND: Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan would likely result in increased fire -••-.- City Boundary 41‘èii . +� `` , flow protection within each of the Specific Plan segments and water facilities. _.._ Specific Plan Boundary Existing water pipes throughout the project site provide some of the infrastructure Water a.Upgrade necessary to provide water service to future users under buildout of the Specific — New 12.water Main I� Plan. However,it is likely that new on-site and off-site improvements(both public and private)may be required to provide adequate service for the increase in water demand. Based on City requirements,it is expected that 12-inch diameter lines I will be required to serve much of the Specific Plan area. Due to the width and4, ) ` _ character of Beach Boulevard,installation of water lines on both sides will typically .be required Figure 3.8 Domestic Water Facilities illustrates what is anticipated to ' tbe needed at full buildout.It is important to note that the water pipe upgrades recommended here are based00�.Si. adkh. 1 /ron the best available data,current Public Works Department standards,including711111111:11hydraulic modeling data,and future land use assumptions.Future development ,5� IliNINI �,. may vary substantially from those assumed here,varying the location and amount f of necessary fire flow,which may in turn require a different pipe size upgrade �-'�1 t than those shown here.For each individual project that may be developed under '' L ' 4.-/' the proposed Specific Plan,a hydraulic capacity analysis shall be prepared and / Id I P•ei r submitted for review and approval,and shall identify constraints,requirements / ■ for new connections or upgrades associated with development of the individual project. �.6 _1. "'�It, ir ' - All water improvements will be designed to the City of Huntington Beach water y _ s ' standards. Locations of fire hydrants and apparatuses will be reviewed for each I Fjll t-- I. N. development by the City of Huntington Beach to ensure adequate fire flow and rt - �- 1 pressure. Developers will be responsible for the construction or funding of — Mill t ff '-.._.._.._:- _.._..,-, f• water facilities within their project and/or off-site facilities necessary to serve the _. BMW. am .r development. . a2.117S.., � / #� r,�I I j 1' -:! liiciri- -j i c`L 1 i 1 I r : 11-----H-4_1. J 1 . . t 1 1 ; - O O FIG 3.8 WATER FACILITIES gel 110 l �r i ( i i i— I1 �, �r—E. � _ t-,-- i L 1 , I I �1 — - I -I 111 1 , Li ,di lNtwllriaa'ft. .— a �=T i/ y ti I ••Florida Et `�,f. 1 1------ -' �..� (� � r, 1 j_ .'l.,l.-41�"_r""r.l f `._.._.._.._.._. } _.._. ..•.....4.. ._.._r.._.._!._...�..ye ' ,�,j i.�_� aradi.l _r_..4.-.. t i1 I t IT 1_.._._ - i i _ _— �_.._ r sue- .7 _. _.._.._...._ _.• •i - •.._..{._.._y.._..a.ara.an-.._.^ a.._.. t'"' 1 .1 t I ) , 1 ;1 -tp tI - ' - i _. _.._ �._t--_ u_I - - 1 i, i �' . �_w.. _._. �' j' I 1_7 � �( f I i I I l 1 I z I- ton t ._I �.i I- I111I1 I I ' LEGEND: E it -..___ City Boundary .. I S I !f -••- Specific Plan Boundary �,a• •- t li 1 iil + ` Water Line Upgrade V il L1� �� New 1Y Water Main r� Fel FIG 3.8 WATER FACILITIES C tr:1 111 3.2.3 STORM DRAIN FACILITIES Existing storm drain facilities are maintained by the City of Huntington Beach. Currently,thsiv City has in place a M r Plan f Drainage(MPD), is a L L.... comprehensive drainage study of the community that identifies and creates an LEGEND: .+ inventory of existing storm drain facilities and identifies where system elements City Boundary would be deficient in a General Plan buildout scenario.The MPD ranks the severity /_ Specific Plan Boundary �/`� of the difference between existing capacity and the capacity needed to support the / buildout of the General Plan and recommends system improvements to initiate the M- New Storm Drain Plpe (Prop.Pipe Size) �� corrections. SP Upgrade Storm Drai.Pipa As analyzed in Environmental Impact Report """""" (rr.p.upgraa.d Plp.sl:.) yz p No.08-008,the majority of the land within the Specific Plan Area is currently developed and in comparison to existing conditions,the proposed land use changes and increases in development intensity would not result in a significant increase in impervious surfaces and storm runoff. Therefore, the recommendations here mirror those deficient storm drain pipes identified in the MPD that fall within the Specific Plan area.While the majority of the drainage facilities identified are those that are deficient and in need of upgrade +improvements,some facilities are new and are proposed for areas where no storm / drain currently exists. It is important to note that the storm drain pipe upgrades recommended here are based on the best available data. Future development may vary substantially from those assumed here. For each individual project that may be developed under the L.tc. '-"• proposed Specific Plan,a Hydrology and Hydraulics Report shall be prepared and submitted for review and approval, and shall identify system constraints, 1 requirements for new connections or upgrades associated with development of the / individual project. _�,1 Storm drain lines will be designed to the City of Huntington Beach standards. oara..aw -i. p L ' _ Developers will be responsible for construction or funding of storm drain facilities / -,,t PI within their project and/or off-site facilities necessary to serve the development. ! i ! l r, /3e- ar ��; Mies �.. •i-..�. »' . J Mad. ...� a.:.._._:-..� iii is- r # s s , _-. e- Nwrlwa Ave. - O Q C� - 0 0 FIG 3.9 STORM DRAIN FACILITIES m 112 • .-.r.""'"'"—.-r-t...., ....... • \ `"" ........_...._...._I ._` ( L • - 1 f , -Y . . — ) 1 L-:\f_r ' 1: '‘.... : "' .. 'LS'''. 1---i .11 Ooldamwat IL I 1 r�,._• M NY m•mme. • T i j -II .` r 1•- -1 sr a i r ._ u Beach f ",.. • ._.. ••, L„.„,•• ✓ #• "! Y Blvd. , r•• •l • 1 1 1 ..1•�.t_..e r. .. i iy i i �.._..t i .--1e # 4e ` • 1 ( € \\ Z -- - ! _...._�1 , ; LEGEND: .1 - -•_ City Boundary 1 _( —••— Specific Plan Boundary U i3 New Storm Drain Pipe (Prop.Pipe Size) 1�" Upgratle Storm Drain Pipe : °1 (Prop.Upgraded Pipe Size) FIG 3.9 STORM DRAIN FACILITIES O CO 113 3.2.4 PARKS The City's regulations provide that non-subdivided residential development pay a park-in lieu fee. Projects with subdivisions,e.g.condominiums,may either The City of Huntington Beach's Community Services Department operates seventy dedicate land or pay an in-lieu fee. It is expected that much of the development parks,two beaches and a golf course.The General Plan sets a standard of five acres that occurs in the Specific Plan area will pay in-lieu fees.These monies can be used of park space per 1,000 people. Based on the current inventory of recreational to implement the parks projects identified that are not already approved. space and the City's population,the City is approximately 4.2 acres below the park Payment of the in-lieu fee may also be used to improve existing unimproved park standard. space as follows: The projected development within the Specific Plan area is estimated to require up to 60 acres of additional park space within the city. Due to the linear and built-outExisting,Unimproved Park nature of the majority of the Specific Plan area,it is not expected that much,if any, Bartlett Park 25.13 of the park space would be located within its boundaries. Figure 3.10 depicts the locations of parks within 1.5 miles of the Specific Plan area. It is expected that Note:2.0 acres of the park is improved. Specific Plan residents will utilize these facilities as well as others that may be developed. In addition,the Specific Plan requires that projects provide on-site Bartlett Park's total 27.13 acres is already counted as part of the City's park inventory. public and private open space and specifically calls for a half-acre public open space However,because it is largely unimproved,it will effectively be new park space. area on the existing Levitz site,north of Edinger Ave. Due to the 20 year timeframe over which development within the Specific Plan area Finally,there are existing parks,e.g.Murdy Community Park,which has a proposed is expected to occur and the inherent challenges in acquiring land in a predominantly phase II project to reconfigure the park to provide additional sports amenities for built-out city,Environmental Impact Report No.08-008 did not identify specific youth and adults,and Huntington Central Park,which has the undeveloped former properties that may be converted to parks.However,the following areas have been Gun Range. Similar to Bartlett Park,these areas are already counted in the City's park inventory. However,improving the use of the facilities increases recreational identified as options for expanding the City's park inventory. opportunities for the community. Developers will be responsible for complying with Chapters 230 and 254 of the Location Acres Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance as applicable. Except properties with a Special Public Open Space Requirement pursuant to Future Parks—within the Specific Plan Area Section 2.6.2 on-site public open space shall not be used to satisfy compliance with Levitz site 0.5 park dedication or park in-lieu fee requirements pursuant to the Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance. Pacifica area 0.5 Subtotal 1 Future Parks—already approved by the City Bauer Park 2 Pacific City 2 Parkside Estates 1.67 Subtotal 5.67 Potential Parks—in planning stages or requires acquisition Community Garden 2.52 Magnolia/Banning 1.14 0 Current Closed School Sites(Open Space Only) 53.5 to Nesi/Ascon Site 10-20.00 Subtotal 67.16-77.16 U Total 73.83-83.83 Nr 0 0 00 114 v // ✓Pork Ti ..N.N.` To S n a.d.r wy Al Circle View \ /Pork 7 ( ce,.b,e., Mari `Gle 1 4,.Parkno Park P ]PP; I 5 Coney Sun law t (ParkI /*Par 1 arh Co, 1 I b Plea.aar ve+ IPark Gibbs _ •r - Park 1 Pork 1 ... J a v B 5 ait Lark Yew Gold Oak View Lake View \•Park .✓Park Pork ' Park I `` ' HOP.View 1 Par4 Sloe,— / ~j i a Park To /4- ./Park Lambe` Park l _i , aoca EII„Green, ` ,';::: Pork / /P \ Orange Park(Wwder) I Perry Pork s �E�, Park • Dluov ri, nyen ec 1 Park 1P k k Talbert 1 `e.;A i::;; F \Boryatl f Pork naona Are anor ake Draw c Pork Park\ Moffatt �.. \^• \ Park I Sower, J \ Hero w s Park I I Ma no i Pa • a4 1 b,nA OW r fA LEGEND _ / t Purl{Edison _.. - 1 !Park C F -Parks ? ` .�..� wn A.e! U d Buffer(1.5 mile) - r O Cooidor Source Pork I r l( 0 0.25 0.5 V Sour City of Huntington Beech GIS. 9 ,•'� , ''•'. / Miles ly' le~el FIG 3.10 PARKS WITHIN A 1.5 MILE RADIUS OF PROJECT SITE 0 C Oa 115 3.2.5 WATER QUALITY 3.2.6 UTILITIES 3.3 INFRASTRUCTURE AND PUBLIC Water quality in California is regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection There are several public utility providers in the Specific Plan area. Adequate FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT Agency's (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), facilities exist for the current service needs of the area,however,additional facilities which controls the discharge of pollutants to water bodies from point and non-point may be required as additional development occurs. RESPONSIBILITIES sources. Compliance with water quality regulations will be required for individual construction projects. 3.2.7 ELECTRICITY In order to provide for public facilities improvements necessary to serve all Through the NPDES Permit process,the City currently requires contributors to non- Electrical service to the area is provided by the Southern California Edison future development within the Specific Plan Area,developers will have a fair- point runoff pollution to establish Best Management Practices(BMPs)to minimize Company. Existing transmission and distribution lines are adequate to service share responsibility for either (1) constructing the necessary improvements the potential for pollution. Under this program,the developer is responsible for current and potential future needs. Any new or existing utilities(excluding 66kv) required as described in the Specific Plan Environmental Impact Report 08-008 identification and implementation of a program of BMPs,which can include special shall be undergrounded per the City's undergrounding ordinance(Chapter 17.64 or other subsequent project-level environmental document concurrent with project scheduling of project activities, prohibition of certain practices, establishment HBMC) development,or(2)funding such necessary improvements if constructed by other of certain maintenance procedures,and other management practices to prevent developers. or reduce the pollution of downstream waters. Typical elements of such a BMP 3.2.8 NATURAL GAS The City will determine and administer the fair-share responsibility for the public program would include addressing the use of oil and grease traps,detention basins, facilities improvements,including sewer,water,drainage,roads and traffic controls vegetation filter strips,and common techniques in order to preclude discharge of Natural gas service in the Specific Plan area is provided by the Southern California Gas Company. Adequate facilities exist for current andprojected future needs. as described in the Specific Plan. If a developer provides the necessary facilities pollutants into local storm drains and channels. Post construction BMPs will be beyond their fair-share responsibility,that developer shall be reimbursed for costs identified with a Water Quality Management Plan(WQMP). The WQMP will also Relocation of existing facilities shall be concurrent with project development. beyond their fair-share contribution from funds collected from other developers that address continued maintenance requirements. The continued maintenance will use said facilities. If that developer is required to pay fees,those fees will be based be performed by the home owners association,property owner,and/or property 3.2.9 COMMUNICATIONS on a development's proportional use of the public facilities improvements necessary management company. Telephone service in the Specific Plan area is provided by General Telephone to serve the development utilizing assessment on a dwelling unit,acreage,building Pursuant to the analysis in Environmental Impact Report No. 08-008, new (GTE). Relocation of existing facilities and new installation shall be concurrent square footage or front footage basis. development and significant redevelopment projects within the Specific Plan with project development. area will be required to prepare a project WQMP in accordance with the Orange Cable television service within Huntington Beach is provided by Time Warner County Drainage Area Management Plan(DAMP)and the City of Huntington Communications. Installation of new services shall be concurrent with project Beach requirements. Section 2.6.6 of this Specific Plan further addresses water development. quality requirements. In summary,Developer shall comply with the latest NPDES requirements at the time of development. 3.2.10 SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL Rainbow Disposal Company currently provides solid waste disposal services for the area. Based on service projections and anticipated demand increase,an adequate level of service will be maintained.No solid waste disposal facilities are planned to be located in the Specific Plan area. N G O U U ►r I.r i.r O 116 APPENDIX .A : MITIGATION MEASURES These mitigation measures are required of development in the Beach and shall be reviewed by the City of Huntington Beach prior to issuance of a Edinger Corridors Specific Plan area pursuant to certified Environmental grading permit. Impact Report No.08-008. MM4.2-3 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications Aesthetics that construction equipment engines be maintained in good condition and in proper tune per manufacturer's specification for the duration of construction. Contract specifications shall be included in project MM4.1-1 For projects that may result in a potential shade/shadow impact construction documents,which shall be reviewed by the City of Huntington on nearby light-sensitive uses,the following mitigation measure shall be Beach prior to issuance of a grading permit. implemented at the City's discretion: Prior to issuance of a building permit,the Applicant shall be required to perform a shade and shadow analysis that demonstrates that the project MM4.2-4 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications that will not result in significant impacts according to the following criteria. construction operations rely on the electricity infrastructure surrounding Shadowing impacts in the Specific Plan boundary are considered the construction site rather than electrical generators powered by significant when shadows would be cast upon potentially sensitive uses internal combustion engines.Contract specifications shall be included in during a substantial portion(greater than 50 percent)of the main daylight project construction documents,which shall be reviewed by the City of hours(9:00A.M.to 3:00 P.M.during the fall,winter,and spring seasons,and Huntington Beach prior to issuance of a grading permit. 9:00 A.M.to 5:00 P.M.[daylight savings time]during the summer season). Light-sensitive uses are those that depend upon light for their operation (e.g.,solar panels)or for which solar access is essential for their function MM4.2-5 As required by South Coast Air Quality Management District (e.g., swimming pools). Light-sensitive uses also include public parks Rule 403—Fugitive Dust,all construction activities that are capable of and routinely useable outdoor spaces associated with residences and generating fugitive dust are required to implement dust control measures schools(e.g.,yards and playgrounds). during each phase of project development to reduce the amount of particulate matter entrained in the ambient air.These measures include the following: MM4.1-2 Proposed new structures shall be designed to maximize the • Application of soil stabilizers to inactive construction areas use of non-reflective facade treatments, such as matte paint or glass ■ Quick replacement of ground cover in disturbed areas coatings.Prior to issuance of building permits for the proposed project, • Watering of exposed surfaces three times daily z the planspplicant shall indicate provision of these materials on the building • Watering of all unpaved haul roads three times daily W • Covering all stock piles with tarp • Reduction of vehicle speed on unpaved roads d Air Quality ■ Post signs on-site limiting traffic to 15 miles per hour or less W • Sweep streets adjacent to the project site at the end of the day if MM4.2-1 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications that visible soil material is carried over to adjacent roads C all diesel-powered equipment used will be retrofitted with after-treatment • Cover or have water applied to the exposed surface of all trucks products(e.g.,engine catalysts).Contract specifications shall be included hauling dirt,sand,soil,or other loose materials prior to leaving the C in project construction documents,which shall be reviewed by the City of site to prevent dust from impacting the surrounding areas C7 Huntington Beach prior to issuance of a grading permit. • Install wheel washers where vehicles enter and exit unpaved roads onto paved F. roads to wash off trucks and any equipment leaving the site each trip. MM4.2-2 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications that all heavy-duty diesel-powered equipment operating and refueling at MM4.2-6 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications that d the project site use low-NOx diesel fuel to the extent that it is readily construction-related equipment,including heavy-duty equipment,motor ,C available and cost effective(up to 125 percent of the cost of California Air vehicles,and portable equipment, shall be turned off when not in use A Resources Board diesel)in the South Coast Air Basin(this does not apply for more than 30 minutes. Diesel-fueled commercial motor vehicles W to diesel-powered trucks traveling to and from the project site).Contract with gross vehicular weight ratings of greater than 10,000 pounds p., specifications shall be included in project construction documents,which shall be turned off when not in use for more than 5 minutes.Contract Q, 125 specifications shall be included in the proposed project construction wetland permits.These permits include,but would not be limited to, documents,which shall be approved by the City of Huntington Beach. MM4.2-13 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications a Section 404 Wetlands Fill Permit from the USAGE,or a Report of that materials that do not require painting be used during construction Waste Discharge from the Regional Water Quality Control Board to the extent feasible.Contract specifications shall be included in the (RWQCB),and a Section 401 Water Quality Certification from MM4.2-7 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications that the RWCQB.Additionally,a Section 1602 Streambed Alteration proposed project construction documents,which shall be reviewed and construction parking be configured to minimize traffic interference during approved by the City of Huntington Beach. Agreement from the California Department of Fish and Game the construction period and,therefore,reduce idling of traffic.Contract (CDFG)would be required for development that would cross or specifications shall be included in the proposed project construction affect any stream course(including the Barge Canal). documents,which shall be approved by the City of Huntington Beach. MM4.2-14 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications c. The project applicant shall,where feasible,preserve the maximum that pre-painted construction materials be used to the extent feasible. amount of existing wetlands and establish minimum 25-to 50-foot MM4.2-8 shall by specifications that Contract specifications shall be included in the proposed project buffers around all sides of these features.In addition,the final temporary Projecttraffic applicantscpp ares all requirequby such as a contract flag person,during hat construction documents,which shall be reviewed and approved by the project design shall not cause significant changes to the pre-project City of Huntington Beach. hydrology,water quality,or water quantity in any wetland that is all phases of construction to facilitate smooth traffic flow. Contract to be retained on site.This shall be accomplished by avoiding or specifications shall be included in the proposed project construction repairing any disturbance to the hydrologic conditions supporting documents,which shall be approved by the City of Huntington Beach. Biological Resources these wetlands,as verified through wetland protection plans. d. Where avoidance of existing wetlands and drainages is not feasible, MM4.2-9 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications then mitigation measures shall be implemented for the project- that construction activities that affect traffic flow on the arterial system MM4.3-1 Nesting avian species protected by the MBTA: related loss of any existing wetlands on site,such that there is no be scheduled to off-peak hours (10:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M.). Contract a. Prior to any construction or vegetation removal between February net loss of wetland acreage or habitat value. specifications shall be included in the proposed project construction 15 and August 31,a nesting bird survey shall be conducted by a Wetland mitigation shall be developed as a part of the Section 404 documents,which shall be approved by the City of Huntington Beach. qualified biologist of all habitats within 250 feet of the construction CWA permitting process,or for nonjurisdictional wetlands,during area.Surveys shall be conducted no less than 14 days and permitting through the RWQCB and/or CDFG.Mitigation is to no more than 30 days prior to commencement of construction be provided prior to construction related impacts on the existing MM4.2-10 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications activities and surveys will be conducted in accordance with CDFG wetlands.The exact mitigation ratio is variable,based on the type that dedicated on-site and off-site left-turn lanes on truck hauling routes protocol as applicable.If no active nests are identified on or within and value of the wetlands affected by the project,but agency be utilized for movement of construction trucks and equipment on site 250 feet of the construction site,no further mitigation is necessary. standards typically require a minimum of 1:1 for preservation and off site to the extent feasible during construction activities.Contract A copy of the pre-construction survey shall be submitted to the and 1:1 for construction of new wetlands.In addition,a wetland specifications shall be included in the proposed project construction City of Huntington Beach.If an active nest of a MBTA protected mitigation and monitoring plan shall be developed that includes the documents,which shall be approved by the City of Huntington Beach. species is identified onsite(per established thresholds)a 100-foot following: no-work buffer shall be maintained between the nest and construction activity.This buffer can be reduced in consultation ■ Descriptions of the wetland types,and their expected functions and v7 MM4.2-11 Upon issuance of building or grading permits,whichever is with CDFG and/or USFWS. values Wfx issued earlier, notification shall be mailed to owners and occupants b. Completion of the nesting cycle shall be determined by qualified Performance standards and monitoring protocol to ensure the of all developed land uses within 300 feet of a project site within the ornithologist or biologist. • success of the mitigation wetlands over a period of five to ten years ri Specific Plan providing a schedule for major construction activities that d will occur through the duration of the construction period. In addition, • Engineering plans showing the location,size and configuration of f the notification will include the identification and contact number for MM4.3-2 Wetland Habitat wetlands to be created or restored a community liaison and designated construction manager that would ■ An implementation schedule showing that construction of mitigation Z be available on site to monitor construction activities.The construction a. For projects located on vacant(nondeveloped)land,preparation areas shall commence prior to or concurrently with the initiation of O of a wetland delineation shall be required as deemed necessary .. manager shall be responsible for complying with all project requirements construction E. by the City of Huntington Beach.The delineation shall be related to PM,o generation.The construction manager will be located at ■ A description of legal protection measures for the preserved d the on-site construction office duringconstruction hours for the duration conducted in accordance with the 1987 Corps of Engineers p i wetlands(i.e.,dedication of fee title,conservation easement,and/ — of all construction activities. Contract information for the communityWetlands Delineation Manual,and the September 2008 Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation or an endowment held by an approved conservation organization, liaison and construction manager will be located at the construction Manual:Arid West Region(Version 2.0),The delineation report government agency or mitigation bank) office,City Hall,the police department,and a sign on site. shall be prepared and submitted to the U.S.Army Corps of d Engineers(USAGE)for their verification.A copy of the USACE's -. MM4.2-12 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications that verification letter and the delineation report shall be provided to the Zthe architectural coating(paint and primer)products used would have a City of Huntington Beach.If no wetlands are present on the project W VOC rating of 125 grams per liter or less.Contract specifications shall site,no additional measures shall be required. a O. be included in the proposed project construction documents, which b. Prior to the issuance of grading permits by the City,if wetlands d shall be reviewed and approved by the City of Huntington Beach. are present on the project site(based on the verified wetland delineation),the project applicant shall acquire all applicable 126 Cultural and Paleontological Resources and/or the Native American Heritage Commission.The methods shall documentation) prepared for future development within the project also include procedures for the unanticipated discovery of human site shall reference or incorporate the findings and recommendations remains,which shall be in accordance with Section 5097.98 of the of the technical report or memorandum.The project applicant shall MM4.4-1 Prior to development activities that would demolish orotherwise State Public Resources Code and Section 7050.5 of California's be responsible for implementing methods for eliminating or avoiding physically affect buildings or structures 45 years old or older or affect Health and Safety Code.The technical report or memorandum shall be impacts on paleontological resources or unique geologic features their historic setting,the project applicant shall retain a cultural resource submitted to the City of Huntington Beach for approval.As determined identified in the technical report or memorandum. Projects that would professional who meets the Secretary of the Interior's Professional necessary by the City, environmental documentation (e.g., CEQA not encounter undisturbed soils and would therefore not be required to Qualifications Standards for Architectural History to determine if the documentation) prepared for future development within the project retain a paleontologist shall demonstrate non-disturbance to the City project would cause a substantial adverse change in the significance site shall reference or incorporate the findings and recommendations through the appropriate construction plans or geotechnical studies of a historical resource as defined in Section 15064.5 of the CEQA of the technical report or memorandum. The project applicant shall prior to any earth-disturbing activities.Projects that would include any Guidelines.The investigation shall include,as determined appropriate be responsible for implementing methods for eliminating or avoiding earth disturbance(disturbed or undisturbed soils)shall comply with by the cultural resource professional and the City of Huntington Beach, impacts on archaeological resources identified in the technical report MM4.4-3(b). the appropriate archival research,including,if necessary,an updated or memorandum.Projects that would not encounter undisturbed soils records search of the South Central Coastal Information Center and would therefore not be required to retain an archaeologist shall MM4.4-3(b) Should paleontological resources (i.e., fossil remains) (SCCIC)of the California Historical Resources Information System and demonstrate non-disturbance to the City through the appropriate be identified at a particular site during project construction, the a pedestrian survey of the proposed development area to determine if construction plans or geotechnical studies prior to any earth-disturbing construction foreman shall cease construction within 100 feet of the any significant historic-period resources would be adversely affected activities.Projects that would include any earth disturbance(disturbed find until a qualified professional can provide an evaluation.Mitigation by the proposed development.The results of the investigation shall be or undisturbed soils)shall comply with MM4.4 2(b). of resource impacts shall be implemented and funded by the project documented in a technical report or memorandum that identifies and applicant and shall be conducted as follows: evaluates any historical resources within the development area and 1. Identify and evaluate paleontological resources by intense field includes recommendations and methods for eliminating or reducing MM4.4-2(b)If evidence of an archaeological site or other suspected survey where impacts are considered high impacts on historical resources.The technical report or memorandum historical resource as defined by CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5, 2. Assess effects on identified sites shall be submitted to the City of Huntington Beach for approval.As including darkened soil representing past human activity("midden"),that determined necessary by the City,environmental documentation(e.g., could conceal material remains(e.g.,worked stone,fired clay vessels, 3. Consult with the institutional/academic paleontologists conducting CEQAdocumentation)prepared for future development within the project faunal bone,hearths,storage pits,or burials)are discovered during any research investigations within the geological formations that are site shall reference or incorporate the findings and recommendations project-related earth-disturbing activities(including projects that would slated to be impacted of the technical report or memorandum. The project applicant shall not encounter undisturbed soils),all earth-disturbing activity within 100 4. Obtain comments from the researchers be responsible for implementing methods for eliminating or reducing feet of the find shall be halted and the City of Huntington Beach shall be 5. Comply with researchers'recommendations to address any impacts on historical resources identified in the technical report or notified.The project applicant shall retain an archaeologist who meets significant adverse effects where determined by the City to be memorandum. the Secretary of the Interior's Professional Qualifications Standards feasible for Archaeology to assess the significance of the find.Impacts to any In considering any suggested mitigation proposed by the consulting significant resources shall be mitigated to a less-than-significant level paleontologist, the City of Huntington Beach staff shall determine MM4.4-2(a) Prior to any earth-disturbing activities (e.g., excavation, through data recovery or other methods determined adequate by whether avoidance is necessary and feasible in light of factors such trenching,grading)that could encounter undisturbed soils,the project the archaeologist and that are consistent with the Secretary of the as the nature of the find, project design, costs, applicable policies W applicant shall retain an archaeologist who meets the Secretary of Interior's Standards for Archaeological Documentation.Any identified and land use assumptions, and other considerations. If avoidance C4 the Interior's Professional Qualifications Standards for Archaeology cultural resources shall be recorded on the appropriate DPR 523(A-L) is unnecessary or infeasible,other appropriate measures(e.g.,data to determine if the project could result in a substantial adverse form and filed with the appropriate Information Center. recovery)shall be instituted.Work may proceed on other parts of the d change in the significance of an archaeological resource pursuant to project site while mitigation for paleontological resources is carried W Section 15064.5 of the CEQA Guidelines or disturb human remains. out. The investigation shall include, as determined appropriate by the MM4.4-3(a)Prior to any earth-disturbing activities(e.g., excavation, Z archaeologist and the City of Huntington Beach,an updated records trenching,grading)that could encounter undisturbed soils,the project 0 search of the South Central Coastal Information Center (SCCIC) applicant shall retain a professional paleontologist to determine if the Geology and Soils F. of the California Historical Resources Information System, updated project could directly or indirectly destroy a unique paleontological At Native American consultation, and a pedestrian survey of the area resource or site or unique geologic feature. The investigation shall V proposed for development. The results of the investigation shall include, as determined appropriate by the paleontologist and the MM4.5-1 Future development in the Beach Boulevard and Edinger F be documented in a technical report or memorandum that identifies City of Huntington Beach, a paleontology records check and a Avenue Corridors Specific Plan area shall prepare a grading plan and evaluates any archaeological resources within the development pedestrian survey of the area proposed for development.The results to contain the recommendations of the final soils and geotechnical area and includes recommendations and methods for eliminating or of the investigation shall be documented in a technical report or report.These recommendations shall be implemented in the design d avoiding impacts on archaeological resources or human remains. memorandum that identifies the paleontological sensitivity of the of the project,including but not limited to measures associated with i< The measures shall include, as appropriate, subsurface testing of development area and includes recommendations and methods for site preparation, fill placement, temporary shoring and permanent A archaeological resources and/or construction monitoring by a qualified eliminating or avoiding impacts on paleontological resources or unique dewatering,groundwater seismic design features,excavation stability, W professional and,if necessary,appropriate Native American monitors geologic features. The technical report or memorandum shall be foundations, soil stabilization, establishment of deep foundations, 0. identified by the applicable tribe(e.g.,the Gabrielifio Tongva Nation) submitted to the City of Huntington Beach for approval.As determined concrete slabs and pavements, surface drainage, cement type and 0. necessary by the City, environmental documentation (e.g., CEQA d 127 corrosion measures,erosion control,shoring and internal bracing,and Safety Plan that meets Occupational Safety and Health Administration If permanent dewatering is required and allowed by the City,OCWD, plan review. requirements shall be prepared and in place prior to commencement and other regulatory agencies,the Applicant shall include a description of work in any contaminated area. of the dewatering technique,discharge location,discharge quantities, Hazards and Hazardous Materials chemical characteristics of discharged water, operations and maintenance plan,and WDID number for proof of coverage under the MM4.6-3 Prior to the issuance of grading permits,future development De Minimus Threat General Permit or copy of the individual WDR in in the Specific Plan shall comply with HBFD City Specification No. the WQMP.Additionally,the WQMP shall incorporate any additional MM4.6-1 Prior to the issuance of grading permits on any project site, 429, Methane District Building Permit Requirements.A plan for the BMPs as required by the City Public Works Department. the site developer(s)shall: testing of soils for the presence of methane gas shall be prepared and • Investigate the project site to determine whether it or immediately submitted by the Applicant to the HBFD for review and approval,prior The WQMP shall include the following additional requirements: adjacent areas have a record of hazardous material contamination to the commencement of sampling.If significant levels of methane gas Proiect and Site Characterization Requirements via the preparation of a preliminary environmental site assessment are discovered in the soil on the future development project site,the • Entitlement Application numbers and site address shall be (ESA),which shall be submitted to the City for review.If Applicant's grading,building and methane plans shall reference that a included on the title sheet of the WQMP contamination is found the report shall characterize the site sub-slab methane barrier and vent system will be installed at the project • In the project description section,explain whether proposed according to the nature and extent of contamination that is present site per City Specification No.429,prior to plan approval.If required by use includes onsite food preparation,eating areas(if not please before development activities precede at that site. the HBFD,additional methane mitigation measures to reduce the level state),outdoor activities to be expected,vehicle maintenance, • If contamination is determined to be on site,the City,in accordance of methane gas to acceptable levels shall be implemented. service,washing cleaning(if prohibited onsite,please state) with appropriate regulatory agencies,shall determine the need • All potential pollutants of concern for the proposed project land for further investigation and/or remediation of the soils conditions use type Table 7.11-1 of the Orange CountyModel Water on the contaminated site.If further investigation or remediation is MM4.6 4 To ensure adequate access for emergency vehicles when YP as per 9 required,it shall be the responsibility of the site developer(s)to construction activities would result in temporary lane or roadway Quality Management Plan shall be identified complete such investigation and/or remediation prior to construction closures, the developer shall consult with the City of Huntington • A narrative describing how all potential pollutants of concern of the project. Beach Police and Fire Departments to disclose temporary lane or will be addressed through the implementation of BMPs and • If remediation is required as identified by the local oversight roadway closures and alternative travel routes.The developer shall describing how site design BMP concepts will be considered and it shall be ired a ideinia manner that risk be required to keep a minimum of one lane in each direction free from incorporated into the project design shall be included agency, applicable accomplishedstandards and shall b that reducested prior to encumbrances at all times on perimeter streets accessing the project • Existing soil types and estimated percentages of perviousness to belowuance of any occupancy span permits. site.At any time only a single lane is available,the developer shall for existing and proposed conditions shall be identified isprovide a temporary traffic signal, signal carriers(i.e., flagpersons), • In Section I of the WQMP,state verbatim the Development • Closure reports or other reports acceptable to the Huntington or other appropriate traffic controls to allow travel in both directions. Requirements from the Planning Department's letter to the Beach Fire Department that document the successful completion If construction activities require the complete closure of a roadway Applicant of required remediation activities,if any,for contaminated soils,in segment,the developer shall coordinate with the City of Huntington Pp accordance with City Specification 431-92,shall be submitted and Beach Police and Fire Departments to designate proper detour routes • BMPsA site apind showing the areas locationh of the includedselec in treatment control approved by the Huntington Beach Fire Department prior to the and signage indicating alternative routes. Aand drainage shall be in the WQMP cA issuance of grading permits for site development.No construction • A Geotechnical Report shall be submitted to address site W shall occur in the affected area until reports have been accepted by conditions for determination of infiltration limitations and other the City. Hydrology and Water Quality pertinent characteristics. dProject-Based Treatment Control BMPs W MM4.6-2 In the event that previously unknown or unidentified soil and/ • Infiltration-type BMPs shall not be used unless the Geotechnical MM4.7-1 City of Huntington Beach shall require Applicants for new Report states otherwise.Depth to seasonal high groundwater or groundwater contamination that could present a threat to human P Z health or the environment is encountered during construction of the development and significant redevelopment projects within the is determined to provide at least a 10-foot clearance between Specific Plan area to prepare a project Water Quality Management the bottom of the BMP and topof the water table.It is expected O proposed project,construction activities in the immediate vicinity of the P -. Plan (WQMP) in accordance with the DAMP requirements and that infiltration BMPs maybe feasible between Holland Drive Art contamination shall cease immediately.If contamination is encountered, measures described below and with all current adopted permits.The a Risk Management Plan shall be prepared and implemented thatand Utica Drive,however,a Geotechnical Investigation must be C7 (1)identifies the contaminants of concern and the potential risk each WQMP shall be prepared by a Licensed Civil Engineer and submitted conducted to ensure sufficient properties for review and acceptance prior to issuance of a Precise Grading or contaminant would pose to human health and the environment during ■ Wet swales and grassed channels shall not be used because construction and post-development and(2)describes measures to be Building permit. of the slow infiltration rates of project site soils,the potentially taken to protect workers,and the public from exposure to potential site BMPs in the WQMP shall be designed in accordance with the Municipal shallow depth to groundwater,and water conservation needs Q hazards.Such measures could include a range of options,including,but NPDES Permit,Model WQMP,DAMP,and City of Huntington Beach ■ If proprietary Structural Treatment Control devices are used,they not limited to, physical site controls during construction, remediation, LIP. As noted in the Specific Plan, all development projects shall shall be sited and designed in compliance with the manufacturers Zlong-term monitoring, post-development maintenance or access include site design and source control BMPs in the project WQMP. design criteria W limitations,or some combination thereof. Depending on the nature of Additionally, new development or significant redevelopment projects • Surface exposed treatment control BMPs shall be selected such p„ contamination,if any,appropriate agencies shall be notified(e.g.,City and priority projects shall include LID principles to reduce runoff to a that standing water drains or evaporates within 24 hours or as d of Huntington Beach Fire Department). If needed, a Site Health and level consistent with the maximum extent practicable and treatment required by the County's vector control control BMPs in the WQMP. 128 ■ Excess stormwater runoff shall bypass the treatment control BMPs for pesticides,and shall not exceed soil test rates for nutrients. Site Design BMPs unless they are designed to handle the flow rate or volume from a Slow release fertilizers shall be used to prevent excessive 100-year storm event without reducing effectiveness.Effectiveness nutrients in stormwater or irrigation runoff. Any Applicant proposing development in the Specific Plan Area is of any treatment control BMP for removing the pollutants of required to incorporate LID principles as defined in the Municipal • The Association shall have the power and duty to establish, NPDES Permit and is encouraged to consider the following BMPs,if concern shall be documented via analytical models or existing oversee,guide,and require proper maintenance and tree trimming allowed in accordance with the Geotechnical Re ort and limitations on studies on effectiveness. proceduresper the ANSI A-300 Standards as established bythe p • The project WQMP shall incorporate water efficient landscaping infiltration BMPs: International Society ofa Arborist.The Association shall require • Use ofporous concrete or asphalt(if acceptable to the using drought tolerant,native plants in accordance with LandscapeP P that all trees licensed/certified trimmed by or under the direct observation/ Geotechnical Engineer and where infiltration will not adversely Irrigation Plans as set forth by the Association(see below) direction of a Arborist for the entire area.The 9 • Pet waste stations(stations thatprovide waste pick-upbags and a affect groundwater)or other pervious pavement for driveways, 9 Association shall establish minimum standards for maintenance paths,sidewalks,and courtyards/open space areas,to the convenient disposal container protected from precipitation)shall be for the total community,and establish enforcement thereof for the maximum extent practicable,would reduce pollutants in stormwater provided and maintained total community.The Association shall rectify problems arising runoff as well as provide some detention within the material void' • Building materials shall minimize exposure of bare metals from incorrect tree trimming,chemical applications,and other space.If porous paver blocks are used,they shall be adequately to stormwater.Copper or Zinc roofing materials,including maintenance within the total community. maintained to provide continued porosity(effectiveness) downspouts,shall be prohibited.Bare metal surfaces shall be • Landscape irrigation shall be performed in accordance with • Incorporation of rain gardens or cisterns to reuse runoff for painted with non-lead-containing paint an Irrigation Management Plan to minimize excess irrigation landscape irrigation The following BMPs shall not be used because they have not been contributing to dry-and wet-weather runoff.Automated sprinklers shown to be effective in many situations.Therefore,unless sufficient shall be used and be inspected at least quarterly and adjusted • Green roofs to reduce runoff and treat roof pollutants objective studies and review are available and supplied with the WQMP yearly to minimize potential excess irrigation flows.Landscape • Site design and landscape planning to group water use to correctly size devices and to document expected pollutant removal irrigation maintenance shall be performed in accordance with the requirements for efficient irrigation rates the WQMP shall not include: approved irrigation plans,the City Water Ordinance and per the • Hydrodynamic separator type devices as a BMP for removing any City Arboriculture]and Landscape Standards and Specifications. MM4.7-2 The City of Huntington Beach shall require that any pollutant except trash and gross particulates • Proprietary stormwater treatment systems maintenance shall Applicant prepare a Groundwater Hydrology Study to determine the • Oil and Grit separators be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.If lateral transmissivity of area soils and a safe pumping yield such a nonproprietary treatment system is used,maintenance shall that dewatering activities do not interfere with nearby water supplies. be in accordance with standard practices as identified in the The Groundwater Hydrology Study shall make recommendations on Any Applicant proposing development in the Specific Plan Area is current CASQA(2003)handbooks,operations and maintenance whether permanent groundwater dewatering is feasible within the encouraged to consider the following BMPs: procedures outlined in the approved WQMP,City BMP guidelines, constraints of a safe pumping level.The Applicant's engineer of record • Sand filters or other filters(including media filters)for rooftop runoff or other City-accepted guidance. shall incorporate the Hydrology Study designs and recommendations • Dry swales.A dry swale treatment system could be used if • Signage,enforcement of pet waste controls,and public education into project plans.If safe groundwater dewatering is determined to sufficient area,slope gradient,and length of swale could be would improve use and compliance,and therefore,effectiveness not be feasible,permanent groundwater dewatering shall not be incorporated into the project design.Dry swales could remove of the program,and reduce the potential for hazardous materials implemented.The City Director of Public Works,OCWD,and other substantial amounts of nutrients,suspended solids,metals,and and other pollution in stormwater runoff.The Association shall regulatory agencies shall approve or disapprove any permanent rn petroleum hydrocarbons prepare and install appropriate signage,disseminate information groundwater dewatering based on the Groundwater Hydrology Study a • Other proprietary treatment devices(if supporting documentation is to residents and retail businesses,and include pet waste controls and qualified Engineers'recommendations. provided) (e.g.,requirements for pet waste clean up,pet activity area rn W restrictions,pet waste disposal restrictions)in the Association MM4.7-3 The City of Huntington Beach shall require that the Non-Structural BMPs agreement/Conditions,Covenants,and Restrictions. Applicant's Licensed Civil Engineer for each site-specific development The WQMP shall include the following operations and maintenance ■ Street sweeping shall be performed at an adequate frequency prepare a Hydrology and Hydraulic Study to identify the effects of Z BMPs under the management of a Homeowners/Business Association to prevent build up of pollutants(see http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ potential stormwater runoff from the specific development on the p (Association), where applicable. The Association shall fund and environment/ultraurb/for street sweeping effectiveness). existing storm drain flows for the 10-,25-,and 100-year design storm E„ implement an operational and maintenance program that includes the • The Association shall develop a maintenance plan for BMPs events.The Hydrology and Hydraulic Study shall identify existing Q following: and facilities identifying responsible parties and maintenance runoff and proposed runoff,in addition to existing storm drain system V • The Association shall dictate minimum landscape maintenance schedules and appropriate BMPs to minimize discharges of capacity at the development site discharge location to the nearest Fr standards and tree trimming requirements for the total project contaminants to storm drain systems during maintenance down-gradient main junction.The Applicant shall design site drainage site.Landscape maintenance shall be performed by a qualified operations. and document that the proposed development would not increase landscape maintenance company or individual in accordance peak storm event flows over existing conditions for the design storm d with a Chemical Management Plan detailingchemical application • Reporting requirements:the Association shall prepare an annual 9 PP report and submit the annual report to the City of Huntington events.The final site plan shall not exceed an impervious fraction 4methods,chemical handling procedures,and worker training. of 0.9,unless sufficient retention is incorporated into the site design A Beach documenting the BMPs operations and maintenance Pesticide application shall be performed by a certified applicator. to accommodate excess runoff.The Hydrology and Hydraulic Study Z conducted that year.The annual report shall also address the W No chemicals shall be stored on-site unless in a covered and shall also incorporate all current adopted Municipal NPDES Permit contained area and in accordance with an approved Materials potential system deficiencies and corrective actions taken or a Management Plan.Application rates shall not exceed labeled rates Planned. d 9 PP I Void space is the empty space between individual particles. 129 requirements for stormwater flow calculations and retention/detention must be provided to surrounding land uses within 300 feet of a features in effect at the time of review. project site disclosing the construction schedule,including the MM4.9-5 Prior to issuance of building permits,project applicants various types of activities that would be occurring throughout the shall submit an acoustical study for each development,prepared by MM4.7-4 The City of Huntington Beach shall require that adequate duration of the construction period a certified acoustical engineer.Should the results of the acoustical capacity in the storm drain system is demonstrated from the specific • Ensure that construction equipment is properly muffled according study indicate that that exterior(e.g.,patios and balconies)and development site discharge location to the nearest main channel to to industry standards and be in good working condition interior noise levels would exceed the standards set forth in the City accommodate discharges from the specific development. If capacity • Place noise-generating construction equipment and locate of Huntington Beach Municipal Code Sections 8.40.050 through is demonstrated as adequate,no upgrades will be required.If capacity construction staging areas away from sensitive uses,where 8.40.070,the project applicant shall include design measures that is not adequate,the City of Huntington Beach shall identify corrective feasible may include acoustical paneling or walls to ensure that noise levels action(s) required by the specific development Applicant to ensure • Schedule high noise-producing activities between the hours of do not exceed City standards.Final project design shall incorporate adequate capacity. Corrective action could include, but is not limited 8:00 A.M.and 5:00 P.M.to minimize disruption on sensitive uses, special design measures in the construction of the residential units, to: Monday through Saturday.Schedule pile-driving activities between if necessary. • Construction of new storm drains,as identified in the MPD or the hours of 8:00 A.M.and 4:00 P.M.on Mondays through Fridays based on the Hydrology and Hydraulic Study,if the Hydrology and only. Public Services Hydraulic Study identifies greater impacts than the MPD ■ Implement noise attenuation measures,which may include,but • Improvement of existing storm drains,as identified in the MPD or are not limited to,temporary noise barriers or noise blankets MM4.11-1 Subject to the City's annual budgetary process,which based on the Hydrology and Hydraulic Study,if the Hydrology and around stationary construction noise sources considers available funding and the staffing levels needed to provide Hydraulic Study identifies greater impacts than the MPD • Use electric air compressors and similar power tools rather than acceptable response time for fire and police services,the City shall • In-lieu fees to implement system-wide storm drain infrastructure diesel equipment,where feasible provide sufficient funding to maintain the City's standard,average improvements ■ Construction-related equipment,including heavy-duty equipment, level of service through the use of General Fund monies. • Other mechanisms as determined by the City Department of Public motor vehicles,and portable equipment,shall be turned off when Works. not in use for more than 10 minutes Transportation/Traffic • For nonresidential areas,if redevelopment would result in an • Construction hours,allowable workdays,and the phone number impervious fraction of less than 0.9 and does not increase of the job superintendent shall be clearly posted at all construction MM4.13-1 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan the directly connected impervious area compared to existing entrances to allow for surrounding owners and residents to contact area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution conditions,runoff is expected to remain the same or less than the job superintendent.If the City or the job superintendent for the addition of a separate westbound right turn lane to the as assessed in the MPD and only MPD improvements would be receives a complaint,the superintendent shall investigate,take intersection of Beach Boulevard at Warner Avenue.Implementation required. appropriate corrective action,and report the action taken to the of this improvement would require Caltrans approval. Because some storm drain system constraints may be located far reporting party. downgradient from the actual development site, several properties Contract specifications shall be included in the proposed project may serve to contribute to system capacity constraints.Therefore,the construction documents,which shall be reviewed by the City prior to MM4.13-2 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan r/i City Department of Public Works shall assess each site development issuance of a grading permit. area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution for aand system characteristics to identify the best method for achieving the addition of dual northbound and southbound left turn lanes to the adequate capacity in the storm drain system. Drainage assessment MM4.9-2 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications intersection of Beach Boulevard at Garfield Avenue.Implementation fees/districts to improve/implement storm drains at downstream that construction staging areas along with the operation of of this improvement would require Caltrans approval. Wlocations or where contributing areas are large are enforced through earthmoving equipment within the project area would be located Municipal Code(Section 14.20). as far away from vibration and noise sensitive sites as possible. MM4.13-3 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan z The City Department of Public Works shall review the Hydrology and Contract specifications shall be included in the proposed project area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution for Q Hydraulic Study and determine required corrective action(s)or if a construction documents,which shall be reviewed by the City prior to the addition of a fourth northbound through lane to the intersection -, waiver of corrective action is applicable.The site-specific development issuance of a grading permit. of Brookhurst Street at Adams Avenue. d Applicant shall incorporate required corrective actions into their project C7 design and/or plan.Prior to receiving a Certificate of Occupancy or E�-. MM4.9-3 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications MM4.13-4 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan final inspection,the City Department of Public Works shall ensure that that heavily loaded trucks used during construction would be routed area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution required corrective action has been implemented. away from residential streets.Contract specifications shall be for the addition of a separate northbound right turn lane to the included in the proposed project construction documents,which shall intersection of Brookhurst Street at Adams Avenue. ' Noise be reviewed by the City prior to issuance of a grading permit. - MM4.13-5 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan A MM4.9-4 Project applicantsprovideproper shieldingapplicant(s) z MM4.9-1 Project applicants shall require by contract specifications j shall ro er for all new area,the project shall make a fair share contribution for W that the following construction best management practices(BMPs)be HVAC systems used by the proposed residential and mixed-use the addition of a fourth southbound through lane to the intersection pa implemented by contractors to reduce construction noise levels: buildings to achieve a noise attenuation of 15 dBA at 50 feet from the of Brookhurst Street at Adams Avenue. d • Two weeks prior to the commencement of construction,notification equipment. 130 palette and insure that sprinklers are directing water to landscape MM4.13-6 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan MM4.13-15 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan areas,and not to parking lots,sidewalks or other paved areas. area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution for area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution for • Adjust the irrigation schedule for seasonal changes. the addition of a fourth eastbound through lane to the intersection of the conversion of a separate westbound right turn lane to a de facto • Install low-flow or waterless fixtures in public and employee Brookhurst Street at Adams Avenue. right turn lane at the intersection of Newland Street at Warner Avenue. restrooms. • Instruct cleaning crews to use water efficiently for mopping. MM4.13-7 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan MM4.13-16 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan • Use brooms,squeegees,and wet/dry vacuums to clean surfaces area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution for area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution for before washing with water;do not use hoses as brooms.Sweep or the addition of a fourth westbound through lane to the intersection of the addition of a third westbound through lane to the intersection of blow paved areas to clean,rather than hosing off(applies outside, Brookhurst Street at Adams Avenue. Newland Street at Warner Avenue. not inside). • Avoid washing building exteriors or other outside structures. MM4.13-8 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan area, MM4.13-17 For future projects that occur within the Specific • Sweep and vacuum parking lots/sidewalks/window surfaces rather the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution to allow Plan area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share than washing with water. a right turn overlap for a westbound right turn at the intersection of contribution for the addition of a separate southbound right turn ■ Switch from"wet"carpet cleaning methods,such as steam,to Brookhurst Street at Adams Avenue. lane to the intersection of Beach Boulevard at McFadden Avenue. "dry,"powder methods.Change window-cleaning schedule from Implementation of this improvement would require Caltrans and City "periodic"to"as required." MM4.13-9 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan area, of Westminster approvals. • Set automatic optic sensors on icemakers to minimum fill levels the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution to allow to provide lowest possible daily requirement.Ensure units are air- a right turn overlap for a northbound right turn at the intersection of MM4.13-18 For future projects that occur within the Specific cooled and not water-cooled. Brookhurst Street at Adams Avenue. Plan area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share • Control the flow of water to the garbage disposal contribution for the addition of a separate northbound right turn • Install and maintain spray rinsers for pot washing and reduce flow MM4.13-10 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan lane to the intersection of Beach Boulevard at McFadden Avenue. P p Implementation of this improvement would require Caltrans and City of spray rinsers for sp whenh area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution for ■ Turn off dishwashers not in use—wash only full loads the addition of a fourth northbound through lane to the intersection of Westminster approvals. of Beach Boulevard at Edinger Avenue.Implementation of this ■ Scrape rather than rinse dishes before washing improvement would require Caltrans approval. Utilities and Service Systems • Operate steam tables to minimize excess water use • Discontinue use of water softening systems where possible MM4.13-11 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan • Ensure water pressure and flows to dishwashers are set a P J P MM4.14-1 The components of future projects in the Specific Plan area area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution for shall incorporate the following measures to ensure that conservation minimum required setting the addition of a third westbound through lane to the intersection and efficient water use practices are implemented per project.Project • Install electric eye sensors for conveyer dishwashers of Beach Boulevard at Edinger Avenue.Implementation of this proponents,as applicable,shall: • Retrofit existing flushometer(tankless)toilets with water-saving improvement would require Caltrans approval. • Require employees to report leaks and water losses immediately diaphragms and coordinate automatic systems with work hours so W that they don't run continuously and shall provide information and training as required to allow for a MM4.13-12 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan efficient reporting and follow up. • Use a shut-off nozzle on all hoses that can be adjusted down to a cn area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution fine spray so that water flows only when needed. d ■ Educate employees about the importance and benefits of water d for the addition of a separate southbound right turn lane to the conservation. ■ Install automatic rain shutoff device on sprinkler systems W intersection of Beach Boulevard at Bolsa Avenue.Implementation ■ Create water conservation suggestion boxes,and place them in • Launder hotel linens per room by request or after vacancy of this improvement would require Caltrans and City of Westminster prominent areas. z approvals. C ■ Install signs in restrooms and cafeterias that encourage water MM4.14-2 The City of Huntington Beach shall require that adequate conservation. capacity in the wastewater collection system is demonstrated from the MM4.13-13 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan ■ Assign an employee to evaluate water conservation opportunities specific development site discharge location to the nearest OCSD main G7 area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution for and effectiveness. or trunk line to accommodate discharges from the specific development E the addition of a second westbound left turn lane to the intersection • Develop and implement a water management plan for its facilities project.If capacity is demonstrated as adequate,no upgrades will be of Beach Boulevard at Talbert Avenue.Implementation of this required. If capacity not adequate, City g improvement would require Caltrans approval. that includes methods for reducing overall water use. q P ty is the of Huntington Beach • Conduct a water use survey to update current water use needs. shall identify corrective action(s)required by the specific development d (Processes and equipment are constantly upgrading,thus Applicant to ensure adequate capacity.Corrective action could include, A. MM4.13-14 For future projects that occur within the Specific Plan but is not limited to: A changing the need for water in some areas.) area,the project applicant(s)shall make a fair share contribution for ■ Upsize new sewer pipes,as identified in sewer analysis(CR4.14-3) z the addition of a de facto westbound right turn lane to the intersection • Repair leaks.Check the water supply system for leaks and turn off W g unnecessary flows. ■ Discharge assessment fees/districts to upsize sewer lines at a, improvement Beach Boule would requireat rtC Avenue.Implementation of this ■ Utilize water-efficient irrigation systems and drought tolerantplant downstream locations or where contributing areas are large would Caltrans approval. g y g d 131 • In-lieu fees to implement system-wide wastewater collection of construction.Contract specifications shall be included in the proposed project construction documents,which shall be approved infrastructure improvements by the City of Huntington Beach. • Other mechanisms as determined by the City Department of Public Works. MM4.15-6 The City shall require by contract specifications that Because some wastewater collection system constraints may be located construction-related equipment,including heavy-duty equipment, far down gradient from the actual development site,several properties motor vehicles,and portable equipment,shall be turned off when may serve to contribute to system capacity constraints.Therefore,the not in use for more than five minutes.Diesel-fueled commercial City Department of Public Works shall assess each development and motor vehicles with gross vehicular weight ratings of greater than system characteristics to identify the best method for achieving adequate 10,000 pounds shall be turned off when not in use for more than five capacity in the wastewater collection system. minutes.Contract specifications shall be included in the proposed The City of Huntington Beach Department of Public Works shall review project construction documents,which shall be approved by the City the sewer analysis and determine required corrective action(s)or if a of Huntington Beach. waiver of corrective action is applicable.The site-specific development Applicant shall incorporate required corrective actions into their project MM4.15-7 The City shall require that any new development within design and/or plan.Prior to Final Inspection,the City Department of the Specific Plan area provide signs within loading dock areas Public Works shall ensure that required corrective action has been clearly visible to truck drivers.These signs shall state that trucks implemented. cannot idle in excess of five minutes per trip. Climate Change MM4.15-8 The City shall require by contract specifications that electrical outlets are included in the building design of future loading MM4.15-1 The City shall require by contract specifications that all docks to allow use by refrigerated delivery trucks.Future project- diesel-powered equipment used would be retrofitted with after- specific Applicants shall require that all delivery trucks do not idle treatment products(e.g.,engine catalysts and other technologies for more than five minutes.If loading and/or unloading of perishable available at the time construction commences)to the extent that they goods would occur for more than five minutes,and continual are readily available and cost effective when construction activities refrigeration is required,all refrigerated delivery trucks shall use the commence.Contract specifications shall be included in the proposed electrical outlets to continue powering the truck refrigeration units project construction documents,which shall be approved by the City of when the delivery truck engine is turned off. Huntington Beach. MM4.15-9 The City shall require that any new development within MM4.15-2 The City shall require by contract specifications that the project site provide a bulletin board or kiosk in the lobby of each w alternative fuel construction equipment(i.e.,compressed natural gas, proposed structure that identifies the locations and schedules of liquid petroleum gas,and unleaded gasoline)would be utilized to the nearby transit opportunities. extent feasible at the time construction activities commence.Contract Q specifications shall be included in the proposed project construction w documents,which shall be approved by the City of Huntington Beach. MM4.15-3 The City shall require by contract specifications that 0 developers within the project site use recycled and/or locally available d building materials,to the extent feasible,such as concrete,stucco, t;7 and interior finishes,for construction of the project and associated infrastructure. MM4.15-4 The City shall require developers within the project site to establish a construction management plan with Rainbow Disposal X to divert a target of 50 percent of construction,demolition,and site q clearing waste. z 0. MM4.15-5 The City shall require by contract specifications that construction equipment engines will be maintained in good condition and in proper tune per manufacturer's specification for the duration 132 APPENDIX B : LEGAL DESCRIPTION B.1 BEACH AND EDINGER CORRIDORS SPECIFIC PLAN BOUNDARY The project area described herein is included in the Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan consisting of 459 acres and shall be subject to policies and development standards set forth in this document. Precisely,the Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan includes the following real property identified by Assessor Parcel Numbers and described as follows: H U A C7 W C; 133 1 i ram�... Beach and Edinger Corridors 4 '� /II�: Specific Plan Area 14 mil 7 le; --r ' City of Huntington Beach C i III _Edinger Ave. 7 I ..f ill::=i1t lijiti TI` �. - - Let4 kw r _- :iL L� _ , , » 1 �� Beach Blvd. l ' 1 1 rtr-Ai;1�1,1'ii:i'11 _ . L,,_ Cam-,- ,,, -' � � � r ��� I , : ;, �'! �_1 1� ia,i 10 Warner Ave. ram, ='I...• ��iI1 iii-r4 1 [_ ,.4.- 71 L I ...,_ s i114-l� As :" ��J>. Talbert Ave. ii 71 I. wag l l 0.? r�.' --' Main St./Ellis Ave. i . r���� t3T i-grim ,:----._-'-_._.._1.2_1 - i 'y 1 a n----,-i( l k7),,'__-, 'ImEN gir ...V..ITA,Mas - l� i- . • .. a .,, _.. , „_ -, '11111. - h�E'a "�I_.i� lip, I`i 1 I -I3= 1,,,kriuri-:.. rB. iC = J Ca ram: 9111 1 = ++ i.. 1 t 1 wF s' mil - -I_ - - &--_..- ..,1 ilii=1".. ."-- L F!1. .:, ....; I=1 r !_11.ei • -ii-1 /.e4 I •. 11101' —Taliam. illi 0,1.� 2epm 3® vmm gial I 11r- 'iI ' irlah g ,� m ..Immulmtlla F. ..,�� 1 51-1=I m.Ea OLD : "1 ,,,0 4 / ._ r=Nit Iii �� r_áj:i1-- C . _il Atlanta Ave. t L' I 5 III_ � ,�r� !Ii1Li 1; : ,� MOI1dRI)SiU'IV93'I:g XIGNIdddd M 0.3 Town Center-Core M 159-102-36 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P BK 150 PG 1 PAR 1 APN CCS Description egal Description 159-102-43 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 7 BLK H LOT 4 AND BLK H LOTS 5&6AND POR OF LOT 159-091-03 2.1.3 Town Center-Core ''BK 250 PG 9 PAR 1 3 AND TR 598 LOT 1 159-091-04 2.1.3 Town Center-Core TR 7 LOT 1 BLK D AND LOTS2,3&7 AND POR OF LOT 4 159-102-44 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 598 LOT 2 AND LOTS 3&4 ALL IN BLK D SURFACE AND 500 FT SUBSURFACE VERTIC 159-102-46 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P BK 168 PG 44 PAR 1 159-091-05 2.1.3 Town Center-Core TR 7 BLK D LOT 5 AND BLK D LOTS 6&8 159-121-02 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 7 LOT 9 BLK G N1/2 159-101-03 2.1.3 Town Center-Core TR 7 LOT 4 BLK D POR OF LOT SURFACE AND 500 FT 159-121-03 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 7 LOT 9 BLK G S1/2 SUBSURFACE VERTICALLY 159-121-28 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood 142-074-01 2.1.3 Town Center-Core 159-121-30 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P M 175-07 PAR 2 POR OF PAR 142-074-02 2.1.3 Town Center-Core T 5 R 11 SEC 14 POR SEC(POR.PARA OF LLA 02/0954206.) 159-121-31 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood PARCEL MAPS 175 PG 8 LOT 1 142-074-03 2.1.3 Town Center-Core T 5 R 11 SEC 14 POR S1/2(POR.PAR A OF LLA 02/0954206.) 159-262-01 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 7 LOTS 1/2 BLK F 142-074-04 2.1.3 Town Center-Core SEC 14 T 5 R 11 8.99AC M/L IN SE1/4 SW1/4 159-262-02 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood N TR 7 BLK F LOT 3 142-074-05 2.1.3 Town Center-Core SEC 14 T 5 R 11 LOT IN SE1/4 SW1/4 159-262-03 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 7 LOT 4 BLK F THE SURFACE&500 FT SUBSURFACE 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood VERTICALLY OF ALL-EX S 126.58 FT&ST APN CCS Description Legal Description 159-262-04 2.1.4 Town Center Neighborhood TR 7 LOT 4 BLK F THE SURFACE&500 FT SUBSURFACE 142-073-01 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood VERTICALLY OF SLY 126.58 FT-EX ST 142-073-02 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 14 T 5 R 11 IRREG 3.05 AC M/L IN NE1/4 SW1/4 SEC 159-262-05 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P BK 64 PG 33 PAR 1 142-073-03 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood T 5 R 11 SEC 14 POR S1/2 159-262-06 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P BK 64 PG 33 PAR 2 142-074-01 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood 159-121-26 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 7 LOT 6 BLK G N1/2 142-074-02 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood T 5 R 11 SEC 14 POR SEC(POR.PAR A OF LLA 02/0954206.) 159-121-38 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR NO 7 BLK G LOT 7 POR OF LOT 142-074-03 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood T 5 R 11 SEC 14 POR S1/2(POR.PAR A OF LLA 02/0954206.) 159-121-37 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR NO 7 BLK G LOT 7 POR OF LOT 142-074-04 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 14 T 5 R 11 8.99 AC M/L IN SE1/4 SW1/4 159-121-25 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 7 LOT 6 BLK G S1/2-EXST 142-074-06 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood PM 211-25 PAR 1 POR OF PAR 157-341-01 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 36 T 5 R 11 POR NW1/4 142-074-07 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood 157-341-02 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 36 T 5 R 11 POR NW1/4 142-074-08 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood 157-341-03 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 36 T 5 R 11 POR NW1/4 142-074-09 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood 157-341-04 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P BK 39 PG 2 PAR 1 142-074-10 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood 157-341-05 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P BK 24 PG 44 PAR 2 142-074-11 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood 157-341-06 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P BK 24 PG 44 PAR 1 142-074-12 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood PM 211-25 PAR 1 POR OF PAR 157-341-07 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P BK 39 PG 2 PAR 2 157-471-04 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 36 T 5 R 11 N1/2 NW1/4 NW1/4 SW1/4-EX POR IN DD 157-341-08 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P BK 38 PG 16 PAR 1 -7468/631 OR-&STS 157-352-05 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 36 T 5 R 11 POR NW1/4 157-471-05 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 36 T 5 R 11 POR NW1/4NW1/4 SW1/4 AS DESC IN 159-031-08 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 35 T 3 R 11 S 99 FT N1/2 SE1/4 SE1/4 NE1/4-EXPOR Z LEASE-7468/631 OR TO STATE FOR ST 0 157-471-06 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 36 T 5 R 11 POR S1/2 NW1/4 NW1/4 SW1/4 AS PER DD 159-031-10 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 35 T 5 R 11 S 125 FT E 348.48 FT SE1/4 NE1/4-EX ST& F -7263/194 OR POR TO F REEWAY p►yyi 159-092-03 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood N TR 7 BLK G LOT 5 159-031-16 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood SEC 35 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4 U 159-092-04 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 7 LOTS 1/2 BLK G 159-031-17 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P BK 76 PG 4 PAR 1 159-092-07 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 7 BLK G LOT 3 AND BLK G LOT 4 159-031-18 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P BK 76 PG 4 PAR 2 W 159-101-01 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 7 LOT4 BLK D POR OF LOT AS DESC IN DD-7833/255 159-031-22 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood T 5 R 11 SEC 35 POR NE1/4 OR 159-031-23 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood 159-102-01 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood _ P BK 184 PG 17 PAR 1 159-031-24 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood P M 138-29 PAR 3 AND PAR 4 V 159-102-14 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR_ 7 LOT 19 BLK H S 75 FTN 145.2 FT W 216 FT IN LOT 159-031-01 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood PM 14-8 PAR 1&2 W 159-102-18 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood NTR 598 LOT 17 Railroad 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood 159-102-19 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood N TR 598 LOT 16 2.1.5 Neighborhood Centerliti 159-102-20 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood NTR 598 LOT 15 _ APN CCS Description Legal Description X 159-102-21 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood NTR 598 LOT 14 165-364-03 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center TR 436 BLK A LOT 2 POR OFLOT AND BLK A POR OF LOT 3 z 159-102-29 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood N TR 598 LOT 6 165-364-04 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 100 PG 9 PAR 2 W 159-102-30 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood N TR 598 LOT 5 165-364-06 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 185 PG 17 PAR 2 aw a 159-102-35 2.1.4 Town Center-Neighborhood TR 598 LOT 7 AND LOTS 8-13 INC(PM 126-21 PAR 1) 165-364-11 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR A d 135 165-364-12 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR 1 [2.1.6 Town Center Blvd.Segment 165-364-13 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR 2 APN CCS Description Legal Description 165-364-14 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR B 142-072-06 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 32 PG 48 PAR 1 165-364-15 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR 7 142-072-08 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 44 PG 11 PAR 2 165-364-16 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR 6 142-072-09 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 14 T 5 R 11 POR SW1/4(P M 44-11 PAR 1) 165-364-17 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR D 142-321-13 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 4064 LOT 8 POR OF LOT(P M 5-36 PAR 2) 165-364-18 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR 5 142-321-10 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment 165-364-19 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR 8 142-321-01 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment N TR 4064 LOT 7 165-364-20 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR C 142-511-04 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 4064 LOT 1 POR OF LOT 165-364-21 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR 3 142-511-03 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 4064 LOT 1 POR OF LOT 165-364-22 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 204 PG 33 PAR 4 142-511-02 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment 165-364-24 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 260 PG 19 PAR 1 142-511-05 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 4064 LOT 1 S 182 FT W 316.70 FT 165-364-25 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center PARCEL MAP 260-19 PAR 2 AND PM 185-17 PAR 4 142-321-02 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment N TR 4064 LOT 6 165-321-05 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center T 5 R 11 SEC 26 NE1/4 NE1/4 SE1/4 POR OF SEC-EX STR 142-321-12 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment 167-472-16 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center TRACT NO 405 LOTS 1 AND 2 142-511-01 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment 165-181-35 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center SEC 26 T 5 R 11 S 220 FT E 5 AC S1/2 SE1/4 SE1/4-EX HWY 142-111-18 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 23 T 5 R 11 POR NW1/4NE1/4 AS PER LEASE-L5966 &ST /843 OR 157-481-01 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 93 PG 13 PAR 2 142-111-27 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 23 T 5 R 11 W 126 FT E 340 FT N 630 FT NW1/4 NE1/4 157-481-02 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 93 PG 13 PAR 1 NE1/4 157-481-03 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center SEC 36 T 5 R 11 N 53 FT S451.29 FT W 330 FT NW1/4 NW1/4 142-111-32 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 23 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4 NW1/4 142-111-33 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 23 T 5 R 11 POR N1/2 157-481-04 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center SEC 36 T 5 R 11 S 106 FT N 367.71 FT W 330 FT NW1/4 142-111-34 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 23 T 5 R 11 POR N1/2 NW1/4 NW 1/4(AN D N 53 FT S 292.29 FT W 330 FT NW 142-111-39 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 189 PG 31 PAR 2 157-481-05 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 56 PG 33 PAR 1 142-111-42 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 189 PG 31 PAR 1 157-481-06 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 56 PG 33 PAR 2 142-112-05 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 3 PG 50 PAR 1 157-481-07 p2.1.5 Neighborhood Center SEC 36 T 5 R 11 S 92.29 FT W 330 FT NW1/4 NW1/4 NW1/4 142-112-08 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P M 003-50 PAR 2 POR OF PAR SURFACE AND 500 FT SUB- 157-481-08 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center PM 317-35 PAR 1 THRU 4 SURFACE VERTICALLY 159-141-66 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center TR 172 BLK C LOT 4 POR OFLOT AND BLK C POR OF LOT 142-112-09 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P M 003-50 PAR 2 POR OF PAR SURFACE AND 500 FT SUB- S 5,6,10,16,22,28,34,40,46,52,58,64,70 SURFACE VERTICALLY 153-091-19 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 158 PG 43 PAR 1 142-112-10 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P M 003-50 PAR 2 POR OF PAR SURFACE AND 500 FT SUB- 153-091-21 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 158 PG 43 PAR 3 SURFACE VERTICALLY Z 153-091-22 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P 8K 158 PG 43 PAR 4 107-781-03 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment p BK 51 PG 48 PAR 2 O 153-091-23 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 158 PG 43 PAR 5 107-781-04 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 51 PG 48 PAR 1 F 153-091-25 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 158 PG 43 PAR 7 107-781-05 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment PM 61-2 PAR A POR OF PAR Pr 153-091-26 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center _ P BK 158 PG 43 PAR 8 107-781-06 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 61 PG 2 PAR B U 153-091-27 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 158 PG 43 PAR 9 107-781-07 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 61 PG 2 PAR C to 153-091-28 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 158 PG 43 PAR 10 107-782-08 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment PARCEL MAP 49-45 PARS 1 AND 2 WA 153-091-31 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 201 PG 15 PAR 1 142-081-01 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOTS 1 TO 4 INC 14153-091-32 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 201 PG 15 PAR 2 142-081-02 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 14 ALL-EX ST Q 148-021-12 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center _ SEC 13 T 6 R 11 POR NW1/4 142-081-03 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 15 ALL-EX ST W148-021-14 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center SEC 13 T 6 R 11 POR NW1/4 142-081-06 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 19 ALL-EX ST-AND ALL-EX ST-LOT 20 ►a 148-021-15 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center SEC 13 T 6 R 11 POR NW1/4 142-081-09 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 24 N 60 FTANDN 60 FT LOT 25 148-021-17 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center SEC 13 T 6 R 11 POR NW1/4 142-081-10 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 24 ALL-EX N 60 FT-(AND ALL-EX N 60 FT-LOT Imi 148-021-18 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center SEC 13 T 6 R 11 POR NW1/4(=PM BK 44 PG 40 PARS.1&2) 25 g 148-021-19 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 25 PG 27 PAR 2 142-081-11 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOTS 26&27 159-161-24 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 97 PG 14 PAR 1 142-081-12 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment N TR 417 LOT 28 a 159-161-25 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center _ P BK 97 PG 14 PAR 2 142-081-16 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment N TR 417 LOT 32 pr 159-161-26 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center P BK 97 PG 14 PAR 3 142-081-17 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment N TR 417 LOT 33 44 159-161-27 2.1.5 Neighborhood Center •)BK 97 PG 14 PAR 4 142-081-18 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOTS 5,6&7 136 142-081-25 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 8(AND LOTS 9&10 107-100-71 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 528 LOT 7 BLK A ELY 46FT-INC W1/2 ALLEY ADJ ON 142-081-26 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 11(AND LOT 12(AND ALL-EX ST LOT 13 E-(AND ALL-IN C E1/2 ALLEY ADJ ON W-LOT 8(ANDEL 142-081-27 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 16 ALL-EX ST-AND ALL-EX ST-LOTS 17,18, 107-100-75 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment N TR 528 BLK A LOT 14 29,30&31 107-100-77 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 528 BLK A POR ABAND ALLEY 142-081-28 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 21 ALL-EX ST-AND ALL LOTS 22&23-EX ST 107-100-79 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 204 PG 43 PAR 1 142-082-02 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 34 W 50 FT OF LOT AND W 50 FT OF LOT 35 107-100-80 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 204 PG 43 PAR 2 142-082-22 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOTS 42&43 107-691-20 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 24 T 5 R 11 LOT IN N1/2 SW1/4 SW 1/4 142-082-26 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 41 AND LOTS 38,39&40 107-691-22 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 24 T 5 R 11 POR N1/2 SW1/4 SW1/4(PM48-9 PAR 1&2) 142-082-27 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 25 PG 44 PAR 1 142-191-01 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 194 LOT 1 BLKAAND LOTS 2 TO 6 INC BLK A 142-082-35 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOTS 36,37 AND POR.OF LOTS 34,35. 142-191-12 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 194 LOTS 101&102 BLK B 142-083-04 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOTS 76&77 142-191-14 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 194 LOT 118 BLK A(AND LOTS 143,144&169 BLK 142-083-24 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 71(AND LOTS 72T0 75 INC(AND ALL-EX ST- A(AND LOTS 119 TO 122 INC,&143 TO 146 INC ALL IN LOT 70 142-191-15 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 194 LOT 117 BLKA&LOT 97 BLK B 142-083-25 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 78 AND LOTS 79-85 INC 142-191-23 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 194 LOT 99 BLK B AND LOTS 100,103,114 TO 118 INC, 142-091-09 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 106 ALL-EX ST-AND ALL-EX ST-LOT 107 123 TO 127 INC,138 TO 142 INC AND ALL LOTS 1 142-091-18 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 119 AND ALL-EX ST-LOT 120 AND ALL-EXSTS- 142-191-24 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment N TR 194 BLK B LOT 98 LOT 121 142-191-27 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 194 LOT 21 BLK AAND LOTS 22-32 INC BLK A 142-091-27 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment N TR 6234 LOT 1 142-191-33 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment N TR 194 BLK B LOT 106 142-091-32 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 108 AND LOTS 109&110 142-191-34 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 194 LOT 104 BLK B AND LOTS 105,111 TO 113 INC,128 142-091-33 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 227 PG 3 PAR 1 TO 130 INC,135 TO 137 INC AND ALL LOTS 152 TO 107-401-04 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 24 T 5 R 11 POR N1/2 NW1/4 SW 1/4 142-191-36 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 194 BLKA LOT 110 AND BLKA LOTS 111,112,123,124& 107-401-32 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 24 T 5 R 11 S 147.6 FT W 303 FT N1/2 NW1/4 SW1/4-EX 125 FREEWAY 142-191-40 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 165 PG 38 PAR 1 107-401-33 )2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 24 T 5 R 11 POR NW1/4SW1/4 AS PER DD-7231/388 142-191-42 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TRACT NO 194 BLKA LOTS 119-122,139-142,145-148 OR AND165-168 107-401-35 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 24 T 5 R 11 POR SW1/4 142-191-43 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TRACT NO 194 BLKA LOTS 113 TO 116 INC 107-601-41 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 24 T 5 R 11 POR S1/2 NW1/4 SW1/4 AS PER LEASE 142-191-44 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 159 PG 5 PAR 1 -L5912/547 OR 142-191-46 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR NO 194 BLK A LOTS 126 TO 129 AND LOTS 106 TO 109 107-601-48 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 55 PG 4 PAR 1 AND POR OF LOTS 105 AND 130 107-601-49 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 55 PG 4 PAR 2 142-191-47 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 194 BLK A LOTS 41 TO 64 INC,LOTS 67 TO 90 INC& 142-092-15 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 417 LOT 142 AND LOTS 143-148 INC LOTS 93 TO 104 INC-EXSTR 142-101-14 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 522 LOT 10 BLKAAND LOTS 11-15 INC BLK A 142-481-11 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 83 PG 8 PAR 2 142-102-20 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 522 LOT 12 BLK B AND ALL-EX ST LOT 11 BLK B 142-481-12 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 118 PG 16 PAR 2 O 142-102-47 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 522 LOT 17 BLK B AND LOTS 18 THRU 20 ALL IN BLKB 142-131-05 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 98 PG 1 PAR 1 F 142-102-48 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment N TR 522 BLK B LOT 30 142-131-10 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 98 PG 1 PAR 6 ry 142-102-49 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 522 LOT 13 BLK B AND LOTS 14 THRU 16ALL IN BLKB 142-131-11 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 98 PG 1 PAR 7 142-103-17 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 522 LOT 12 BLK C(AND ALL-EX ST LOT 11(AND ALL-EX 146-463-18 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 22 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4NE1/4 AS DESC IN DD-8692/842 () ST-LOT 13(A ND ALL-EX ST-LOT 14 ALL IN BLK OR 142-173-01 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 23 T 5 R 11 POR SE1/4 146-463-25 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 22 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4 142-173-02 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 23 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4SE1/4 AS DESC IN DD-8355/779 142-131-04 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 6181 LOT 286 N 150 FT W 150 FT OR 142-131-06 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 98 PG 1 PAR 2 142-462-06 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 47 PG 27 PAR 2 142-131-07 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 98 PG 1 PAR 3 142-462-09 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 47 PG 27 PAR 1 142-131-09 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 98 PG 1 PAR 5 107-100-67 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 528 LOT 1 BLK A ELY 46FT-INC W1/2 ALLEY ADJ ON E- 142-131-12 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 153 PG 26 PAR 1 C1 -EX FREEWAY-(AND ELY 46 FT-INC W1/2 ALLEY AD 142-131-13 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment P BK 153 PG 26 PAR 2 ►k. 107-100-68 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 528 LOT 2 BLK AALL-EX ST&W 29 FT-(AND ALL-EX W 145-252-54 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 4138 LOT A 29 FT-LOTS 4/6 BLK A 145-252-61 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 15 T 5 R 11 LOT IN SE1/4 SE1/4 107-100-70 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment TR 528 LOT 11 BLKA ELY 46 FT-INC W1/2 ALLEY ADJ ON 145-252-63 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment _SEC 15 T 5 R 11 POR SE1/4 pr E-(AND ALL-I NC E1/2 ALLEY ADJ ON W-LOT 12 BL 145-252-64 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 15 T 5 R 11 POR SE1/4 137 145-252-65 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment E 188 FT OF S 185 FT SEC 15 T 5 R 11 165-225-07 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4 146-463-14 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 22 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4NE1/4 165-225-08 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 S 132 FT N 396 FT E 330 FT SE1/4 NE1/4 146-463-16 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 22 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4NE1/4 AS DESC IN LEASE -EX HWY -8538/684 OR 165-234-07 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 W 127.53 FT S 132 FT E1/4 S1/2 SE1/4 146-463-20 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 22 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4 NE1/4 146-463-24 2.1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment SEC 22 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4 165-234-08 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 S 132 FT E1/2 SE1/4 SE1/4 NE1/4-EX Railroad 1.6 Town Center Blvd Segment FREEWAY&W 127.53 FT 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd.Segment 165-234-13 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 E1/4 S1/2SE1/4 NE1/4-EX S 528 FT APN CCS Description Legal Description 165-234-18 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment P BK 123 PG 22 PAR 1 159-141-83 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 172 BLK C LOT 83 AND BLK C LOTS 84,89,90,95,96, 165-321-06 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment P BK 50 PG 39 PAR 1 101,102,107,108,113,114,119,120,125,1 165-321-07 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment P BK 50 PG 39 PAR 2 159-271-67 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 35 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4 167-311-03 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment P BK 46 PG 20 PAR 2 159-271-68 /2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 35 T 5 R 11 S1/2 N1/2SE1/4 NE1/4 NE1/4-EX HWY 167-311-04 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment P BK 46 PG 20 PAR 1 159-271-69 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 35 T 5 R 11 N1/2 N1/2SE1/4 NE1/4 NE1/4-EX N 82.50 FT 167-312-01 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 N 160 FT W 265.37 FT SW1/4 SW1/4 NW1/4 &HWY -EXPORTOHWY&ST 165-225-09 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 S 132 FT N 264 FT E 330 FT N1/2 SE1/4 NE 167-312-02 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 W 265.37 FT S 160 FT N 320 FT SW1/4 1/4-EX HWY SW1/4 NW1/4-E X HWY 165-225-10 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 N 132 FT E 330 FT SE1/4 NE1/4-EX HWY 167-312-03 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 N 160 FT S 340 FT W 265.37 FT SW1/4 165-283-04 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 436 LOT 1 BLK F POR OFLOT SW1/4 NW1/4-E X FREEWAY&POR TO LOCKWOOD-6426 165-283-05 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 436 LOT 2 BLK F ALL-EX W 170 FT 167-312-04 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 POR SW1/4SW1/4 NW1/4 165-283-13 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 436 LOT 5 BLK F S1/2-EX W 150 FT — 167-312-05 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 POR NW1/4DESC AS PARCEL 1 IN DD 165-283-14 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 436 LOT 5 BLK F N1/2-EX W 150 FT -6834/340 OR 165-283-16 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment P BK 130 PG 35 PAR 1 167-312-06 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 S 180 FT W 265.37 FT-EX FREEWAY&POR 165-283-17 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 436 BLK F LOT 3 POR OFLOT TO DOAN-RUSSELL CO-6834/340 OR 167-311-02 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 POR NW1/4(PM 36-34 PAR 2) 167-472-03 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 405 LOT 3ALL EX FREEWAY 167-324-01 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment N TR 298 LOT 23 167-472-04 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 405 LOT 4 NLY 65 FT ELY 113 FT 167-324-04 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment N TR 298 LOT 17 167-472-05 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 405 LOT 4 POR OF LOT 167-324-05 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment N TR 298 LOT 15 167 472 06 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 405 LOT 4 POR OF LOT 167 324 06 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment N TR 298 LOT 13 167-472-07 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 405 LOT 5 ALL-EX HWY 167-324-07 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment N TR 298 LOT 11 165-181-36 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 N 100 FT S 320 FT E1/2 SE1/4 SE1/4SE1/4 167-324-09 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment N TR 298 LOT 5 -EX HWY&ALLEY _ 167-324-10 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 298 LOTS 1&3 165-181-37 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 E1/2 SE1/4 SE1/4 SE1/4-EX S 320 FT&N 220.05 FT&HWY&ALLEY O 167-324-11 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 298 LOT 2 POR OF LOT(AND POR OF LOTS 4,6,8,10, 165-181-38 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 S 110 FT N 220.05 FT W 228 FT E 330 FT 12,14,16,1 8,20 AND 22 SE1/4 SE1/4 SE1/4 p. 167-324-12 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment N TR 298 LOT 9 165-181-39 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 POR SE1/4 167-324-13 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment N TR 298 LOT 7 165-181-40 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 POR SE1/4 rt) 167-324-14 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 298 LOT 19 AND LOT 21 165-301-22 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 W 50 FT E220 FT N 214 FT SE1/4 SE1/4 WA 167-325-15 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 1 AC IN S1/2 NW1/4 NW1/4 165-301-23 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 POR N1/2 SE1/4 SE1/4 AS DESC IN DD a 167 325 16 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 N 100 FT S 430 FT W 300 FT NW1/4 NW1/4 7930/925 OR -EX POR TO STATE FOR ST 165-301-24 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 LOT IN N1/2 SE1/4 SE1/4 ✓ 167-325-17 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 POR OF SEC AS DESC IN DD-6985/545OR 165-301_25 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment 167-325-18 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 N 100 FT S 230 FT W 300 FT NW1/4 NW1/4 165-301-26 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment -EX POR TO ST TO STATE 165-301-27 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment 167-325-19 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 POR NW1/4NW1/4 „ 167-325-20 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 N 100 FT S 130 FT W 205 FT NW1/4 NW1/4 165 301-28 _ 2 2.1.7_ Neighborhood Blvd Segment P M 125 10 PAR 1 POR OF PAR -EX POR TO STATE FOR ST 165-302-21 .1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 3478 LOT 18 N 100 FT IN LOT-EX ST W 165-302-22 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 3478 LOT 18 ALL-EX N 100 FT 167325-21 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 IRREG LOTIN S1/2 NW1/4 NW1/4 a. 165-225-06 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 26 T 5 R 11 S 20 FT N601 FT W 20 FT E 248 FT NE1/4 165-311-16 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 411 LOT 1 POR OF LOTAND POR OF LOT 2 SE1/4 NE7/4 165-311-17 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 411 LOT 1 POR IN LOT&S1/2 LOT 2 138 165-312-17 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 411 LOT 19 N 93.3 FT IN LOT(AND POR N 93.3 FT W30 159-102-06 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 7 LOT 7 BLK H ALL-EX ST-(P.M.30-44 PAR.1&2) FT LOT 20 159-102-07 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 7 LOT 8 BLK H N 100 FTIN LOT-EX POR TO STATE FOR 165-312-18 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 411 LOT 19 N 140 FT INLOT-EX N 93.4 FT-(AND W 30 FT ST -EX S 140 FT&N 93.4 FT-LOT 20 159-102-08 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 7 LOT 8 BLK H S 50 FT-EX ST-AND ALL-EX ST-LOTS 165-312-19 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 411 LOT 19 ALL-EX N 140 FT-AND POR S 140 FT W30 9/10 BLK H FT LOT 20 159-111-01 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 7 LOT 11 BLK H N 37.5 FT IN LOT-EX POR TO STATE 167-472-08 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment N TR 405 LOT 6 FOR ST 167-472-09 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment N TR 405 LOT 7 159-111-04 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 7 LOT 12 BLK H ALL-EXELY 14 FT FOR ST 167-472-10 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 405 LOT 8 N 74.66 FT 159-111-05 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 7 LOT 13 BLK H N 125 FT E 170 FT IN LOT-EX PORTO 167-472-11 /2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 405 LOT 8 S 53.34 FT STATE FOR ST 167-472-12 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment N 1/2 TR 405 LOT 9 159-111-06 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 7 LOT 13 BLK H ALL-EXN 125 FT E 170 FT&POR TO 167-472-13 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 405 LOT 9 RECTANGULAR LOT IN LOT AND STATE FOR ST-(AND ALL-EX POR TO STATE FOR ST-L RECTANGULAR LOT IN LOT 10 159-111-07 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 7 LOT 15 BLK H N 50 FTIN LOT-EX ELY 14 FT FOR ST 167-472-14 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 405 LOT 9 POR OF LOT AS DESC IN DD-7658/624 OR- 159-111-08 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment AND POR OF LOT 10 AS DESC IN DD-7658/624 OR 159-111-09 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment 167-472-15 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 405 LOT 10 POR OF LOT AS DESC IN DD-7624/483 OR 159-111-10 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment 167-601-01 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 25 T 5 R 11 POR SW1/4 159-111-21 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment N TR 7 BLK H LOT 18 167-601-02 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment P BK 244 PG 48 PAR 4 159-111-22 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TRACT 7 BLK H LOT 11 S 112.50 FT IN LOT-EX ELY 14 FT 167-601-03 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment P BK 244 PG 48 PAR 3 FOR ST 167-601-14 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment PM 244-48 PAR 1 POR OF PAR SURFACE AND 500 FT SUB- 025-191-03 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLATR LOT BLK 2308 SURFACE VERTICALLY 025-191-32 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLATR LOT BLK 2108 POR OF BLK 167-601-15 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment PM 244-48 PAR 1 POR OF PAR SURFACE AND 500 FT SUB- 025-191-42 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLATR LOT BLK 2108 POR OF BLK SURFACE VERTICALLY 025-191-43 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 43 PG 18 PAR 1 167-601-16 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment PM 244-48 PAR 5 POR OF PAR SURFACE AND 500 FT 025-191-51 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 164 PG 18 PAR 1 SUBSURFACE VERTICALLY 025-191-53 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment PARCEL MAP 109-9 PAR 2 POR OF PAR AND ALL PAR 1 167-601-17 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment PM 244-48 PAR 5 POR OF PAR AND EAST SIDE VILLA TR LOT BLK 2408 POR OF BLK 167-601-20 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment _P BK 244 PG 48 PAR 2 _ 025-191-54 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P M 109-9 PAR 2 POR OF PAR AND EAST SIDE VILLA TR 159-141433 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment TR 172 BLK C LOT 83 AND BLK C LOTS 84,89,90,95,96, LOT BLK 2408 POR OF BLK 101,102,107,108,113,114,119,120,125,1 025-200-50 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SLY 160 FT EAST SIDE VILLATR BLK 1708 159-271-67 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 35 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4 025-200-51 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLATR LOT BLK 1708 POR OF BLK 159-271-68 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 35 T 5 R 11 S1/2 N1/2SE1/4 NE1/4 NE1/4-EX HWY 025-200-61 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 35 PG 47 PAR 1 159-271-69 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 35 T 5 R 11 N1/2 N1/2SE1/4 NE1/4 NE1/4-EX N 82.50 FT 025-200-62 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 35 PG 47 PAR 2 &HWY 025-200-63 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLATR LOT BLK 2008 POR OF BLK Z 159-271-73 2.1.7 Neighborhood Blvd Segment SEC 35 T 5 R 11 N 82.50 FT OF S1/4 NE1/4 NE1/4 025-200-64 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLATR BLK 2008 S 1/2 OF SAID BLK 0 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment 025-200-68 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLATR LOT 1808 POR OF LOT E"" PN CCS Description Legal Descriptiona' /+ P� P� 025-200-69 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLATR LOT 1707 POR OF LOT AND POR OF 157-451-07 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 36 T 5 R 11 POR SW1/4(P M 6-43 PAR 1) LOT 1708 157-451.08 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 36 T 5 R 11 POR SW1/4 025-200-72 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLA TRACT LOT 1908 POR OF LOT&POR OF 157-451-09 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 36 T 5 R 11 N 65 FT E243 FT W 331 FT N1/2 NW1/4 LOT 1808&TRACT 1916 LOTS 8,9,10,&POR OF LOT Ca SW1/4 SW1/4-EX ST 153-091-05 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 IRREG 2.70AC M/L IN NW1/4 SW1/4 •4 157-452-03 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 36 T 5 R 11 S 200 FT W 238 FT SW1/4 SW1/4 SW1/4-EX 153-091-06 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 POR SW1/4AS DESC IN DD-7376/379 OR e STS 153-091-17 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment T 6 R 11 SEC 1 POR SW1/4 157-452-34 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 92 PG 26 PAR 2 025-143-10 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 11 T 6 R 11 POR N1/2 NE1/4 NE1/4 NE1/4 AS DESCIN ra 157-452-35 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 107 PG 38 PAR 3 DD-7565/757 OR 157-452-36 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 107 PG 38 PAR 1 151-282-03 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 12 T 6 R 11 POR NW1/4NW1/4 AS PER LEASE 157-452-37 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 107 PG 38 PAR 2 -6734/643 OR 157-452-38 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 107 PG 38 PAR 4 151-282-26 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment T 6 R 11 SEC 12 POR NW1/4 z 157-471-30 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 36 T 5 R 11 POR SW1/4 151-282-27 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 247 PG 36 PAR 2 157-471-31 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment T 5 R 11 SEC 36 POR SW1/4 151-282-28 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 247 PG 36 PAR 1 d 139 151-282-31 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 180 PG 16 PAR 1 12.1.9 Residential Parkway Segment 151-282-32 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 180 PG 16 PAR 3 APN CCS Description Legal Description 151-282-33 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 180 PG 16 PAR 2 151-351-14 2.1.9 Residential Parkway Segment N TR 12820 LOT 1 025-180-06 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 837 LOT BLK C POR OFBLK 151-351-43 2.1.9 Residential Parkway Segment N TR 15816 LOT B 025-180-13 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 837 LOT BLK C W 125 FT E 145 FT-EX N 70 FT&S 155 025-171-06 2.1.9 Residential Parkway Segment VISTA DEL MAR TR LOTA BLK 1008 S 150 FT N 270 FT E 10 FT FT-EX ST-(AND S 150FT N 270 FT-EX STS-LOT 025-180-14 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 837 LOT BLK C N 55 FT S 155 FT WLY 125 FT ELY145 FT 025-171-10 2.1.9 Residential Parkway Segment VISTA DEL MAR TR BLK 1008LOTA POR OF LOT AND BLK 025-180-21 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLATR LOT BLK 2508 POR OF BLK 1008 POR OF LOT B 025-180-23 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLA TR LOT BLK 2508 POR OF BLK AND POR 025-172-06 2.1.9 Residential Parkway Segment VISTA DEL MAR TR LOT A BLK 908 ALL-EX PORS IN STS- OF BLK 2507 (AND ALL-INC PORABAN STADJ--EX PORS IN STS-L 025-180-24 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 837 LOT BLK C S 92 FT W 125 FT E 145 FT 151-293-38 2.1.9 Residential Parkway Segment SEC 12 T 6 R 11 POR NW1/4 025-180-25 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 837 LOT BLK C S 100 FT W 125 FT E 145 FT-EX S 92 FT 151-293-39 2.1.9 Residential Parkway Segment SEC 12 T 6 R 11 POR NW1/4 025-181-36 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TR 837 BLKA LOT 1 AND BLKALOTS 2 THRU 7&LOT 26 151-293-42 2.1.9 Residential Parkway Segment P.M.35-26 PCLS 2 AND 3 025-182-22 2.1.8 D25 182- 2.1.8 Neighborhood hborhood Parkway Segment TR 837 BLK B LOT 3 AND S 45 FT LOT 26 BLK B 2.1.10 Residential Transition Zone Parkw ay Segment P BK 238 PG 1 PAR 1 025-182-33 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment TRACT NO 837 BLK B LOTS 4TO 6 INC APN CCS Description Legal Description 153-041-13 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 N 54.76 FTS 1808.28 FT W 530 FT NW1/4-EX 159-031-01 2.1.10 Residential Transition Zone PM 14-8 PAR 1&2 ST 142-131-05 2.1.10 Residential Transition Zone P BK 98 PG 1 PAR 1 153-041-14 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 N 109.52 FT S 1753.52 FT W 530 FT NW1/4 142-131-10 2.1.10 Residential Transition Zone P BK 98 PG 1 PAR 6 EX ST 142-131-11 2.1.10 Residential Transition Zone P BK 98 PG 1 PAR 7 153-041-15 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 N 82.20 FTS 1644 FT W 530 FT NW1/4-EX ST 146 463 18 2.1.10 Residential Transition Zone SEC 22 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4NE1/4 AS DESC IN DD-8692/842 153-041-16 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 N 100 FT S1561.80 FT W 530 FT NW1/4-EX OR ST 146-463-22 2.1.10 Residential Transition Zone SEC 22 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4 153-041-17 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 N 328.8 FTS 1561.8 FT W 530 FT NW1/4-EX N 100 FT&ST 146-463-25 2.1.10 Residential Transition Zone SEC 22 T 5 R 11 POR NE1/4 153-041-18 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 122 PG 1 PAR 2 2.1.14 Residential Required 153-041-28 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P.M.122-1 PAR 4 AND POR PAR 3 APN CCS Description Legal Description 153-041-29 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P.M.122-1 PAR 3 POR OF PAR 159-121-26 2.14 Residential Required TR 7 LOT 6 BLK G N1/2 153-041-34 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 324 PG 40 PAR 1 159-121-38 2.14 Residential Required TR NO 7 BLK G LOT 7 POR OF LOT 153-051-08 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 N 123.3 FTS 822 FT W 530 FT NW1/4-EX ST 159-121-37 2.14 Residential Required 7R NO 7 BLK G LOT 7 POR OF LOT 153-051-09 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 N 123.3 FTS 698.7 FT W 530 FT NW1/4-EX ST 159-121-25 2.14 Residential Required TR 7 LOT 6 BLK G S1/2-EXST ZO 153-051-10 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 N 245.4 FTS 575.4 FT W 530 FT NW1/4-EX 142-073-03 2.14 Residential Required T 5 R 11 SEC 14 POR S1/2 F IST a 153-051-11 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 N 100 FT S330 FT W 530 FT NW1/4-EX ST _ "uJ' 153-051-14 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 W 25 FT E 100 FT W 430 FT S 230 FT SW1/4 NW1/4 AND S 230 FT E 170 FT W 330 FT NW1/4 153-051-15 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 N 50 FT S 230 FT W 200 FT SW1/4 OF NW1/4 A -EX ST ,.a 153-051-16 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 RECTANG LOT IN SW1/4 NW1/4 V153-051-17 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 IRREG LOT IN NW1/4 W 153-051-18 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 32 PG 49 PAR 1 ►a 153-051-19 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment P BK 32 PG 49 PAR 2 153-051-24 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment T 6 R 11 SEC 1 POR NW1/4 153-051-25 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment SEC 1 T 6 R 11 POR OF NW1/4 OF SEC 1 A 159-161-04 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLATR LOT BLK 2908 ALL-EX ST W 159-161-29 2.1.8 Neighborhood Parkway Segment EAST SIDE VILLATR BLK 3008 a a Q 140 GLOSSARY This chapter sets forth definitions of certain words or phrases used in this Code in Block Perimeter: order to promote consistency and uniformity in their usage,thereby facilitating the The total length of the public rights-of-way along all block faces. interpretation of this Plan.The meaning and construction of words and phrases as Breezeway set forth in this chapter shall apply throughout the Plan unless the context clearly A covered driveway or walkway penetrating a building to connect to courtyards, indicates otherwise.Definitions contained in the city's Municipal Code shall be parking areas,or alleys at the interior or rear of a parcel. applicable except when in conflict with definitions contained in this chapter or elsewhere in this Code,in which case this Code's definitions shall prevail. Building: Any structure having a roof supported by columns or walls for the housing or Accessory Building: enclosure of persons,animals,chattels,or A building or structure which is located on the same lot and customarily,incidentalproperty of any kind. and subordinate to the Primary Building or to the use of land such as a garage. Building Composition: Accessory buildings may be freestanding and are not considered part of the Primary A building's spatial arrangement of masses and architectural elements in relation to Building Mass when attached to a Primary Building.Typically accessory building each other and the building as a whole. uses include vehicular parking,storage of lawn and garden equipment,storage Building Disposition: of household items,play house or green house.Accessory buildings may include The placement and orientation of a building or buildings on a parcel. habitable area such as a home office,recreation room,guesthouse,or sleeping room(s). Building Envelope: The maximum space a building or buildings may occupy on a parcel. Accessory Dwelling Unit: A separate,detached,complete housekeeping unit with kitchen,sleeping and full Building Height: bathroom facilities,located on the same parcel as a Primary Building but subordinate The vertical extent of a building measured in feet and stories,not including a raised in size. basement or a habitable attic. Active Living Spaces: Building Orientation: Habitable spaces such as dining rooms,living rooms,or bed rooms that accommodate The direction that the primary building facade of a building faces. living activities. Building Placement: Active living spaces do not include kitchens, bathrooms, partially submerged The location of a building on a parcel. basements,or utility spaces. Building Volume: Alley: Part or all of a building's three dimensional bulk. A public or private way having an ultimate width of not less than 20 feet permanently Context: reserved primarily for vehicular service access to the rear or side of properties Physical surroundings,including a combination of architectural,natural and civic otherwise abutting on a street. elements that establish a specific district,neighborhood,or block character. Alley Setback: Corridor: The required minimum distance from an alley's edge of pavement to any building. The combination of all elements that characterize a roadway. This consists of all Articulation: elements within the public right-of-way/street(the vehicular realm/thoroughfare The use of architectural elements to create breaks in the horizontal and vertical and the pedestrian realm/public frontage)as well as each adjacent property's surfaces or masses of buildings. private frontage. Base: Corridor Centers and Segments: A base treatment is a horizontal articulation of the lower part of a building facade's An area as defined in the Corridors Centers and Segments Map whose urban form design that serves to establish a human scale for pedestrian users and passers-by, has a unique character within the Plan Area. The range of Corridors Centers and and aesthetically"ties"a building to the ground. Segments forms the basic organizing principle for the Plan's Development Code. Block: Corridor Centers and Segments Map: An aggregate of land,including parcels,passages,rear lanes and alleys,bounded The map that designates Corridor Centers and Segments and determines which by streets or railroad rights-of-way. An alley does not constitute the boundary of a regulations in the Development Code apply to each property within the Plan Area. Block. G7 141 Development Code: Frontage Coverage Zone: Open Space(Public&Private): Primary Entrance: The chapter of the Specific Plan containing all Standards, The space between the minimum and maximum front yard Land that may be used for passive or active recreation.There The main/principal point of pedestrian access into a building Regulations,and Guidelines that apply to development within setback lines and the minimum side yard or side street setback are a wide range of open space types including parks,plazas, configured as a Private Frontage Type. the Plan Area. lines. yards and other configurations as defined in the Development Private Frontage: Density: Frontage Line: Code' 1)The portion of a property between the back of sidewalk The number of dwelling units within a standard measure of A property line that coincides with the corridor public right- Parcel or Assembled Parcel: line and the primary building facade along any Street. land area,usually given as units per acre. of-way. A legally defined area of land under single ownership. 2)Portions of all primary building facades up to the top of Development Regulations: Frontage Type: Parking Lot: the first or second floor,including building entrances,located All Standards and Guidelines contained within this A specific configuration of elements that define how public or A paved area,usually divided into individual spaces,intended along and oriented a street or active open space. document. private frontages may be designed. for parking vehicles. Physical elements of the Private Frontage include,but are not Driveway: Garage: Parking Structure: limited to a building's primary entrance treatments,setback A vehicular lane within a parcel,usually leading to a garage A building used for vehicular parking with no internal A structure used for parking or vehicles where parking spaces, areas and property edge treatments. or parking area. circulation. turning radius,and drive aisles are incorporated within the property: structure. An individual/owner's land, including P land im rovements Dwelling Unit: Guidelines: One or more habitable rooms with only one kitchen,and Principles that provide direction regarding the preferred Partially Submerged Podium: and any permanent fixtures on the land including buildings, designed for occupancy as a unit by one or more persons method of addressing specified design considerations. A parking structure built below the main building mass and trees and other fixtures. living as a household unit with common access to all living, Conformance with guidelines is recommended but not partially submerged underground. Property Line: kitchen,and bathrooms areas.. rularreA. Passage/paseo: The boundary that legally and geometrically demarcates a Enfront: Historic Resource: An at-grade pedestrian connector passing between buildings, property. To be located along a frontage line. A building,site or feature that is a local,state,or national providing shortcuts through long blocks and connecting Public Frontage: historic landmark. sidewalks or front yards to rear yards,parking areas,and The area between a thoroughfare curb face and the back of Entrance or Entry open spaces. A point of pedestrian access into a building. House Scale: Psidewalk line. Physical elements of the Public Frontage To be roughly equivalent in size and mass to a detached single Path: include,but are not limited to the type of curb,sidewalk, Façade: family house. A pedestrian(or bike)way traversing a park or rural area, planter strip,street tree and streetlight. The exterior wall of a building.The front of a building or with landscape matching the contiguous open space. any of its sides facing a public way or spaces frequently Human Scale: Public Right-Of-Way: distinguished by its architectural treatment. To have the size, height,bulk,massing,or detailing that Plan Area: For purposes of this plan,any area dedicated or subject to creates a comfortable relationship to humans. The land whose boundary includes all the properties that public fee ownership or an easement for public use for Facade Composition: must adhere to the regulations within this document. vehicular and/or pedestrian travel including,but not limited The relationship between individual elements of a facade as Liner Building/Uses: they relate to the facade's overall design,articulation,and A portion of a building,with distinct,habitable uses located Planning and Building Director/Designee: to,streets,alleys,and sidewalks. organization. along a property frontage such that it conceals the larger The head of a city's planning and building department or other Public Right-Of-Way Line: building behind. Typically, liner uses are located along individual who has the authority to make decisions regarding The boundary that legally and geometrically demarcates the Façade Offset: parking garages or large format/anchor retail buildings. the implementation of the regulations within this plan. Public Right-Of-Way. A horizontal or vertical plane break spanning a facade where one portion of a facade sets back from another. Main Entrance: Planter Strip: Public Works Director/Designee: See primary entrance. An element of the public frontage,located in between the The head of a city's public works department or other Floor sidewalk and the thoroughfare curb face,which accommodates individual who has the authority to make decisions regarding Multi-Family:story landscaping, including street trees. Planter strips may be the implementation of the regulations within this plan. The use of a single building for two or more dwellings. Front Street: continuous or individual. Rear Yard: A street that a building's primary entrance is oriented Municipal Code: Primary Building: The area that results from a rear yard setback. towards. A collection of regulations that guide local government. A main/ nci 1 building on a lot, including parking Rear Yard Setback: Open Space(Usable): structures and excluding accessory buildings or structures, Front Yard: The distance between a rear property line and any building. The area that results from a front yard setback. Any side yard,courtyard,or other open space that is accessed with a primary facade located within the frontage coverage directly by primary entrance(s)to housing units or office zone. Regulations: Front Yard Setback: spaces. Outdoor or unenclosed area on the ground or on a Regulations include Regulatory Definitions:The rules and The distance or range of distances (expressed in both Primary Building Façade: performance measures that define Regulations and establish g ( P balcony,deck,porch or terrace designed and accessible for gul t" minimum and maximum)required from the back-of-sidewalk outdoor living,recreation,pedestrian access or landscaping. The main/principal facade of a building that faces a street or how Standards apply to properties.Regulatory Definitions do ad' to the primary building facade along a street. Usable open space does not include parking facilities, open space. not vary from one District to another. Frontage Coverage: driveways,utility or service areas. Primary Building Mass: Regulations include General Requirements: Performance 0 The minimum percentage of the length of the frontage The most prominent portion of the Primary Building's measures that do not vary from one District to another. coverage zone that shall be occupied by a primary building 3-dimensional bulk. facade(s). 142 Ribbon Windows: Street: Windows Ribbon windows are aseriesoflong,horizontallyproportioned The combination of all elements within the public right-of- Openings in a building facade that allow light and/or air into windows interrupted by vertical mullions. way:the vehicular realm/thoroughfare and the pedestrian the building. Roof realm/public frontage. Zoning Ordinance: The top surface that covers a building. Street Type: The Zoning Ordinance of the City of Huntington Beach. Services: A specific configuration of elements that define how new Activities and,in some instances,their structural components streets may be designed. that relate to the maintenance and basic functioning Streetscape: components of each land use.These activities may include,but The composition and design of all elements within the public are not limited to,trash and recycling areas and aboveground right-of-way: the vehicular realm / thoroughfare (travel components of wet and dry utilities. lanes for vehicles and bicycles,parking lanes for cars,and Shopfront: sidewalks or paths for pedestrians)and the amenities of the A specific private frontage type. Shopfronts are the primary pedestrian realm/public frontage(sidewalks,street trees and treatment for ground-level commercial uses,designed for plantings,benches,streetlights,etc.). active ground floor activities including retail,dining,and Sustainability personal services. Physical or design elements that improve environmental Sidewalk: performance,efficiency,and livability to"...meet the needs The paved area of the public frontage dedicated exclusively of the present without compromising the ability of future to pedestrian activity. generations to meet their own needs."(quotation from the Our Common Future,World Commission on Environment Side Setback: and Development,United Nations 1987) See Side Yard Setback Tandem Parking: Side Street: An off-street parking arrangement where one vehicle is A street along a corner parcel that is not a front street. parked behind the other. Side Street Facade: Thoroughfare: The facade of a building that typically faces a side street. The portion of the street between curbs that includes all Side Yard: vehicular lanes,including travel lanes,turn lanes,parking The area that results from a side yard setback. lanes. Side Yard Setback: Townhouse: The distance between a side property line and any structure A home that is attached to one or more other houses,and requiring a building permit which sits directly on a parcel of land that is owned by the owner of the house. Sign: Any medium for visual communications,which is used or Urban Design Concept: intended to be used to attract attention. The district structure which serves as the conceptual basis for the regulations contained in Book B. Significant: An important part or area,or a large quantity. Use(as a verb): To occupy land or water in any manner or to establish,carry Significant Additions: out,maintain or continue any activity or development on land Additions greater than 15%of the buildings floor area. or in water regardless of whether the activity or development is Single-Family: established,carried out,maintained or continued in a manner The a single building for one dwelling. that utilizes buildings or structures on land or in water. Standards: Wall Cladding All required development specifications(such as permitted The exposed materials of a facade that primary walls,base, land use types, building height dimensions, and setback wall accent,trim,and other articulation elements are made of dimensions)that vary from one District to another. or covered with. ,y Story: Window Wall: a" A habitable level within a building as measured from finished A wall entirely designed with windows usually from floor floor to finished ceiling.Attics and raised basements are not to floor. considered stories for the purposes of determining building 0 height. C� 143 PROJECT PARTICIPANTS CITY COUNCIL: CITY STAFF CORE TEAM MEMBERS: CONSULTANTS: Mayor Cathy Green PLANNING FREEDMAN TUNG+SASAICI(FTS) Mayor Pro Tern Jill Hardy Scott Hess,Director of Planning and Building Urban Design&Planning,Development Code,Community Council Member Keith Bohr Mary Beth Broeren,Planning Manager Workshops,Plan Preparation Council Member Joe Carchio Rosemary Medel,Associate Planner FTS PROJECT TEAM Council Member Gil Coerper Michael Freedman,Principal, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Council Member Devin Dwyer Stanley Smalewitz,Director of Economic Development Hiroyuki Sasaki,AICP,Principal Council Member Don Hansen Gregory Tung,Principal Kellee Fritzal,Deputy Director of Economic Development Former Mayor Debbie Cook Doris Powell,Project Manager Assistant Ellen Greenburg,former Principal Former Mayor Dave Sullivan Trent Greenan,AICP,Senior Associate PUBLIC WORKS Erik Calloway,Senior Associate&Project Manager PLANNING COMMISSION: Travis Hopkins,Director of Public Works Bob Stachelski,Transportation Manager Gregory Delaune,Associate Chair Blair Farley Michelle Gaines,Associate Vice-Chair Fred Speaker EXECUTIVE Alexa Lawrence,Urban Designer Commissioner Barbera Delgleize Paul Emery,Deputy City Administrator g Michael Kritzman,Urban Designer Bob HallCityAdministrator , Commissioner Tom Livengood Deputy TIERRA WEST ADVISORS,LLC IN Commissioner Janis Mandril COLLABORATION WITH LINDA S.CONGLETON& Commissioner John Scandura OTHER PARTICIPATING DEPARTMENTS ASSOCIATES Commissioner Elizabeth Shier-Burnett Community Services Department Economics,Market and Fiscal Analyses Fire Department Tim Mulrenan,Principal Police Department Johan Yonai,Principal CITY ADMINISTRATOR Linda S.Congleton,Principal Fred Wilson AUSTIN-FOUST ASSOCIATES Transportation and Parking F I Terry Austin,Principal Cassandra Carlin,Project Planner .'r Catherine Lawrence,Traffic EngineerV. ANDERSON ILLUSTRATION ad' Rendering 0. I'- LI Special thanks to all of the participants at the Beach & Edinger 0-s Corridors Specific Plan community workshops. 0G C1. 145 Res. No. 2024-22 STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF ORANGE ) ss: CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH ) I, ROBIN ESTANISLAU, the duly elected, qualified City Clerk of the City of Huntington Beach, and ex-officio Clerk of the City Council of said City, do hereby certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of the City of Huntington Beach is seven; that the foregoing resolution was passed and adopted by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all the members of said City Council at a Regular meeting thereof held on May 7, 2024 by the following vote: AYES: Moser, Bolton, Burns, Van Der Mark, Strickland, McKeon, Kalmick NOES: None ABSENT: None RECUSE: None 7na1 City Clerk and ex-officio Clerk of the City Council of the City of Huntington Beach, California